root / src / test.txt
History | View | Annotate | Download (356 KB)
1 | 1 | up20150487 | |
---|---|---|---|
2 | |||
3 | 1492 |
||
4 | by |
||
5 | Mary Johnston |
||
6 | Part 1 out of 7 |
||
7 | |||
8 | FullBooks.com homepage |
||
9 | Index of 1492 |
||
10 | Next part (2) |
||
11 | |||
12 | |||
13 | |||
14 | |||
15 | |||
16 | |||
17 | |||
18 | Scanned by Charles Keller with OmniPage Professional OCR software |
||
19 | Updates and fixes by Martin Robb |
||
20 | |||
21 | |||
22 | |||
23 | 1492 |
||
24 | |||
25 | by MARY JOHNSON |
||
26 | |||
27 | |||
28 | |||
29 | |||
30 | 1492 |
||
31 | |||
32 | CHAPTER I |
||
33 | |||
34 | THE morning was gray and I sat by the sea near Palos |
||
35 | in a gray mood. I was Jayme de Marchena, and that |
||
36 | was a good, _old Christian_ name. But my grandmother |
||
37 | was Jewess, and in corners they said that she never |
||
38 | truly recanted, and I had been much with her as a child. |
||
39 | She was dead, but still they talked of her. Jayme de Marchena, |
||
40 | looking back from the hillside of forty-six, saw some |
||
41 | service done for the Queen and the folk. This thing and |
||
42 | that thing. Not demanding trumpets, but serviceable. It |
||
43 | would be neither counted nor weighed beside and against |
||
44 | that which Don Pedro and the Dominican found to say. |
||
45 | What they found to say they made, not found. They took |
||
46 | clay of misrepresentation, and in the field of falsehood sat |
||
47 | them down, and consulting the parchment of malice, proceeded |
||
48 | to create. But false as was all they set up, the time |
||
49 | would cry it true. |
||
50 | |||
51 | It was reasonable that I should find the day gray. |
||
52 | |||
53 | Study and study and study, year on year, and at last |
||
54 | image a great thing, just under the rim of the mind's ocean, |
||
55 | sending up for those who will look streamers above horizon, |
||
56 | streamers of colored and wonderful light! Study and reason |
||
57 | and with awe and delight take light from above. Dream |
||
58 | of good news for one and all, of life given depth and brought |
||
59 | into music, dream of giving the given, never holding it back, |
||
60 | which would be avarice and betraying! Write, and give |
||
61 | men and women to read what you have written, and believe |
||
62 | --poor Deluded!--that they also feel inner warmth and |
||
63 | light and rejoice. |
||
64 | |||
65 | Oh, gray the sea and gray the shore! |
||
66 | |||
67 | But some did feel it. |
||
68 | |||
69 | The Dominican, when it fell into his hands, called it |
||
70 | perdition. A Jewess for grandmother, and Don Pedro for |
||
71 | enemy. And now the Dominican--the Dominicans! |
||
72 | |||
73 | The Queen and the King made edict against the Jews, and |
||
74 | there sat the Inquisition. |
||
75 | |||
76 | I was--I am--Christian. It is a wide and deep and |
||
77 | high word. When you ask, "What is it--Christian?" |
||
78 | then must each of us answer as it is given to him to answer. |
||
79 | I and thou--and the True, the Universal Christ give us |
||
80 | light! |
||
81 | |||
82 | To-day all Andalusia, all Castile and all Spain to me |
||
83 | seemed gray, and gray the utter Ocean that stretched no |
||
84 | man knew where. The gray was the gray of fetters and of |
||
85 | ashes. |
||
86 | |||
87 | The tide made, and as the waves came nearer, eating the |
||
88 | sand before me, they uttered a low crying. _In danger-- |
||
89 | danger--in danger, Jayme de Marchena!_ |
||
90 | |||
91 | I had been in danger before. Who is not often and always |
||
92 | in danger, in life? But this was a danger to daunt. |
||
93 | |||
94 | Mine were no powerful friends. I had only that which |
||
95 | was within me. I was only son of only son, and my parents |
||
96 | and grandparents were dead, and my distant kindred cold, |
||
97 | seeing naught of good in so much study and thinking of |
||
98 | that old, dark, beautiful, questionable one, my grandmother. |
||
99 | I had indeed a remote kinsman, head of a convent in this |
||
100 | neighborhood, and he was a wise man and a kindly. But |
||
101 | not he either could do aught here! |
||
102 | |||
103 | All the Jews to be banished, and Don Pedro with a steady |
||
104 | forefinger, "That man--take him, too! Who does not |
||
105 | know that his grandmother was Jewess, and that he lived |
||
106 | with her and drank poison?" But the Dominican, "No! |
||
107 | The Holy Office will take him. You have but to read--only |
||
108 | you must not read--what he has written to see why!" |
||
109 | |||
110 | Gray Ocean, stretching endlessly and now coming close, |
||
111 | were it not well if I drowned myself this gray morning |
||
112 | while I can choose the death I shall die? Now the great |
||
113 | murmur sang _Well_, and now it sang Not well. |
||
114 | |||
115 | Low cliff and heaped sand and a solitary bird wide-winging |
||
116 | toward the mountains of Portugal, and the Ocean gray- |
||
117 | blue and salt! The salt savor entered me, and an inner zest |
||
118 | came forward and said No, to being craven. In banishment |
||
119 | certainly, in the House of the Inquisition more doubtfully, |
||
120 | the immortal man might yet find market from which to buy! |
||
121 | If the mind could surmount, the eternal quest need not be |
||
122 | interrupted--even there! |
||
123 | |||
124 | Blue Ocean sang to me. |
||
125 | |||
126 | A vision--it came to me at times, vision--set itself in |
||
127 | air. I saw A People who persecuted neither Jew nor thinker. |
||
128 | It rose one Figure, formed of an infinite number of small |
||
129 | figures, but all their edges met in one glow. The figure |
||
130 | stood upon the sea and held apart the clouds, and was free |
||
131 | and fair and mighty, and was man and woman melted together, |
||
132 | and it took all colors and made of them a sun for its |
||
133 | brow. I did not know when it would live, but I knew that |
||
134 | it should live. Perhaps it was the whole world. |
||
135 | |||
136 | It vanished, leaving sky and ocean and Andalusia. But |
||
137 | great visions leave great peace. After it, for this day, it |
||
138 | seemed not worth while to grieve and miserably to forebode. |
||
139 | Through the hours that I lay there by the sea, airs from that |
||
140 | land or that earth blew about me and faint songs visited |
||
141 | my ears, and the gray day was only gray like a dove's |
||
142 | breast. |
||
143 | |||
144 | Jayme de Marchena stayed by the lonely sea because that |
||
145 | seemed the safest place to stay. At hand was the small |
||
146 | port of Palos that might not know what was breeding in |
||
147 | Seville, and going thither at nightfall I found lodging and |
||
148 | supper in a still corner where all night I heard the Tinto |
||
149 | flowing by. |
||
150 | |||
151 | I had wandered to Palos because of the Franciscan convent |
||
152 | of Santa Maria de la Rabida and my very distant kins- |
||
153 | man, Fray Juan Perez. The day after the gray day by the |
||
154 | shore I walked half a league of sandy road and came to |
||
155 | convent gate. The porter let me in, and I waited in a little |
||
156 | court with doves about me and a swinging bell above until |
||
157 | the brother whom he had called returned and took me to |
||
158 | Prior's room. At first Fray Juan Perez was stiff and cold, |
||
159 | but by littles this changed and he became a good man, large- |
||
160 | minded and with a sense for kindred. Clearly he thought |
||
161 | that I should not have had a Jewish grandmother, nor have |
||
162 | lived with her from my third to my tenth birthday, and most |
||
163 | clearly that I should not have written that which I had |
||
164 | written. But his God was an energetic, enterprising, kindly |
||
165 | Prince, rather bold himself and tolerant of heathen. Fray |
||
166 | Juan Perez even intimated a doubt if God wanted |
||
167 | the Inquisition. "But that's going rather far!" he said |
||
168 | hastily and sat drumming the table and pursing his lips. |
||
169 | Presently he brought out, "But you know I can't do anything!" |
||
170 | |||
171 | I did know it. What could he do? I suppose I had |
||
172 | had a half-hope of something. I knew not what. Without |
||
173 | a hope I would not have come to La Rabida. But it was |
||
174 | maimed from the first, and now it died. I made a gesture |
||
175 | of relinquishment. "No, I suppose you cannot--" |
||
176 | |||
177 | He said after a moment that he was glad to see that I |
||
178 | had let my beard grow and was very plainly dressed, though |
||
179 | I had never been elaborate there, and especially was he glad |
||
180 | that I was come to Palos not as Jayme de Marchena, but |
||
181 | under a plain and simple name, Juan Lepe, to wit. His advice |
||
182 | was to flee from the wrath to come. He would not say |
||
183 | flee from the Holy Office--that would be heinous!--but |
||
184 | he would say absent myself, abscond, be banished, Jayme |
||
185 | de Marchena by Jayme de Marchena. There were barques |
||
186 | in Palos and rude seamen who asked no question when |
||
187 | gold just enough, and never more than enough, was shown. |
||
188 | He hesitated a moment and then asked if I had funds. If |
||
189 | not-- |
||
190 | |||
191 | I thanked him and said that I had made provision. |
||
192 | |||
193 | "Then," said he, "go to Barbary, Don Jayme! An intelligent |
||
194 | and prudent man may prosper at Ercilla or at Fez. |
||
195 | If you must study, study there." |
||
196 | |||
197 | "You also study," I said. |
||
198 | |||
199 | "In fair trodden highways--never in thick forest and |
||
200 | mere fog!" he answered. "Now if you were like one who |
||
201 | has been here and is now before Granada, at Santa Fe, sent |
||
202 | for thither by the Queen! That one hath indeed studied to |
||
203 | benefit Spain--Spain, Christendom, and the world!" |
||
204 | |||
205 | I asked who was that great one, but before he could tell |
||
206 | me came interruption. A visitor entered, a strong-lipped, |
||
207 | bold-eyed man named Martin Pinzon. I was to meet him |
||
208 | again and often, but at this time I did not know that. Fray |
||
209 | Juan Perez evidently desiring that I should go, I thought |
||
210 | it right to oblige him who would have done me kindness |
||
211 | had he known how. I went without intimate word of parting |
||
212 | and after only a casual stare from Martin Pinzon. |
||
213 | |||
214 | But without, my kinsman came after me. "I want to |
||
215 | say, Don Jayme, that if I am asked for testimony I shall |
||
216 | hold to it that you are as good Christian as any--" |
||
217 | |||
218 | It was kinsman's part and all that truly I could have |
||
219 | hoped for, and I told him so. About us was quiet, vacant |
||
220 | cloister, and we parted more warmly than we had done |
||
221 | within. |
||
222 | |||
223 | The white convent of La Rabida is set on a headland |
||
224 | among vineyards and pine trees. It regards the ocean and, |
||
225 | afar, the mountains of Portugal, and below it runs a small |
||
226 | river, going out to sea through sands with the Tinto and the |
||
227 | Odiel. Again the day was gray and the pine trees sighing. |
||
228 | The porter let me out at gate. |
||
229 | |||
230 | I walked back toward Palos through the sandy ways. I |
||
231 | did not wish to go to Africa. |
||
232 | |||
233 | It is my belief that that larger Self whom they will call |
||
234 | protecting Saint or heavenly Guardian takes hand in affairs |
||
235 | oftener than we think! Leaving the Palos road, I went to |
||
236 | the sea as I had done yesterday and again sat under heaped |
||
237 | sand with about me a sere grass through which the wind |
||
238 | whined. At first it whined and then it sang in a thin, outlandish |
||
239 | voice. Sitting thus, I might have looked toward |
||
240 | Africa, but I knew now that I was not going to Africa. |
||
241 | Often, perhaps, in the unremembered past I had been in |
||
242 | Africa; often, doubtless, in ages to come its soil would be |
||
243 | under my foot, but now I was not going there! To-day I |
||
244 | looked westward over River-Ocean, unknown to our fathers |
||
245 | and unknown to ourselves. It was unknown as the future |
||
246 | of the world. |
||
247 | |||
248 | Ocean piled before me. From where I lay it seemed to |
||
249 | run uphill to one pale line, nor blue nor white, set beneath |
||
250 | the solid gray. Over that hilltop, what? Only other hills |
||
251 | and plains, water, endlessly water, until the waves, so much |
||
252 | mightier than waves of that blue sea we knew best, should |
||
253 | beat at last against Asia shore! So high, so deep, so vast, |
||
254 | so real, yet so empty-seeming save for strange dangers! No |
||
255 | sails over the hilltop; no sails in all that Vast save close at |
||
256 | hand where mariners held to the skirts of Mother. Europe. |
||
257 | Ocean vast, Ocean black, Ocean unknown. Yet there, too, |
||
258 | life and the knowing of life ran somehow continuous. |
||
259 | |||
260 | It wiled me from my smaller self. How had we all |
||
261 | suffered, we the whole earth! But we were moving, we the |
||
262 | world with none left out, moving toward That which held |
||
263 | worlds, which was conscious above worlds. Long the |
||
264 | journey, long the adventure, but it was not worth while fearing, |
||
265 | it was not worth while whining! I was not alone |
||
266 | Jayme de Marchena, nor Juan Lepe, nor this name nor that |
||
267 | nor the other. |
||
268 | |||
269 | There was now a great space of quiet in my mind. Suddenly |
||
270 | formed there the face and figure of Don Enrique de |
||
271 | Cerda whose life I had had the good hap to save. He was |
||
272 | far away with the Queen and King who beleaguered Granada. |
||
273 | I had not seen him for ten years. A moment before |
||
274 | he had rested among the host of figures in the unevenly |
||
275 | lighted land of memory. Now he stood forth plainly and |
||
276 | seemed to smile. |
||
277 | |||
278 | I took the leading. With the inner eye I have seen lines |
||
279 | of light like subtle shining cords running between persons. |
||
280 | Such a thread stretched now between me and Enrique de |
||
281 | Cerda. I determined to make my way, as Juan Lepe, through |
||
282 | the mountains and over the plain of Granada to Santa Fe. |
||
283 | |||
284 | |||
285 | |||
286 | CHAPTER II |
||
287 | |||
288 | SET will to an end and promptly eyes open to means! |
||
289 | I did not start for Granada from Palos but from |
||
290 | Huelva, and I quitted Andalusia as a porter in a small |
||
291 | merchant train carrying goods of sorts to Zarafa that was a |
||
292 | mountain town taken from the Moors five years back. I |
||
293 | was to these folk Juan Lepe, a strong, middle-aged man |
||
294 | used to ships but now for some reason tired of them. My |
||
295 | merchants had only eyes for the safety of their persons and |
||
296 | their bales, plunged the third day into mountainous wild |
||
297 | country echoing and ghastly with long-lasting war. Their |
||
298 | servants and muleteers walked and rode, lamented or were |
||
299 | gay, raised faction, swore, laughed, traveled grimly or in |
||
300 | a dull melancholy or mirthfully; quarreled and made peace, |
||
301 | turn by turn, day by day, much alike. One who was a |
||
302 | bully fixed a quarrel upon me and another took my part. |
||
303 | All leaped to sides. I was forgotten in the midst of them; |
||
304 | they could hardly have told now what was the cause of battle. |
||
305 | A young merchant rode back to chide and settle matters. |
||
306 | At last some one remembered that Diego had struck |
||
307 | Juan Lepe who had flung him off. Then Tomaso had |
||
308 | sprung in and struck Diego. Then Miguel--"Let Juan |
||
309 | Lepe alone!" said my merchant. "Fie! a poor Palos seafaring |
||
310 | child, and you great Huelva men!" They laughed at |
||
311 | that, and the storm vanished as it had come. |
||
312 | |||
313 | I liked the young man. |
||
314 | |||
315 | How wild and without law, save "Hold if you can!" |
||
316 | were these mountains!' "Hold if you can to life--hold if |
||
317 | you can to knowledge--hold if you can to joy!" Black |
||
318 | cliff overhung black glen and we knew there were dens of |
||
319 | robbers. Far and near violence falls like black snow. This |
||
320 | merchant band gathered to sleep under oaks with a great |
||
321 | rock at our back. We had journeyers' supper and fire, for |
||
322 | it was cold, cold in these heights. A little wine was given |
||
323 | and men fell to sleep by the heaped bales; horses, asses and |
||
324 | mules being fastened close under the crag. Three men |
||
325 | watched, to be relieved in middle night by other three who |
||
326 | now slept. A muleteer named Rodrigo and Juan Lepe and |
||
327 | the young merchant took the first turn. The first two sat on |
||
328 | one side of the fire and the young merchant on the other. |
||
329 | |||
330 | The muleteer remained sunken in a great cloak, his chin |
||
331 | on his arms folded upon his knees, and what he saw in the |
||
332 | land within I cannot tell. But the young merchant was of a |
||
333 | quick disposition and presently must talk. For some distance |
||
334 | around us spread bare earth set only with shrubs and stones. |
||
335 | Also the rising moon gave light, and with that and our own |
||
336 | strength we did not truly look for any attack. We sat and |
||
337 | talked at ease, though with lowered voices, Rodrigo somewhere |
||
338 | away and the rest of the picture sleeping. The merchant |
||
339 | asked what had been my last voyage. |
||
340 | |||
341 | I answered, after a moment, to England. |
||
342 | |||
343 | "You do not seem to me," he said, "a seaman. But I |
||
344 | suppose there are all kinds of seamen." |
||
345 | |||
346 | I said yes, the sea was wide. |
||
347 | |||
348 | "England now, at the present moment?" he said, and |
||
349 | questioned me as to Bristol, of which port he had trader's |
||
350 | knowledge. I answered out of a book I had read. It was |
||
351 | true that, living once by the sea, I knew how to handle a |
||
352 | boat. I could find in memory sailors' terms. But still he |
||
353 | said, "You are not a seaman such as we see at Palos and |
||
354 | San Lucar." |
||
355 | |||
356 | It is often best not to halt denial. Let it pass by and |
||
357 | wander among the wild grasses! |
||
358 | |||
359 | "I myself," he said presently, "have gone by sea to Vigo |
||
360 | and to Bordeaux." He warmed his hands at the fire, then |
||
361 | clasped them about his knees and gazed into the night. |
||
362 | "What, Juan Lepe, is that Ocean we look upon when we |
||
363 | look west? I mean, where does it go? What does it |
||
364 | strike?" |
||
365 | |||
366 | "India, belike. And Cathay. To-day all men believe |
||
367 | the earth to be round." |
||
368 | |||
369 | "A long way!" he said. "O Sancta Maria! All that |
||
370 | water!" |
||
371 | |||
372 | "We do not have to drink it." |
||
373 | |||
374 | He laughed. "No! Nor sail it. But after I had been on |
||
375 | that voyage I could see us always like mice running close to |
||
376 | a wall, forever and forever! Juan Lepe, we are little and |
||
377 | timid!" |
||
378 | |||
379 | I liked his spirit. "One day we shall be lions and eagles |
||
380 | and bold prophets! Then our tongue shall taste much beside |
||
381 | India and Cathay!" |
||
382 | |||
383 | "Well, I hope it," he said. "Mice running under the |
||
384 | headlands." |
||
385 | |||
386 | He fell silent, cherishing his knees and staring into the |
||
387 | fire. It was not Juan Lepe's place to talk when master merchant |
||
388 | talked not. I, too, regarded the fire, and the herded |
||
389 | mountains robed in night, and the half-moon like a sail rising |
||
390 | from an invisible boat. |
||
391 | |||
392 | The night went peacefully by. It was followed by a |
||
393 | hard day's travel and the incident of the road. At evening |
||
394 | we saw the walls of Zarafa in a sunset glory. The merchants |
||
395 | and their train passed through the gate and found |
||
396 | their customary inn. With others, Juan Lepe worked hard, |
||
397 | unlading and storing. All done, he and the bully slept almost |
||
398 | in each other's arms, under the arches of the court, |
||
399 | dreamlessly. |
||
400 | |||
401 | The next day and the next were still days of labor. It |
||
402 | was not until the third that Juan Lepe considered that he |
||
403 | might now absent himself and there be raised no hue and |
||
404 | cry after strong shoulders. He had earned his quittance, |
||
405 | and in the nighttime, upon his hands and knees, he crept |
||
406 | from the sleepers in the court. Just before dawn the inn |
||
407 | gate swung open. He had been waiting close to it, and he |
||
408 | passed out noiselessly. |
||
409 | |||
410 | In the two days, carrying goods through streets to market |
||
411 | square and up to citadel and pausing at varying levels |
||
412 | for breath and the prospect, I had learned this town well |
||
413 | enough. I knew where went the ascending and descending |
||
414 | ways. Now almost all lay asleep, antique, shaded, Moorish, |
||
415 | still, under the stars. The soldiery and the hidalgos, their |
||
416 | officers, slept; only the sentinels waked before the citadel |
||
417 | entry and on the town walls and by the three gates. The |
||
418 | town folk slept, all but the sick and the sorrowful and the |
||
419 | careful and those who had work at dawn. Listen, and you |
||
420 | might hear sound like the first moving of birds, or breath |
||
421 | of dawn wind coming up at sea. The greater part now of |
||
422 | the town folk were Christian, brought in since the five-year- |
||
423 | gone siege that still resounded. Moors were here, but they |
||
424 | had turned Christian, or were slaves, or both slave and |
||
425 | Christian. I had seen monks of all habits and heard ring |
||
426 | above the inn the bells of a nunnery. Now again they |
||
427 | rang. The mosque was now a church. It rose at hand,-- |
||
428 | white, square, domed. I went by a ladder-like lane down |
||
429 | toward Zarafa wall and the Gate of the Lion. At sunrise |
||
430 | in would pour peasants from the vale below, bringing vegetables |
||
431 | and poultry, and mountaineers with quails and conies, |
||
432 | and others with divers affairs. Outgoing would be those |
||
433 | who tilled a few steep gardens beyond the wall, messengers |
||
434 | and errand folk, soldiers and traders for the army before |
||
435 | Granada. |
||
436 | |||
437 | It was full early when I came to the wall. I could make |
||
438 | out the heavy and tall archway of the gate, but as yet was |
||
439 | no throng before it. I waited; the folk began to gather, the |
||
440 | sun came up. Zarafa grew rosy. Now was clatter enough, |
||
441 | voices of men and brutes, both sides the gate. The gate |
||
442 | opened. Juan Lepe won out with a knot of brawny folk |
||
443 | going to the mountain pastures. Well forth, he looked back |
||
444 | and saw Zarafa gleaming rose and pearl in the blink of the |
||
445 | sun, and sent young merchantward a wish for good. Then |
||
446 | he took the eastward way down the mountain, toward lower |
||
447 | mountains and at last the Vega of Granada. |
||
448 | |||
449 | |||
450 | |||
451 | CHAPTER III |
||
452 | |||
453 | THE day passed. I had adventures of the road, but |
||
454 | none of consequence. I slept well among the rocks, |
||
455 | waked, ate the bit of bread I had with me, and fell |
||
456 | again to walking. |
||
457 | |||
458 | Mountains were now withdrawing to the distant horizon |
||
459 | where they stood around, a mighty and beautiful wall. I |
||
460 | was coming down into the plain of Granada, that once had |
||
461 | been a garden. Now, north, south, east, west, it lay war- |
||
462 | trampled. Old owners were dead, men and women, or were |
||
463 | _mudexares_, vassals, or were fled, men and women, all who |
||
464 | could flee, to their kindred in Africa. Or they yet cowered, |
||
465 | men and women, in the broken garden, awaiting individual |
||
466 | disaster. The Kingdom of Granada had sins, and the Kingdom |
||
467 | of Castile, and the Kingdom of Leon. The Moor was |
||
468 | stained, and the Spaniard, the Moslem and the Christian |
||
469 | and the Jew. Who had stains the least or the most God |
||
470 | knew--and it was a poor inquiry. Seek the virtues and |
||
471 | bind them with love, each in each! |
||
472 | |||
473 | If the mountain road had been largely solitary, it was not |
||
474 | so of this road. There were folk enough in the wide Vega |
||
475 | of Granada. Clearly, as though the one party had been |
||
476 | dressed in black and the other in red, they divided into |
||
477 | vanquished and victor. Bit by bit, now through years, all |
||
478 | these towns and villages, all these fertile fields and bosky |
||
479 | places, rich and singing, had left the hand of the Moor for |
||
480 | the hand of the Spaniard. |
||
481 | |||
482 | In all this part of his old kingdom the Moor lay low in |
||
483 | defeat. In had swarmed the Christian and with the Christian |
||
484 | the Jew, though now the Jew must leave. The city |
||
485 | of Granada was not yet surrendered, and the Queen and |
||
486 | King held all soldiery that they might at Santa Fe, built as |
||
487 | it were in a night before Granada walls. Yet there seemed |
||
488 | at large bands enough, licentious and loud, the scum of |
||
489 | soldiery. Ere I reached the village that I now saw before |
||
490 | me I had met two such bands, I wondered, and then wondered |
||
491 | at my own wonder. |
||
492 | |||
493 | The chief house of the village was become an inn. Two |
||
494 | long tables stood in the patio where no fountain now flowed |
||
495 | nor orange trees grew nor birds sang in corners nor fine |
||
496 | awning kept away the glare. Twenty of these wild and |
||
497 | base fighting men crowded one table, eating and drinking, |
||
498 | clamorous and spouting oaths. At the other table sat together |
||
499 | at an end three men whom by a number of tokens |
||
500 | might be robbers of the mountains. They sat quiet, indifferent |
||
501 | to the noise, talking low among themselves in a |
||
502 | tongue of their own, kin enough to the soldiery not to |
||
503 | fear them. The opposite end of the long table was given to |
||
504 | a group to which I now joined myself. Here sat two Franciscan |
||
505 | friars, and a man who seemed a lawyer; and one who |
||
506 | had the air of the sea and turned out to be master of a |
||
507 | Levantine; and a brisk, talkative, important person, a Catalan, |
||
508 | and as it presently appeared alcalde once of a so-so |
||
509 | village; and a young, unhealthy-looking man in black with |
||
510 | an open book beside him; and a strange fellow whose |
||
511 | Spanish was imperfect. |
||
512 | |||
513 | I sat down near the friars, crossed myself, and cut a piece |
||
514 | of bread from the loaf before me. The innkeeper and his |
||
515 | wife, a gaunt, extraordinarily tall woman, served, running |
||
516 | from table to table. The place was all heat and noise. |
||
517 | Presently the soldiers, ending their meal, got up with clamor |
||
518 | and surged from the court to their waiting horses. After |
||
519 | them ran the innkeeper, appealing for pay. Denials, expostulation, |
||
520 | anger and beseeching reached the ears of the patio, |
||
521 | then the sound of horses going down stony ways. "O God |
||
522 | of the poor!" cried the gaunt woman. "How are we |
||
523 | robbed!" |
||
524 | |||
525 | "Why are they not before Granada?" demanded the |
||
526 | lawyer and alertly provided the answer to his own question. |
||
527 | "Take locusts and give them leave to eat, being careful to |
||
528 | say, `This fellow's fields only!' But the locusts have wings |
||
529 | and their nature is to eat!" |
||
530 | |||
531 | The mountain robbers, if robbers they were, dined quietly, |
||
532 | the gaunt woman promptly and painstakingly serving them. |
||
533 | They were going to pay, I was sure, though it might not be |
||
534 | this noon. |
||
535 | |||
536 | The two friars seemed, quiet, simple men, dining as |
||
537 | dumbly as if they sat in Saint Francis's refectory. The |
||
538 | sometime alcalde and the shipmaster were the talkers, the |
||
539 | student sitting as though he were in the desert, eating bread |
||
540 | and cheese and onions and looking on his book. The lawyer |
||
541 | watched all, talked to make them talk, then came in and settled |
||
542 | matters. The alcalde was the politician, knowing the |
||
543 | affairs of the world and speaking familiarly of the King |
||
544 | and the Queen and the Marquis of Cadiz. |
||
545 | |||
546 | The shipmaster said, "This time last year I was in London, |
||
547 | and I saw their King. His name is Henry. King |
||
548 | Henry the Seventh, and a good carrier of his kingship!" |
||
549 | |||
550 | "That for him!" said the alcalde. "Let him stay in his |
||
551 | foggy island! But Spain is too small for King Ferdinand." |
||
552 | "All kings find their lands too small," said the lawyer. |
||
553 | |||
554 | The shipmaster spoke again. "The King of Portugal's |
||
555 | ship sails ahead of ours in that matter. He's stuck his banner |
||
556 | in the new islands, Maderia and the Hawk Islands and |
||
557 | where not! I was talking in Cadiz with one who was with |
||
558 | Bartholomew Diaz when he turned Africa and named it |
||
559 | Good Hope. Which is to say, King John has Good Hope of |
||
560 | seeing Portugal swell. Portugal! Well, I say, `Why not |
||
561 | Spain'?" |
||
562 | |||
563 | The student looked up from his book. "It is a great |
||
564 | Age!" he said and returned to his reading. |
||
565 | |||
566 | When we had finished dinner, we paid the tall, gaunt |
||
567 | woman and leaving the robbers, if robbers they were, still |
||
568 | at table, went out into the street. Here the friars, the alcalde |
||
569 | and the lawyer moved in the direction of the small, staring |
||
570 | white and ruined mosque that was to be transformed into |
||
571 | the church of San Jago the Deliverer. That was the one |
||
572 | thing of which the friars had spoken. A long bench ran by |
||
573 | inn wall and here the shipmaster took his seat and began to |
||
574 | discourse with those already there. Book under arm, the |
||
575 | student moved dreamily down the opposite lane. Juan |
||
576 | Lepe walked away alone. |
||
577 | |||
578 | Through the remainder of this day he had now company |
||
579 | and adventure without, now solitude and adventure within. |
||
580 | That night he spent in a ruined tower where young |
||
581 | trees grew and an owl was his comrade and he read the face |
||
582 | of a glorious moon. Dawn. He bathed in a stream that |
||
583 | ran by the mound of the tower and ate a piece of bread from |
||
584 | his wallet and took the road. |
||
585 | |||
586 | The sun mounted above the trees. A man upon a mule |
||
587 | came up behind me and was passing. "There is a stone |
||
588 | wedged in his shoe," I said. The rider drew rein and I |
||
589 | lifted the creature's foreleg and took out the pebble. The |
||
590 | rider made search for a bit of money. I said that the deed |
||
591 | was short and easy and needed no payment, whereupon he |
||
592 | put up the coin and regarded me out of his fine blue eyes. |
||
593 | He was quite fair, a young man still, and dressed after a |
||
594 | manner of his own in garments not at all new but with |
||
595 | a beauty of fashioning and putting on. He and his mule |
||
596 | looked a corner out of a great painting. And I had no |
||
597 | sooner thought that than he said, "I see in you, friend, a |
||
598 | face and figure for my `Draught of Fishes.' And by Saint |
||
599 | Christopher, there is water over yonder and just the landscape!" |
||
600 | He leaned from the saddle and spoke persuasively, |
||
601 | "Come from the road a bit down to the water and let me |
||
602 | draw you! You are not dressed like the kin of Midas! I |
||
603 | will give you the price of dinner." As he talked he drew out |
||
604 | of a richly worked bag a book of paper and pencils. |
||
605 | I thought, "This beard and the clothes of Juan Lepe. He |
||
606 | can hardly make it so that any may recognize." It was resting |
||
607 | time and the man attracted. I agreed, if he would take |
||
608 | no more than an hour. |
||
609 | |||
610 | "The drawing, no!--Bent far over, gathering the net |
||
611 | strongly--Andrew or Mark perhaps, since, traditionally, |
||
612 | John must have youth." |
||
613 | |||
614 | He had continued to study me all this time, and now we |
||
615 | left the road and moved over the plain to the stream that |
||
616 | here widened into a pool fringed with rushes and a few |
||
617 | twisted trees. An ancient, half-sunken boat drowsing under |
||
618 | the bank he hailed again in the name of Saint Christopher. |
||
619 | Dismounting, he fastened his mule to a willow and proceeded |
||
620 | to place me, then himself found a root of a tree, |
||
621 | and taking out his knife fell to sharpening pencil. This done, |
||
622 | he rested book against knee and began to draw. |
||
623 | |||
624 | Having made his figure in one posture he rose and showed |
||
625 | me another and drew his fisherman so. Then he demonstrated |
||
626 | a third way and drew again. Now he was silent, |
||
627 | working hard, and now he dropped his hand, threw back |
||
628 | his head and talked. He himself made a picture, paly gold |
||
629 | of locks, subtle and quick of face, plastered against a blue |
||
630 | shield with a willow wreath going around. |
||
631 | |||
632 | I stood so or so, drawing hard upon the net with the |
||
633 | fishes. Then at his command I approached more nearly, and |
||
634 | he drew full face and three-quarter and profile. It was between |
||
635 | these accomplishings that he talked more intimately. |
||
636 | |||
637 | "Seamen go to Italy," he said. "Were you ever in |
||
638 | Milan? But that is inland." |
||
639 | |||
640 | I answered that I had been from Genoa to Milan. |
||
641 | |||
642 | "It is not likely that you saw a great painter there |
||
643 | Messer Leonardo?" |
||
644 | |||
645 | It happened that I had done this, and moreover had seen |
||
646 | him at work and heard him put right thought into most right |
||
647 | words. I was so tired of lying that after a moment I said |
||
648 | that I had seen and heard Messer Leonardo. |
||
649 | |||
650 | "Did you see the statue?" |
||
651 | |||
652 | "The first time I saw him he was at work upon it. The |
||
653 | next time he was painting in the church of Santa Maria. |
||
654 | The third time he sat in a garden, sipped wine and talked." |
||
655 | |||
656 | "I hold you," he said, "to be a fortunate fisherman! |
||
657 | Just as this fisher I am painting, and whether it is Andrew |
||
658 | or Mark, I do not yet know, was a most fortunate fisherman!" |
||
659 | He ended meditatively, "Though whoever it is, |
||
660 | probably he was crucified or beheaded or burned." |
||
661 | |||
662 | I felt a certain shiver of premonition. The day that had |
||
663 | been warm and bright turned in a flash ashy and chill. Then |
||
664 | it swung back to its first fair seeming, or not to its first, but |
||
665 | to a deeper, brighter yet. The Fisherman by Galilee was |
||
666 | fortunate. Whoever perceived truth and beauty was fortunate, |
||
667 | fortunate now and forever! |
||
668 | |||
669 | We came back to Messer Leonardo. "I spent six months |
||
670 | at the court in Milan," said the fair man. "I painted the |
||
671 | Duke and the Duchess and two great courtiers. Messer |
||
672 | Leonardo was away. He returned, and I visited him and |
||
673 | found a master. Since that time I study light and shadow |
||
674 | and small things and seek out inner action." |
||
675 | |||
676 | He worked in silence, then again began to speak of painters, |
||
677 | Italian and Spanish. He asked me if I had seen such |
||
678 | and such pictures in Seville. |
||
679 | |||
680 | "Yes. They are good." |
||
681 | |||
682 | "Do you know Monsalvat?" |
||
683 | |||
684 | I said that I had climbed there one day. "I dream a painting!" |
||
685 | he said, "The Quest of the Grail. Now I see it running |
||
686 | over the four walls of a church, and now I see it all |
||
687 | packed into one man who rides. Then again it has seemed |
||
688 | to me truer to have it in a man and woman who walk, or |
||
689 | perhaps even are seated. What do you think?" |
||
690 | |||
691 | I was thinking of Isabel who died in my arms twenty |
||
692 | years ago. "I would have it man and woman," I said. |
||
693 | Unless, like Messer Leonardo, you can put both in one." |
||
694 | |||
695 | He sat still, his mind working, while in a fair inner land |
||
696 | Isabel and I moved together; then in a meditative quiet he |
||
697 | finished his drawing. He himself was admirable, fine gold |
||
698 | and bronze, sapphire-eyed, with a face where streams of |
||
699 | visions moved the muscles, and all against the blue and the |
||
700 | willow tree. |
||
701 | |||
702 | At last he put away pencil, and at his gesture I came from |
||
703 | the boat and the reeds. I looked at what he had drawn, and |
||
704 | then he shut book and, the mule following us, we moved |
||
705 | back to the road. |
||
706 | |||
707 | "My dear fisherman," he said, "you are trudging afoot |
||
708 | and your dress exhibits poverty. Painters may paint Jove |
||
709 | descending in showers of golden pesos and yet have few |
||
710 | pesos in purse. I have at present ten. I should like to |
||
711 | share them with you who have done me various good turns |
||
712 | to-day." |
||
713 | |||
714 | I said that he was generous but that he had done me |
||
715 | good turns. Moreover I was not utterly without coin, and |
||
716 | certainly the hour had paid for itself. So he mounted his |
||
717 | mule and wished me good fortune, and I wished him good |
||
718 | fortune. |
||
719 | |||
720 | "Are you going to Santa Fe?" |
||
721 | |||
722 | "Yes. I have a friend in the camp." |
||
723 | |||
724 | "I go there to paint her Highness the Queen for his |
||
725 | Highness the King. Perhaps we shall meet again. I am |
||
726 | Manuel Rodriguez." |
||
727 | |||
728 | "I guessed that," I answered, "an hour ago! Be so |
||
729 | good, great painter, as not to remember me. It will serve me |
||
730 | better." |
||
731 | |||
732 | The light played again over his face. "_The Disguised |
||
733 | Hidalgo_. Excellent pictures come to me like that, in a great |
||
734 | warm light, and excellent names for pictures.--Very good. |
||
735 | In a way, so to speak, I shall completely forget you!" |
||
736 | |||
737 | Two on horseback, a churchman and a knight, with servants |
||
738 | following, came around a bend of the dusty road and |
||
739 | recognizing Manuel Rodriguez, called to him by name. |
||
740 | Away he rode upon his mule, keeping company with them. |
||
741 | The dozen in their train followed, raising as they went by |
||
742 | such a dust cloud that presently all became like figures upon |
||
743 | worn arras. They rode toward Santa Fe, and I followed on |
||
744 | foot. |
||
745 | |||
746 | |||
747 | |||
748 | CHAPTER IV |
||
749 | |||
750 | SANTA Fe rose before me, a camp in wood, plaster and |
||
751 | stone, a camp with a palace, a camp with churches. |
||
752 | Built of a piece where no town had stood, built that |
||
753 | Majesty and its Court and its Army might have roofs and |
||
754 | walls, not tents, for so long a siege, it covered the plain, a |
||
755 | city raised in a night. The siege had been long as the war |
||
756 | had been long. Hidalgo Spain and simple Spain were gathered |
||
757 | here in great squares and ribbons of valor, ambition, |
||
758 | emulation, desire of excitement and of livelihood, and likewise, |
||
759 | I say it, in pieces not small, herded and brought here |
||
760 | without any "I say yes" of their own, and to their misery. |
||
761 | There held full flavor of crusade, as all along the war had |
||
762 | been preached as a crusade. Holy Church had here her |
||
763 | own grandees, cavaliers and footmen. They wore cope and |
||
764 | they wore cowl, and on occasion many endued themselves |
||
765 | with armor and hacked and hewed with an earthly sword. |
||
766 | At times there seemed as many friars and priests as soldiers. |
||
767 | Out and in went a great Queen and King. Their court was |
||
768 | here. The churchmen pressed around the Queen. Famous |
||
769 | leaders put on or took off armor in Santa Fe,--the |
||
770 | Marquis of Cadiz and many others only less than he in |
||
771 | estimation, and one Don Gonsalvo de Cordova, whose greater |
||
772 | fame was yet to come. Military and shining youth came to |
||
773 | train and fight under these. Old captains-at-arms, gaunt and |
||
774 | scarred, made their way thither from afar. All were not |
||
775 | Spaniard; many a soldier out at fortune or wishful of fame |
||
776 | came from France and Italy, even from England and Germany. |
||
777 | Women were in Santa Fe. The Queen had her |
||
778 | ladies. Wives, sisters and daughters of hidalgos came to |
||
779 | visit, and the common soldiery had their mates. Nor did |
||
780 | there lack courtesans. |
||
781 | |||
782 | Petty merchants thronged the place. All manner of rich |
||
783 | goods were bought by the flushed soldiers, the high and the |
||
784 | low. And there dwelled here a host of those who sold |
||
785 | entertainment,--mummers and jugglers and singers, dwarfs |
||
786 | and giants. Dice rattled, now there were castanets and |
||
787 | dancing, and now church bells seemed to rock the place. |
||
788 | Wine flowed. |
||
789 | |||
790 | Out of the plain a league and more away sprang the two |
||
791 | hills of Granada, and pricked against the sky, her walls |
||
792 | and thousand towers and noble gates. Between them and |
||
793 | Santa Fe stretched open and ruined ground, and here for |
||
794 | many a day had shocked together the Spaniard and the |
||
795 | Moor. But now there was no longer battle. Granada had |
||
796 | asked and been granted seventy days in which to envisage |
||
797 | and accept her fate. These were nearing the end. Lost |
||
798 | and beaten, haggard with woe and hunger and pestilence, |
||
799 | the city stood over against us, above the naked plain, all |
||
800 | her outer gardens stripped away, bare light striking the red |
||
801 | Alhambra and the Citadel. When the wind swept over her |
||
802 | and on to Santa Fe it seemed to bring a sound of wailing |
||
803 | and the faint and terrible odor of a long besieged place. |
||
804 | |||
805 | I came at eve into Santa Fe, found at last an inn of the |
||
806 | poorer sort, ate scant supper and went to bed. Dawn came |
||
807 | with a great ringing of church bells. |
||
808 | |||
809 | Out of the inn, in the throbbing street, I began my search |
||
810 | for Don Enrique de Cerda. One told me one thing and one |
||
811 | another, but at last I got true direction. At noon I found |
||
812 | him in a goodly room where he made recovery from wounds. |
||
813 | Now he walked and now he sat, his arm in a sling and a |
||
814 | bandage like a turban around his head. A page took him |
||
815 | the word I gave. "Juan Lepe. From the hermitage in the |
||
816 | oak wood." It sufficed. When I entered he gazed, then |
||
817 | coming to me, put his unbound hand over mine. "Why," |
||
818 | he asked, " `Juan Lepe'?" |
||
819 | |||
820 | I glanced toward the page and he dismissed him, whereupon |
||
821 | I explained the circumstances. |
||
822 | |||
823 | We sat by the window, and again rose for us the hermitage |
||
824 | in the oak wood at foot of a mountain, and the small |
||
825 | tower that slew in ugly fashion. Again we were young |
||
826 | men, together in strange dangers, learning there each other's |
||
827 | mettle. He had not at all forgotten. |
||
828 | |||
829 | He offered to go to Seville, as soon as Granada should |
||
830 | fall, and find and fight Don Pedro. I shook my head. I |
||
831 | could have done that had I seen it as the way. |
||
832 | |||
833 | He agreed that Don Pedro was now the minor peril. It |
||
834 | is evil to chain thought! In our day we think boldly of a |
||
835 | number of things. But touch King or touch Church--the |
||
836 | cord is around your neck! |
||
837 | |||
838 | I said that I supposed I had been rash. |
||
839 | |||
840 | He nodded. "Yes. You were rash that day in the oak |
||
841 | wood. Less rash, and my bones would be lying there, under |
||
842 | tree." He rose and walked the room, then came to me and |
||
843 | put his unhurt arm about my shoulders. "Don Jayme, we |
||
844 | swore that day comrade love and service--and that day is |
||
845 | now; twilight has never come to it, the leaves of the oak |
||
846 | wood have never fallen! The Holy Office shall not have |
||
847 | thee!" |
||
848 | |||
849 | "Don Enrique--" |
||
850 | |||
851 | We sat down and drank each a little wine, and fell to |
||
852 | ways and means. |
||
853 | |||
854 | I rested Juan Lepe in the household of Don Enrique de |
||
855 | Cerda, one figure among many, involved in the swarm of |
||
856 | fighting and serving men. There was a squire who had |
||
857 | served him long. To this man, Diego Lopez, I was committed, |
||
858 | with enough told to enlist his intelligence. He managed |
||
859 | for me in the intricate life of the place with a skill to |
||
860 | make god Mercury applaud. Don Enrique and I were rarely |
||
861 | together, rarely were seen by men to speak one to the other. |
||
862 | But in the inner world we were together. |
||
863 | |||
864 | Days passed. We found nothing yet to do while all |
||
865 | listening and doing at Santa Fe were bound up in the crumbling of Granada into Spanish hands. It seemed |
||
866 | best to wait, |
||
867 | watching chances. |
||
868 | |||
869 | Meantime the show glittered, and man's strong stomach |
||
870 | cried "Life! More life!" It glittered at Santa Fe before |
||
871 | Granada, and it was a dying ember in Granada before Santa |
||
872 | Fe. The one glittered and triumphed because the other |
||
873 | glittered and triumphed not. And who above held the balances |
||
874 | even and neither sorrowed nor was feverishly elated |
||
875 | but went his own way could only be seen from the Vega |
||
876 | like a dream or a line from a poet. |
||
877 | |||
878 | For the most part the nobles and cavaliers in Santa Fe |
||
879 | spent as though hard gold were spiritual gold to be gathered |
||
880 | endlessly. One might say, "They go into a garden and |
||
881 | shake tree each morning, which tree puts forth again in the |
||
882 | night." None seemed to see as on a map laid down Spain |
||
883 | and the broken peasant and the digger of the gold. None |
||
884 | seemed to feel that toil which or soon or late they must |
||
885 | recognize for their own toil. Toil in Spain, toil in other |
||
886 | and far lands whence came their rich things, toil in Europe, |
||
887 | Arabia and India! Apparel at Santa Fe was a thing to |
||
888 | marvel at. The steed no less than his rider went gorgeous. |
||
889 | The King and Queen, it was said, did not like this peacocking, |
||
890 | but might not help it. |
||
891 | |||
892 | They themselves were pouring gold into the lap of the |
||
893 | Church. It was a capacious lap. |
||
894 | |||
895 | Wars were general enough, God knew! But not every |
||
896 | year could one find a camp where the friar was as common |
||
897 | as the archer or the pikeman, and the prelate as the plumed |
||
898 | chieftain. |
||
899 | |||
900 | Santa Fe was court no less than camp, court almost as |
||
901 | though it were Cordova. This Queen and King at least did |
||
902 | not live at ease in palaces while others fought their wars. |
||
903 | North, south, east and west, through the ten years, they |
||
904 | had been the moving springs. It was an able King and |
||
905 | Queen, a politic King and a sincere and godly Queen, even |
||
906 | a loving Queen. If only--if only-- |
||
907 | |||
908 | I had been a week and more in Santa Fe when King Boabdil surrendered Granada. He left forever the |
||
909 | Alhambra. |
||
910 | Granada gates opened; he rode out with a few of his emirs |
||
911 | and servants to meet King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella. |
||
912 | The day shone bright. Spain towered, a figure dressed in |
||
913 | gold and red. |
||
914 | |||
915 | Santa Fe poured out to view the spectacle, and with the |
||
916 | rest went Diego Lopez and Juan Lepe. So great festival, |
||
917 | so vivid the color, so echoing the sound, so stately and various |
||
918 | the movement! Looking at the great strength massing there |
||
919 | on the plain I said aloud, as I thought, to Diego Lopez, |
||
920 | "Now they might do some worthy great thing!" |
||
921 | |||
922 | The squire not answering, I became aware that a swirl in |
||
923 | the throng had pushed him from me. Still there came an |
||
924 | answer in a deep and peculiarly thrilling voice. "That is |
||
925 | a true saying and a good augury!" |
||
926 | |||
927 | I learn much by voices and before I turned I knew that |
||
928 | this was an enthusiast's voice, but not an enthusiast without |
||
929 | knowledge. Whoever spoke was strong enough, real enough. |
||
930 | I liked the voice and felt a certain inner movement of friendship. |
||
931 | Some shift among the great actors, some parting of |
||
932 | banners, kept us suspended and staring for a moment, then |
||
933 | the view closed against us who could only behold by snatches. |
||
934 | Freed, I turned to see who had spoken and found a tall, |
||
935 | strongly made, white-haired man. The silver hair was too |
||
936 | soon; he could hardly have been ten years my elder. He |
||
937 | had a long, fair face that might once have been tanned and |
||
938 | hardened by great exposure. His skin had that look, but |
||
939 | now the bronze was faded, and you could see that he had |
||
940 | been born very fair in tint. Across the high nose and |
||
941 | cheek bones went a powdering of freckles. His eyes were |
||
942 | bluish-gray and I saw at once that he habitually looked at |
||
943 | things afar off. |
||
944 | |||
945 | He was rather poorly dressed and pushed about as I was. |
||
946 | When the surge again gave him footing, he spoke beside me. |
||
947 | "'Now that this is over, they might do some great, worthy |
||
948 | thing!' Very true, friend, they might! I take your words |
||
949 | for good omen." The throng shot out an arm and we were |
||
950 | parted. The same action brought back to me Diego Lopez. |
||
951 | Speaking to him later of the tall man, he said that he had |
||
952 | noticed him, and that it was the Italian who would go to |
||
953 | India by way of Ocean-Sea. |
||
954 | |||
955 | King Boabdil gave up his city to King Ferdinand and |
||
956 | Queen Isabella. Over Granada, high against the bright sky, |
||
957 | rose and floated the banners. Cannon, the big lombards, |
||
958 | roared. Mars' music crashed out, then the trumpets ceased |
||
959 | their crying and instead spread a mighty chanting. _Te Deum |
||
960 | Laudamus!_ |
||
961 | |||
962 | At last the massed brightness out in the plain quivered |
||
963 | and parted. The pageantry broke, wide curving and returning |
||
964 | with some freedom but with order too, into Santa Fe. |
||
965 | I saw the Queen and the King with their children, and the |
||
966 | Grand Cardinal, and prelates and prelates, and the Marquis |
||
967 | of Cadiz, and many a grandee and famous knight. Don |
||
968 | Enrique de Cerda and his troop came by. |
||
969 | |||
970 | Diego Lopez and I returned to the town. I saw again |
||
971 | the man who would find India by a way unpassed, as far as |
||
972 | one knew, since the world began! He was entering a house |
||
973 | with a friar beside him. Something came into my mind of |
||
974 | the convent of La Rabida. |
||
975 | |||
976 | |||
977 | |||
978 | CHAPTER V |
||
979 | |||
980 | SOME days went by. The King and the Queen with the |
||
981 | court and a great train of prelates and grandees and |
||
982 | knights rode in state through Granada. Don Enrique, |
||
983 | returning, told me of it in his room at night, of the Christian |
||
984 | service in the mosque and the throning in the Alhambra. |
||
985 | |||
986 | "Now," he said, "after great affairs, our affairs! I have |
||
987 | had speech with the Marchioness of Moya." |
||
988 | |||
989 | "That is the Queen's friend?" |
||
990 | |||
991 | "Yes. Dona Beatrix de Boabdilla. We stood together |
||
992 | by a fountain, and when she said, `What can I do for you?' |
||
993 | I answered, `There is something.' Then while all went in |
||
994 | pageantry before us, I told her of the hermitage in the oak |
||
995 | wood and of the unhappy small tower, and of you and me |
||
996 | and those others, and what was done that day. Don Jayme, |
||
997 | I told it like a minstrel who believes what he sings! And |
||
998 | then I spoke of to-day. She is no puny soul, nor is she |
||
999 | in priest's grip. She acts from her own vision, not from |
||
1000 | that of another. The Queen is no weak soul either! She |
||
1001 | also has vision, but too often she lets the churchmen take |
||
1002 | her vision from her. But Dona Beatrix is stronger there. |
||
1003 | Well, she promises help if we can show her how to help." |
||
1004 | |||
1005 | I said, "I have been thinking. It seems to me that it |
||
1006 | was wrong to come here and put my weight upon you." |
||
1007 | |||
1008 | "No!" he answered. "Did we not swear then, when |
||
1009 | we were young men? And we needed no oaths neither. |
||
1010 | Let such thoughts be.--I am going to the palace to-morrow, |
||
1011 | and you with me. The King and the Queen ride with a |
||
1012 | great train into Granada. But Dona Beatrix will excuse |
||
1013 | herself from going. The palace will be almost empty, and |
||
1014 | we shall find her in the little gallery above the Queen's |
||
1015 | garden." |
||
1016 | |||
1017 | The next morning we went there, Don Enrique de Cerda |
||
1018 | and his squire, Juan Lepe. The palace rose great and goodly |
||
1019 | enough, with the church at hand. All had been built as |
||
1020 | by magic, silken pavilions flying away and stout houses |
||
1021 | settling themselves down. Sunk among the walls had been |
||
1022 | managed a small garden for the Queen and her ladies. A |
||
1023 | narrow, latticed and roofed gallery built without the Queen's |
||
1024 | rooms looked down upon orange and myrtle trees and a |
||
1025 | fountain. Here we found the Marchioness de Moya, with |
||
1026 | her two waiting damsels whom she set by the gallery door. |
||
1027 | Don Enrique kissed her hand and then motioned to me. |
||
1028 | Don Jayme de Marchena made his reverence. |
||
1029 | |||
1030 | She was a strong woman who would go directly to the |
||
1031 | heart of things. Always she would learn from the man |
||
1032 | himself. She asked me this and I answered; that and the |
||
1033 | other and I answered. "Don Pedro--?" I told the |
||
1034 | enmity there and the reason for it. "The Jewish rabbi, |
||
1035 | my great-grand father?" I avowed it, but by three Castilian |
||
1036 | and Christian great-grandfathers could not be counted as |
||
1037 | Jew! Practise Judaism? No. My grandmother Judith |
||
1038 | had been Christian. |
||
1039 | |||
1040 | She drove to the heart of it. "You yourself are Christian. |
||
1041 | What do you mean by that? What the Queen means? |
||
1042 | What the Grand Cardinal and the Archbishop of Granada |
||
1043 | means? What the Holy Office means?" |
||
1044 | |||
1045 | I kept silence for a moment, then I told her as well as I |
||
1046 | might, without fever and without melancholy, what I had |
||
1047 | written and of the Dominican. |
||
1048 | |||
1049 | "You have been," she said, "an imprudent cavalier." |
||
1050 | |||
1051 | The fountain flashed below us, a gray dove flew over |
||
1052 | garden. I said, "There is a text, `With all thy getting, |
||
1053 | get understanding.' There is another, `For God so loved |
||
1054 | the world'--that He wished to impart understanding." |
||
1055 | |||
1056 | She sat quiet, seeming to listen to the fountain. Then |
||
1057 | she said, "Are you ready to avow when they ask you that |
||
1058 | in every particular to which the Grand Inquisitor may point |
||
1059 | you are wrong, and that all that Holy Church through mouth |
||
1060 | of Holy Office says is right?" |
||
1061 | |||
1062 | I said, "No, Madam! Present Church is not as large as |
||
1063 | Truth, nor as fair as Beauty." |
||
1064 | |||
1065 | "You may think that, but will you say the other?" |
||
1066 | |||
1067 | "Say that church or kingdom exactly matches Truth and |
||
1068 | Beauty?" |
||
1069 | |||
1070 | "That is what I am sure you will have to say." |
||
1071 | |||
1072 | "Then, no!" |
||
1073 | |||
1074 | "I do not see," she said, "that I can do anything for |
||
1075 | you." |
||
1076 | |||
1077 | There was a chair beside her. She sat down, her chin on |
||
1078 | her hand and her eyes lowered. Silence held save for the |
||
1079 | fountain plashing. Don Enrique stood by the railing, and |
||
1080 | Jayme de Marchena felt his concern. But he himself walked |
||
1081 | just then--Don Jayme or Juan Lepe--into long patience, |
||
1082 | into greater steadfastness. Into the inner fields came translucence, |
||
1083 | gold light; came and faded, but left strength. |
||
1084 | |||
1085 | Dona Beatrix raised her eyes and let them dwell upon |
||
1086 | me. "Spain breeds bold knights," she said, "but not so |
||
1087 | many after all who are bold within! Not so many, I think, |
||
1088 | as are found in Italy or in France." She paused a moment, |
||
1089 | looking at the sky above the roofs, then came back to me. |
||
1090 | "It is hopeless, and you must see it, to talk in those terms |
||
1091 | to the only powers that can lead the Holy Office to forget |
||
1092 | that you live! It is hopeless to talk to the Queen, telling |
||
1093 | her that. She would hold that she had entertained heresy, |
||
1094 | and her imagination would not let her alone. I see naught |
||
1095 | in this world for you to do but to go out of it into another! |
||
1096 | There are other lands--" |
||
1097 | |||
1098 | A damsel hurried to her from the door. "There's a stir |
||
1099 | below, Madam! Something has brought the Queen home |
||
1100 | earlier than we thought--" |
||
1101 | |||
1102 | The Marchioness de Moya rose. Don Enrique kissed her |
||
1103 | hand, and Jayme de Marchena kissed it and thanked her. "I |
||
1104 | would help if I could!" she said. "But in Spain to-day |
||
1105 | it is deadly dangerous to talk or write as though there were |
||
1106 | freedom!" |
||
1107 | |||
1108 | She passed from the gallery, Don Enrique and I following. |
||
1109 | We came upon a landing with a great stair before us. |
||
1110 | Quick as had been her maidens, they were not quick enough. |
||
1111 | Many folk were coming up the broad steps. Dona Beatrix |
||
1112 | glanced, then opened a door giving into a great room, |
||
1113 | apparently empty. She pointed to an opposite door. "The |
||
1114 | little stair! Go that way!" Don Enrique nodded comprehension. |
||
1115 | We were in the room; the door closed. |
||
1116 | |||
1117 | At first it seemed an empty great chamber. Then from |
||
1118 | behind a square of stretched cloth came a man's head, followed |
||
1119 | by the figure pertaining to it. The full man was clad |
||
1120 | after a rich fancy and he held in his hand a brush and |
||
1121 | looked at us at first dreamily and then with keenness. |
||
1122 | |||
1123 | He knew me, differently arrayed though I was, and looked |
||
1124 | from me to Don Enrique. "Master Manuel Rodriguez," |
||
1125 | said the latter, "I would stop for good talk and to admire |
||
1126 | the Queen's likeness, but duty calls me out of palace! |
||
1127 | Adios!" He made toward the door across from that by |
||
1128 | which we had entered. The painter spoke after us. "That |
||
1129 | door is bolted, Don Enrique, on the other side. I do not |
||
1130 | know why! It is not usually so." |
||
1131 | |||
1132 | Don Enrique, turning, hurried to the first door and very |
||
1133 | slightly opened it. A humming entered the large, quiet room. |
||
1134 | He closed the door. "The Queen is coming up the great |
||
1135 | stair. The Archbishop of Granada is with her and a whole |
||
1136 | train beside!" He spoke to the painter. "I have no |
||
1137 | audience, and for reasons would not choose this moment as |
||
1138 | one in which to encounter the least disfavor! I will stay here |
||
1139 | before your picture and admire until landing and stairways |
||
1140 | are bare." |
||
1141 | |||
1142 | "If to be invisible is your desire," answered Manuel |
||
1143 | Rodriguez, "you have walked into trouble! The Queen is |
||
1144 | coming here." |
||
1145 | |||
1146 | Don Enrique exclaimed. Juan Lepe turned eyes to the |
||
1147 | painter. The blue eyes met mine--there rose the rushy |
||
1148 | pool, there dozed the broken boat. Manuel Rodriguez spoke |
||
1149 | in his voice that was at once cool and fine and dry and |
||
1150 | warm. "It is best to dare thoroughly! Perhaps I may |
||
1151 | help you--as thus! Wishing to speak with Don Enrique |
||
1152 | of an altar painting for the Church of Saint Dominic, I |
||
1153 | asked him here and he came. We talked, and he will give |
||
1154 | the picture. Then, hearing the Queen's approach, he would |
||
1155 | instantly have been gone, but alack, the small door is barred! |
||
1156 | --As for fisherman yonder, few look at squire when knight |
||
1157 | is in presence!" |
||
1158 | |||
1159 | No time to debate his offer, which indeed was both wise |
||
1160 | and kind! Chamberlains flung open the door. In came the |
||
1161 | Queen, with her the Princess Juana and several of her |
||
1162 | ladies. Beside her walked Fernando de Talavera, Her Highness's |
||
1163 | confessor, yesterday Bishop of Avila but now Archbishop |
||
1164 | of Granada. Behind him moved two lesser ecclesiastics, |
||
1165 | and with these Don Alonzo de Quintanella, Comptroller- |
||
1166 | General of Castile. Others followed, nobles and |
||
1167 | cavaliers, two soberly clad men who looked like secretaries, |
||
1168 | a Franciscan friar, three or four pages. The room was |
||
1169 | large and had a table covered with a rich cloth, two great |
||
1170 | chairs and a few lesser ones. |
||
1171 | |||
1172 | The painter and Don Enrique bent low to the Majesty |
||
1173 | of Castile. In the background Juan Lepe made squire's |
||
1174 | obeisance. I was bearded and my face stained with a |
||
1175 | Moorish stain, and I was in shadow; it was idle to fear |
||
1176 | recognition that might never come. The Queen seated herself, |
||
1177 | and her daughter beside her, and with her good smile |
||
1178 | motioned the Archbishop to a chair. The two ecclesiastics, |
||
1179 | both venerable men, were given seats. The rest of the company |
||
1180 | stood. The Queen's blue eyes rested on Don Enrique. |
||
1181 | She spoke in a clear, mild voice, threaded with dignity. |
||
1182 | "Were you summoned thither, Don Enrique de Cerda?" |
||
1183 | |||
1184 | He answered, "No, Highness! I came to the palace to |
||
1185 | seek Master Manuel Rodriguez who is to paint for me an |
||
1186 | altarpiece for the Church of Saint Dominic. You and the |
||
1187 | King, Madam, I thought were in Granada. Not finding him |
||
1188 | in his own lodging, I made bold to come here. Then at |
||
1189 | once, before I could hasten away, you returned!" |
||
1190 | |||
1191 | The true nature of this Queen was to think no evil. Her |
||
1192 | countenance remained mild. He had done valiant service, |
||
1193 | and she was sisterly-minded toward the greater part of the |
||
1194 | world. Now she said with serenity, "There is no fault, |
||
1195 | Don Enrique. Stay with us now that you are here." |
||
1196 | |||
1197 | Bowing deeply, he joined a brother-in-arms, Don Miguel |
||
1198 | de Silva. His squire stood in the shadow behind him, but |
||
1199 | found a chance-left lane of vision down which much might |
||
1200 | be seen. |
||
1201 | |||
1202 | The Queen composed herself , in her chair. "This is the |
||
1203 | position, Master Manuel?" The fair man, so fine and quick |
||
1204 | that I loved to look at him, bowed and stepped back to his |
||
1205 | canvas, where he took up his brush and fell to work. The |
||
1206 | Queen and the Archbishop began to speak earnestly together. |
||
1207 | Words and sentences floated to Juan Lepe standing by the |
||
1208 | arras. The Queen made thoughtful pauses, looking before |
||
1209 | her with steady blue eyes and a somewhat lifted face. I |
||
1210 | noted that when she did this Manuel Rodriguez painted |
||
1211 | fast. |
||
1212 | |||
1213 | There fell a pause in their talk. Something differing from |
||
1214 | the subject of discourse, whatever in its fullness that might |
||
1215 | be, seemed to come into her mind. She sent her glance across |
||
1216 | the room. |
||
1217 | |||
1218 | "Don Enrique de Cerda--" |
||
1219 | |||
1220 | The tone summoned. When he was before her, "It was |
||
1221 | in my mind," said the Queen, "to send for you within a |
||
1222 | day or two. But now you are here, and this moment while |
||
1223 | we await the King is as good as another. We have had |
||
1224 | letters from the Bishop of Seville whom we reverence, and |
||
1225 | from Don Pedro Enriquez to whom we owe much. They |
||
1226 | have to do with Jayme de Marchena who has long been |
||
1227 | suspect by the Holy Office. He has fled Seville, gone none |
||
1228 | know where! Don Pedro informs us, Don Enrique, that |
||
1229 | years ago this man stood among your friends. He does not |
||
1230 | think it probable that this is yet so--nor do I, Don Enrique, |
||
1231 | knowing that you must hold in abhorrence the heretic!" |
||
1232 | She looked mildly upon him. "In youth we make chance |
||
1233 | friendships thick as May, but manhood weeds the garden! |
||
1234 | And yet we think it possible that this man may in his heart |
||
1235 | trade on old things and make his way to you or send you |
||
1236 | appeal." She paused, then said in a quiet voice, "Should |
||
1237 | that happen, Don Enrique, on your allegiance, and as a |
||
1238 | good Christian, you will do all that you can to put him in |
||
1239 | the hands of the Holy Office." |
||
1240 | |||
1241 | She waited with her blue eyes upon him. He said, and |
||
1242 | said quietly, "It was long ago, Madam, when I was a young |
||
1243 | man and careless. I will do all that lies in me to do. But |
||
1244 | Spain is wide and there are ships to Africa and other shores." |
||
1245 | |||
1246 | She said, "Yes, I do not see such an one daring to come |
||
1247 | to Santa Fe! But they say that ten demons possess a |
||
1248 | heretic, and that he crosses streams upon a hair or walks |
||
1249 | edges of high walls." |
||
1250 | |||
1251 | With her ringed hand she made gesture of dismissal. He |
||
1252 | bowed low and stepped back to his former place. |
||
1253 | |||
1254 | The sun flooded in at window. Manuel Rodriguez painted |
||
1255 | steadily. The Queen sat still, with lifted face and eyes |
||
1256 | strained into distance. She sighed and came back from |
||
1257 | wastes where she would be Christian, oh, where she would |
||
1258 | be Christian! and began with a tender, maternal look to talk |
||
1259 | with her daughter. |
||
1260 | |||
1261 | |||
1262 | |||
1263 | CHAPTER VI |
||
1264 | |||
1265 | THE door giving upon the great corridor opened. One |
||
1266 | said, "The King, Madam!" King Ferdinand entered |
||
1267 | quietly, in the sober fashion of a sober and able man. |
||
1268 | He was cool and balanced, true always to his own conception |
||
1269 | of his own dues. The Queen rose and stepped to meet |
||
1270 | him. They spoke, standing together, after which he handed |
||
1271 | her to her chair and took beside her the other great chair |
||
1272 | which the pages had swiftly placed. After greeting his |
||
1273 | daughter and the Archbishop he looked across to the painter. |
||
1274 | "Master Manuel Rodriguez, good day!" |
||
1275 | |||
1276 | There fell a moment of sun-drenched quiet in which they |
||
1277 | all sat for their picture. Then said the King, "Madam, we |
||
1278 | are together, and here are those who have been our chief |
||
1279 | advisers in this affair of discoveries. Master Christopherus |
||
1280 | is below. We noted him in the court. Let us have him |
||
1281 | here and see this too-long-dragging matter finished! Once |
||
1282 | for all abate his demands, or once for all let him go!" |
||
1283 | |||
1284 | They sent a page. Again there was sunny silence, then |
||
1285 | in at the door came the tall, muscular, gray-eyed, silver- |
||
1286 | haired man whom I had met the day King Boabdil surrendered |
||
1287 | |||
1288 | Granada. |
||
1289 | |||
1290 | He made reverence to the Queen and the King and to the |
||
1291 | Archbishop. It was the Queen who spoke to him and that |
||
1292 | gently. |
||
1293 | |||
1294 | "Master Christopherus, we have had a thousand businesses, |
||
1295 | and so our matter here has waited and waited. Today comes unaware this quiet hour and we will give it to |
||
1296 | you. Here with us are the Archbishop and others who |
||
1297 | have been our counsellors, and here is Don Alonzo de Quintantella who hath always stood your friend. In |
||
1298 | all the hurly-burly we yet took time, two days ago, to sit in council and |
||
1299 | come to conclusion. And now we give you our determination. |
||
1300 | In all reason it should give you joy!" She smiled |
||
1301 | upon him. "How many years since first you laid your |
||
1302 | plan before us?" |
||
1303 | |||
1304 | He answered her in a deep voice, thrilling and crowded |
||
1305 | with feeling. "Seven years, Madam your Highness! Like |
||
1306 | an infant laid at your feet. And winter has blown upon it, |
||
1307 | and sunshine carrying hope has walked around it, and then |
||
1308 | again the cold wind rises--" |
||
1309 | |||
1310 | The King spoke. "Master Christopherus, in war much |
||
1311 | else has to cease! In much we have had to find patience, |
||
1312 | and you have to find it." |
||
1313 | |||
1314 | "My lord King, yes!" replied the tall man. "It is |
||
1315 | eighteen years since in Lisbon, looking upon the sea one day, |
||
1316 | I said to myself, `Is there a question that is not to be |
||
1317 | answered? This ocean is to be crossed. Then why do not I |
||
1318 | cross it? There is Cipango, Cathay and India! Gold and |
||
1319 | spices are there, and here lie ships, and between, when all |
||
1320 | is said, is only sea! God made the sea to be sailed! Yonder |
||
1321 | they worship idols, here we worship Christ. There are |
||
1322 | idols, here is Christ. Once a Christopherus carried Christ |
||
1323 | across water!' Eighteen years ago. I said, `I can do it!' |
||
1324 | I say it to-day, my lord and my lady. I can do it!" |
||
1325 | |||
1326 | Of the seated great ones only the Queen's spirit appeared |
||
1327 | to answer his. He seemed to enchant her, to take her with |
||
1328 | him. But the King's cool face regarded him with something |
||
1329 | like dislike. He spoke in an edged voice. "Saint Christopher |
||
1330 | asked no great wage. That is the point, Master |
||
1331 | Christopherus, so let us to it! At last the Queen and I |
||
1332 | say `We agree' to this enterprise, which may bring forth |
||
1333 | fruit or may not, or may mean mere empty loss of ships |
||
1334 | and men and of our monies! Yet we say `yea.' But we |
||
1335 | do not say `yea ', Master Christopherus, to the too great |
||
1336 | ferry fee which you ask! I say `ask', but verily the tone |
||
1337 | is of command!" |
||
1338 | |||
1339 | The man whom they called Master Christopherus made a |
||
1340 | slow, wide gesture of deprecation. The Archbishop took |
||
1341 | the word. "Too much! You ask a hundred times too |
||
1342 | much! I must say to you that it is unchristianly arrogance. |
||
1343 | You talk like a soldan!" An assenting murmur came from |
||
1344 | the other ecclesiastics. |
||
1345 | |||
1346 | The Queen spoke. "Master Christopherus, if it be a great |
||
1347 | thing to do, is not the doing it and thereby blessing yourself |
||
1348 | no less than others--is not that reward? Not that |
||
1349 | Castile shall deny you reward, no! Trust me that if you |
||
1350 | bring us the key of India you shall not find us niggardly! |
||
1351 | But we and they who advise us stumble at your prescribing |
||
1352 | wealth, honors and gifts that they say truly are better fitting |
||
1353 | a great prince! Trust us for enrichment and for honor do |
||
1354 | you come back with the great thing done! Leave it all now |
||
1355 | to Time that brings to pass. So you will be clearer to go |
||
1356 | forth to the blessed carrying of Christ!" |
||
1357 | |||
1358 | She spoke earnestly, a Queen, but with much about her |
||
1359 | of womanly, motherly sweetness. I saw that she greatly |
||
1360 | liked the man and somewhere met his spirit. But the King |
||
1361 | was gathering hardness. He spoke to a secretary standing |
||
1362 | behind him. "Have you it there written down, the Italian's |
||
1363 | demand?" |
||
1364 | |||
1365 | The man produced a paper. "Read!" But before it |
||
1366 | could be unfolded, Master Christopherus spoke. |
||
1367 | |||
1368 | " `Italian!' Seven years in Spain and ten in Portugal, |
||
1369 | and a good while in Porto Santo that belongs to Portugal, |
||
1370 | a little in England and in Ultima Thule or Iceland, and long, |
||
1371 | long years upon ships decked and undecked in all the seas |
||
1372 | that are known--fourteen years, childhood and boyhood, in |
||
1373 | Genoa and at Pavia where I went to school, and all my |
||
1374 | years of hope in Christ's Kingdom, and in the uplands of |
||
1375 | great doers-and your Highness says to me for a slighting |
||
1376 | word, `Italian!' I was born in Italy, but to-day, for this |
||
1377 | turn, King Ferdinand, you should call me `Spaniard'! As, |
||
1378 | if King John sends me forth be will call me Portuguese! |
||
1379 | Or King Henry will say, `Christopher the Englishman' |
||
1380 | or King Charles, to whom verily I see that I may go, shall |
||
1381 | say, `Frenchman, to whom all owe the marriage of East and |
||
1382 | West, but France owes Empire!"' |
||
1383 | |||
1384 | The King said, "It may be so, or it may not be so, |
||
1385 | Master Christopherus.--Read!" |
||
1386 | |||
1387 | The secretary read: The Genoese, Cristoforo Colombo, |
||
1388 | called in Spain Cristobal Colon, and in the Latin Christopherus |
||
1389 | Columbus, states and demands in substance as follows: |
||
1390 | Sailing westward he will discover for the King and |
||
1391 | Queen of the Spains the Indies and Cathay and Cipango, |
||
1392 | to the great glory and enrichment of these Sovereigns and |
||
1393 | the passing thereby of Spain ahead of Portugal, and likewise |
||
1394 | and above all to the great glory of Christ and of Holy |
||
1395 | Church. He will do this, having seen it clear for many |
||
1396 | years that it is to be done, and he the instrument. And for |
||
1397 | the finding by going westward of the said India and all |
||
1398 | the gain of the world and the Kingdom of God and of our |
||
1399 | Sovereigns the King Don Ferdinand and the Queen Dona |
||
1400 | Isabella, he bargaineth thus: |
||
1401 | |||
1402 | "He shall be named Admiral of the Ocean-Sea, whereby |
||
1403 | he means the whole water west of the line drawn by the |
||
1404 | Holy Father for the King of Portugal. He shall be made |
||
1405 | Viceroy and Governor of all continents and islands that he |
||
1406 | may discover, claim and occupy for the Sovereigns. And |
||
1407 | the said Christopherus Columbus's eldest son shall hold these |
||
1408 | offices after him, and the heir of his son, and his heir, down |
||
1409 | time. He shall be granted one tenth of all gold, pearls, |
||
1410 | precious stones, spices, or other merchandise found or bought |
||
1411 | or exchanged within his admiralty and viceroyship, and this |
||
1412 | tithe is likewise to be taken by his heirs from generation to |
||
1413 | generation. He or one that he shall name shall be judge in |
||
1414 | all disputes that arise in these continents and islands, so be it |
||
1415 | that the honor of the Sovereigns of Spain is not touched. |
||
1416 | He shall have the salary that hath the High Admiral of |
||
1417 | Castile. He and his family shall be ennobled and henceforth |
||
1418 | be called Don and Dona. And for the immediate sailing |
||
1419 | of ships he may, if he so desire, be at an eighth of the |
||
1420 | expense of outfitting, for which he shall be returned an |
||
1421 | eighth of all the profit of this the first voyage." |
||
1422 | |||
1423 | The secretary did not make the terms less sounding by |
||
1424 | his reading. Wind in leaves, went a stir through the room. |
||
1425 | I heard a page near me whispering, "O Sancta Maria! |
||
1426 | The hanger-on, the needy one! Since the beginning of time |
||
1427 | I've seen him at doors, sunny and cloudy days, the big, |
||
1428 | droning bee!" Manuel Rodriguez painted on. I felt his |
||
1429 | thought. "I should like to paint _you_, Admiral of the |
||
1430 | Ocean-Sea!" |
||
1431 | |||
1432 | The room recomposed itself. Out of silence came the |
||
1433 | King's voice, chill and dry. "We abate so vast a claim for |
||
1434 | so vast reward! But we would be naught else but just, |
||
1435 | and in our ability lavish. Read now what we will do!" |
||
1436 | |||
1437 | The secretary read. It had a certain largeness and goodliness, |
||
1438 | as go rewards for adventure, even for great adventure, |
||
1439 | what the sovereigns would do. The room thought it should |
||
1440 | answer. The King spoke, "We can promise no more nor |
||
1441 | other than this. It contents you, Master Christopherus?" |
||
1442 | |||
1443 | The long-faced, high-nosed, gray-eyed man answered, |
||
1444 | "No, my lord King." |
||
1445 | |||
1446 | "Your own terms or none?" |
||
1447 | |||
1448 | "Mine or none, your Highness." |
||
1449 | |||
1450 | The King's voice grew a cutting wind. "To that the |
||
1451 | Queen and I answer, `Ours or none!' " Pushing back |
||
1452 | his chair, he glanced at sun out of window. "It is over. I |
||
1453 | incline to think that it was at best but an empty vision. You |
||
1454 | are dismissed, Master Christopherus!" |
||
1455 | |||
1456 | The Genoese, bowing, stepped backward from the table. |
||
1457 | In his face and carriage was nothing broken. He kept |
||
1458 | color. The Queen's glance went after him, "What will you |
||
1459 | do now, Master Christopherus?" |
||
1460 | |||
1461 | He answered, "My lady, your Highness, I shall take |
||
1462 | horse to-morrow for France." |
||
1463 | |||
1464 | The King said, "France?--King Charles buys ever low, |
||
1465 | not high!" |
||
1466 | |||
1467 | The Sovereigns and the great churchmen and the less |
||
1468 | great went away together. After them flowed the high attendance. |
||
1469 | All went, Don Enrique among the last. Following |
||
1470 | him, I turned head, for I wished to observe again two |
||
1471 | persons, the painter Manuel Rodriguez and the Admiral of |
||
1472 | the Ocean-Sea. The former painted on. The latter walked |
||
1473 | forth quite alone, coming behind the grinning pages. |
||
1474 | |||
1475 | In the court below I saw him again. The archway to |
||
1476 | street sent toward us a deep wedge of shadow. He had a |
||
1477 | cloak which he wrapped around him and a large round hat |
||
1478 | which he drew low over his gray-blue eyes. With a firm |
||
1479 | step he crossed to the archway where the purple shadow |
||
1480 | took him. |
||
1481 | |||
1482 | Juan Lepe must turn to his own part which now must be |
||
1483 | decided. I walked behind Don Enrique de Cerda through |
||
1484 | Santa Fe. With him kept Don Miguel de Silva, who loved |
||
1485 | Don Enrique's sister and would still talk of _devoir_ and of |
||
1486 | plans, now that the war was ended. When the house was |
||
1487 | reached he would enter with us and still adhere to Don |
||
1488 | Enrique. But at the stair foot the latter spoke to the squire. |
||
1489 | "Find me in an hour, Juan Lepe. I have something to say |
||
1490 | to thee!" His tone carried, "Do you think the place there |
||
1491 | makes any difference? No, by the god of friends!" |
||
1492 | |||
1493 | I let him go thinking that I would come to him presently. |
||
1494 | But I, too, had to act under the god of friends. In Diego |
||
1495 | Lopez's room I found quill and ink and paper, and there I |
||
1496 | wrote a letter to Don Enrique, and finding Diego gave it to |
||
1497 | him to be given in two hours into Don Enrique's hand. |
||
1498 | Then Juan Lepe the squire changed in his own room, narrow |
||
1499 | and bare as a cell, to the clothing of Juan Lepe the sailor. |
||
1500 | |||
1501 | |||
1502 | |||
1503 | CHAPTER VII |
||
1504 | |||
1505 | DUSK was drawing down as I stole with little trouble |
||
1506 | out of the house into the street and thence into the |
||
1507 | maze of Santa Fe. That night I slept with minstrels |
||
1508 | and jugglers, and at sunrise slipped out of Cordova gate |
||
1509 | with muleteers. They were for Cordova and I meant to go to |
||
1510 | Malaga. I meant to find there a ship, maybe for Africa, |
||
1511 | maybe for Italy, though in Italy, too, sits the Inquisition. |
||
1512 | But who knows what it is that turns a man, unless we call |
||
1513 | it his Genius, unless we call it God? I let the muleteers |
||
1514 | pass me on the road to Cordova, let them dwindle in the |
||
1515 | distance. And still I walked and did not turn back and |
||
1516 | find the Malaga road. It was as though I were on the sea, |
||
1517 | and my bark was hanging in a calm, waiting for a wind to |
||
1518 | blow. A man mounted on a horse was coming toward me |
||
1519 | from Santa Fe. Watching the small figure grow larger, I |
||
1520 | said, "When he is even with me and has passed and is a |
||
1521 | little figure again in the distance, I will turn south." |
||
1522 | |||
1523 | He came nearer. Suddenly I knew him to be that Master |
||
1524 | Christopherus who had entered the wedge of shadow yesterday |
||
1525 | in the palace court. He was out of it now, in the broad |
||
1526 | light, on the white road--on the way to France. He approached. |
||
1527 | The ocean before Palos came and stood again |
||
1528 | before me, salt and powerful. The keen, far, sky line of it |
||
1529 | awoke and drew! |
||
1530 | |||
1531 | Christopherus Columbus came up with me. I said, "A |
||
1532 | Palos sailor gives you good morning!" |
||
1533 | |||
1534 | Checking the horse, he sat looking at me out of blue-gray |
||
1535 | eyes. I saw him recollecting. "Dress is different and |
||
1536 | poorer, but you are the squire in the crowd! `Sailor |
||
1537 | Palos sailor'--There's some meaning there too!" |
||
1538 | |||
1539 | He seemed to ponder it, then asked if I was for Cordova. |
||
1540 | |||
1541 | "No. I am going to Malaga where I take ship." |
||
1542 | |||
1543 | "This is not the Malaga road." |
||
1544 | |||
1545 | "No. But I am in no hurry! I should like to walk a mile |
||
1546 | with you." |
||
1547 | |||
1548 | "Then do it," he answered. "Something tells me that |
||
1549 | we shall not be ill travelers together." |
||
1550 | |||
1551 | I felt that also and no more than he could explain it. |
||
1552 | But the reason, I know, stands in the forest behind the |
||
1553 | seedling. |
||
1554 | |||
1555 | He walked his horse, and I strode beside. He asked my |
||
1556 | name and I gave it. Juan Lepe. We traveled Cordova |
||
1557 | road together. Presently he said, "I leave Spain for France, |
||
1558 | and do you know why?" |
||
1559 | |||
1560 | Said Juan Lepe, "I have been told something, and I have |
||
1561 | gathered something with my own eyes and ears. You would |
||
1562 | reach Asia by going west." |
||
1563 | |||
1564 | He spoke in the measured tone of a recital often made |
||
1565 | alike to himself and to others. "I hold that the voyage from |
||
1566 | Palos, say, first south to the Canaries and then due west |
||
1567 | would not exceed three months. Yet I began to go west |
||
1568 | to India full eighteen years ago! I have voyaged eighteen |
||
1569 | years, with dead calms and head winds, with storms and |
||
1570 | back-puttings, with pirates and mutinies, with food and |
||
1571 | water lacking, with only God and my purpose for friend! I |
||
1572 | have touched at the court of Portugal and at the court of |
||
1573 | Spain, and, roundabout way, at the court of England, and at |
||
1574 | the houses of the Doges of Venice and of Genoa. They all |
||
1575 | kept me swinging long at anchor, but they have never given |
||
1576 | me a furthering wind. Eighteen years going to India! But |
||
1577 | why do I say eighteen? The Lord put me forth from landside |
||
1578 | the day I was born. Before I was fourteen, at the |
||
1579 | school in Pavia, He said, `Go to sea. Sail under thy cousin |
||
1580 | Colombo and learn through long years all the inches of salt |
||
1581 | water.' Later He said, one day when we were swinging |
||
1582 | off Alexandria, `Study! Teach thyself! Buy books, not |
||
1583 | wine nor fine clothes nor favor of women. Study on land |
||
1584 | and study at sea. Look at every map that comes before you. |
||
1585 | Learn to make maps. When a world map comes before you, |
||
1586 | look at the western side of it and think how to fill it out |
||
1587 | knowingly. Listen to seamen's tales. Learn to view the |
||
1588 | invisible and to feel under foot the roundness of my |
||
1589 | earth!' |
||
1590 | |||
1591 | "And He said that same year off Aleppo, `Learn to |
||
1592 | command ships. Learn in King Reinier's war and in what |
||
1593 | other war Genoa makes. Learn to direct men and patiently |
||
1594 | to hear them, winding in and out of their counsels, keeping |
||
1595 | thyself always wiser than they.' Well, I studied, and learned, |
||
1596 | and can command a ship or ships, and know navigation, and |
||
1597 | can make maps and charts with the best, and can rule seamen, |
||
1598 | loving them the while. Long ago, I went to that school |
||
1599 | which He set, and came forth _magister!_ Long after His |
||
1600 | first speaking, I was at Porto Santo, well named, and there |
||
1601 | He said, `Seek India, going westward.' " He turned his |
||
1602 | face to the sun. "I have been going to India fifty-six years." |
||
1603 | |||
1604 | Juan Lepe asked, "Why, on yesterday, were you not content |
||
1605 | with the King and Queen's terms? They granted honor |
||
1606 | and competence. It was the estate of a prince that you |
||
1607 | asked." |
||
1608 | |||
1609 | Some moments passed before he answered. The sun was |
||
1610 | shining, the road white and dusty, the mountains of Elvira |
||
1611 | purple to the tops and there splashed with silver. When he |
||
1612 | spoke, his voice was changed. Neither now nor hereafter |
||
1613 | did he discourse of money-gold and nobility flowing from |
||
1614 | earthly kings with that impersonal exaltation with which he |
||
1615 | talked of his errand from God to link together east and west. |
||
1616 | But he drew them somehow in train from the last, hiding |
||
1617 | here I thought, an earthly weakness from himself, and the |
||
1618 | weakness so intertwined with strength that it was hard to |
||
1619 | divide parasite from oak. |
||
1620 | |||
1621 | "Did you see," he asked, "a boy with me? That was my |
||
1622 | son Diego whom I have left with a friend in Santa Fe. |
||
1623 | Fernando, his half-brother, is but a child. I shall see him in |
||
1624 | Cordova. I have two brothers, dear to me both of them, |
||
1625 | Diego and Bartholomew. My old father, Dominico Colombo, |
||
1626 | still lives in Genoa. He lives in poverty, as I have |
||
1627 | lived in poverty these many years. And there is Pedro |
||
1628 | Correo, to whom I owe much, husband of my wife's sister. |
||
1629 | My wife is dead. The mother of Fernando is not my wife, |
||
1630 | but I love her, and she is poor though beautiful and good. |
||
1631 | I would have her less poor; I would give her beautiful |
||
1632 | things. I have love for my kindred,--love and yearning |
||
1633 | and care and desire to do them good, alike those who trust |
||
1634 | me and those who think that I had failed them. I do not |
||
1635 | fail them!" |
||
1636 | |||
1637 | We padded on upon the dusty road. I felt his inner |
||
1638 | warmth, divined his life. But at last I said, "What the |
||
1639 | Queen and King promise would give rich care--" |
||
1640 | |||
1641 | "I have friends too, for all that I ride out of Spain and |
||
1642 | seem so poor and desolate! I would repay--ay, ten times |
||
1643 | over--their faith and their help." |
||
1644 | |||
1645 | "Still--" |
||
1646 | |||
1647 | "There are moreover the poor, and those who study and |
||
1648 | need books and maps that they cannot purchase. There are |
||
1649 | convents--one convent especially--that befriended me |
||
1650 | when I was alone and nigh hopeless and furthered my |
||
1651 | cause. I would give that convent great gifts." Turning in |
||
1652 | the saddle he looked southwest. "Fray Juan Perez--" |
||
1653 | |||
1654 | Palos shore spread about me, and rose La Rabida, white |
||
1655 | among vineyards and pines. Doves flew over cloister. But |
||
1656 | I did not say all I knew. |
||
1657 | |||
1658 | "There are other things that I would do. I do not speak |
||
1659 | of them to many! They would say that I was mad. But |
||
1660 | great things that in this age none else seems inclined to do!" |
||
1661 | |||
1662 | "As what?" I asked. "I have been called mad myself. |
||
1663 | I am not apt to think you so." |
||
1664 | |||
1665 | He began to speak of a mighty crusade to recover the |
||
1666 | Holy Sepulchre. |
||
1667 | |||
1668 | The road to Cordova stretched sunny and dusty. Above |
||
1669 | the mountains of Elvira the sky stood keen blue. Juan Lepe |
||
1670 | said slowly, "Admiral of the Ocean-Sea and Viceroy and |
||
1671 | Governor of continents and islands in perpetuity, sons |
||
1672 | and sons' sons after you, and gilded deep with a tenth of all |
||
1673 | the wealth that flows forever from Asia over Ocean-Sea to |
||
1674 | Spain, and you and all after you made nobles, grandees and |
||
1675 | wealthy from generation to generation! Kings almost of |
||
1676 | the west, and donors to the east, arousers of crusades and |
||
1677 | freers of the Sepulchre! You build a high tower!" |
||
1678 | |||
1679 | Carters and carts going by pushed us to the edge of road |
||
1680 | and covered all with dust. He waited until the cloud sank, |
||
1681 | then he said, "Do you know--but you cannot know what |
||
1682 | it is to be sent from pillar to post and wait in antechambers |
||
1683 | where the air stifles, and doff cap--who have |
||
1684 | been captain of ships!--to chamberlain, page and lackey? |
||
1685 | To be called dreamer, adventurer, dicer! To hear the laugh |
||
1686 | and catch the sneer! To be the persuader, the beggar of |
||
1687 | good and bad, high and low--to beg year in and year out, |
||
1688 | cold and warmth, summer and winter, sunrise, noon and |
||
1689 | sunset, calm and storm, beg of galleon and beg of carrack, |
||
1690 | yea, beg of cockboat! To see your family go needy, to be |
||
1691 | doubted by wife and child and brethren and friends and |
||
1692 | acquaintance! To have them say, `While you dream we |
||
1693 | go hungry!' and `What good will it do us if there is India, |
||
1694 | while we famish in Spain?' and `You love us not, or you |
||
1695 | would become a prosperous sea captain!'--Not one year |
||
1696 | but eighteen, eighteen, since I saw in vision the sun set not |
||
1697 | behind water but behind vale and hill and mountain and |
||
1698 | cities rich beyond counting, and smelled the spice draught |
||
1699 | from the land!" |
||
1700 | |||
1701 | I saw that he must count upon huge indemnity. We all |
||
1702 | dream indemnity. But still I thought and think that there |
||
1703 | was here a weakness in him. Far inward he may have |
||
1704 | known it himself, the outer self was so busy finding grounds! |
||
1705 | After a moment he spoke again, "Little things bring little |
||
1706 | reward. But to keep proportion and harmony, great thing |
||
1707 | must bring great things! You do not know what it is to |
||
1708 | cross where no man hath crossed and to find what no man |
||
1709 | hath found!" |
||
1710 | |||
1711 | "Yes, it is a great thing!" |
||
1712 | |||
1713 | "Then," said he, "what is it, that which I ask, to the |
||
1714 | grandeur of time!" |
||
1715 | |||
1716 | He spoke with a lifted face, eyes upon the mountain crests |
||
1717 | and the blue they touched. They were nearer us than they |
||
1718 | had been; the Pass of Elvira was at hand. Yet on I walked, |
||
1719 | and before me still hung the far ocean west of Palos. I |
||
1720 | said, "I know something of the guesses, the chances and |
||
1721 | the dangers, but I have not spent there years of study--" |
||
1722 | |||
1723 | He kindled, having an auditor whom he chose to think |
||
1724 | intelligent. He checked his horse, that fell to grazing the |
||
1725 | bit of green by the way. "As though," he said, "I stood |
||
1726 | in Cipango beneath a golden roof, I know that it can be |
||
1727 | done! Twelve hundred leagues at the most. Look!" he |
||
1728 | said. "You are not an ignoramus like some I have met; |
||
1729 | nor if I read you right are you like others who not knowing |
||
1730 | that True Religion is True Wonder up with hands and cry, |
||
1731 | `Blasphemy, Sacrilege and Contradiction!' Earth and water |
||
1732 | make an orb. Place ant on apple and see that orbs may |
||
1733 | be gone around! Travel far enough and east and west |
||
1734 | change names! Straight through, beneath us, are other men." |
||
1735 | |||
1736 | "Feet against feet. Antipodes," I said. "All the life of |
||
1737 | man is taking Wonder in and making Her at home!" |
||
1738 | |||
1739 | "So!" he answered. "Now look! The largeness of our |
||
1740 | globe is at the equator. The great Ptolemy worked out |
||
1741 | our reckoning. Twenty-four hours, fifteen degrees to each, |
||
1742 | in all three hundred and sixty degrees. It is held that the |
||
1743 | Greeks and the Romans knew fifteen of these hours. They |
||
1744 | stretched their hand from Gibraltar and Tangier, calling |
||
1745 | them Pillars of Hercules, to mid-India. Now in our time |
||
1746 | we have the Canaries and the King of Portugal's new islands |
||
1747 | --another hour, mark you! Sixteen from twenty-four |
||
1748 | leaves eight hours empty. How much of that is water and |
||
1749 | how much is earth? Where ends Ocean-Sea and where begins |
||
1750 | India and Cathay, of which the ancients knew only a |
||
1751 | part? The Arabian Alfraganus thinks that Ptolemy's degrees |
||
1752 | should be less in size. If that be right, then the earth |
||
1753 | is smaller than is thought, and India nearer! I myself |
||
1754 | incline to hold with Alfraganus. It may be that less than |
||
1755 | two months' sailing, calm and wind, would bring us to |
||
1756 | Cipango. Give me the ships and I will do it!" |
||
1757 | |||
1758 | "You might have had them yesterday." |
||
1759 | |||
1760 | To a marked extent he could bring out and make visible |
||
1761 | his inner exaltation. Now, tall, strong, white-haired, he |
||
1762 | looked a figure of an older world. "The spheres and all |
||
1763 | are set to harmony!" he said. "I would have fitness. |
||
1764 | Great things throughout! Diamonds and rubies without |
||
1765 | flaw in the crown.--We will talk no more about abating |
||
1766 | just demand!" |
||
1767 | |||
1768 | I agreed with a nod, and indeed there was never any |
||
1769 | shaking him here. Beneath his wide and lofty vision of a |
||
1770 | world filled out to the eternal benefit of all rested always |
||
1771 | this picture which I knew he savored like wine and warmth. |
||
1772 | His family, his sons, his brothers and kindred, the aged |
||
1773 | father in Genoa, all friends and backers--and he a warm |
||
1774 | sun in the midst of them, all their doubts of him dispelled, |
||
1775 | shining out upon them, making every field rich, repaying |
||
1776 | a thousand, thousandfold every trust shown him. |
||
1777 | |||
1778 | The day sang cool and high and bright, the mountains |
||
1779 | of Elvira had light snow atop. Master Christopherus began |
||
1780 | again to speak. |
||
1781 | |||
1782 | "There came ashore at Porto Santo some years ago a |
||
1783 | piece of wood long as a spar but thicker. Pedro Correo, |
||
1784 | who is my brother-in-law, saw it. It was graved all over, |
||
1785 | cut by something duller than our knives with beasts and |
||
1786 | leaves and a figure that Pedro thought was meant for an |
||
1787 | idol. He and another saw it and agree in their description. |
||
1788 | They left it on the beach at twilight, well out of water |
||
1789 | reach. But in the night came up a great storm that swept |
||
1790 | it away. It came from the west, the wind having blown |
||
1791 | for days from that quarter. I ask you will empty billows |
||
1792 | fell a tree and trim it and carve it? It is said that a Portuguese pilot picked up one like it off Cape Bojador |
||
1793 | when the |
||
1794 | wind was southwest. I have heard a man of the Azores |
||
1795 | tell of giant reeds pitched upon his shore _from the west_. |
||
1796 | There is a story of the finding on the beach of Flores the |
||
1797 | bodies of two men not like any that we know either in |
||
1798 | color or in feature. For days a west wind had driven in |
||
1799 | the seas. And I know of other findings. Whence do these |
||
1800 | things come? |
||
1801 | |||
1802 | "May there not be unknown islands west of Azores? |
||
1803 | They might come from there, and still to the west of them |
||
1804 | stream all Ocean-Sea, violent and unknown! The learned |
||
1805 | think the earth of such a size. Your Arabian holds it |
||
1806 | smaller. What if it is larger than the largest calculation?" |
||
1807 | |||
1808 | He said with disdain, "All the wise men at Salamanca |
||
1809 | before whom the King set me six years ago thought it had |
||
1810 | no end! Large or small, they called it blasphemy for me, |
||
1811 | a poor, plain seaman, son of a wool-comber and not even |
||
1812 | a Spanish wool-comber, to try to stretch mind over it! |
||
1813 | Ocean-Sea had never been overpassed, and by that token |
||
1814 | could not be overpassed! None had met its dangers, so |
||
1815 | dangers there must be of a most strange and fearful nature! |
||
1816 | But if you were put to sea at fourteen and have lived |
||
1817 | there long, water becomes water! A speck on the horizon |
||
1818 | will turn out ship or land. Wave carries you on to wave, |
||
1819 | day to night and night to day. At last there is port!" |
||
1820 | |||
1821 | All this time his horse had been cropping the scanty |
||
1822 | herbage. Now he raised his head. In a moment we too |
||
1823 | heard the horsemen and looking back toward Santa Fe saw |
||
1824 | four approaching. As they came nearer we made out two |
||
1825 | cavaliers talking together, followed by serving men. When |
||
1826 | they were almost at hand one of the leaders said something, |
||
1827 | whereat his fellow laughed. It floated up Cordova road, a |
||
1828 | wide, deep, rich laugh. Master Christopherus started. |
||
1829 | "That is the laugh of Don Luis de St. Angel!" |
||
1830 | |||
1831 | Don Luis de St. Angel was, I knew, Receiver of the |
||
1832 | Ecclesiastical Revenues for Aragon, a man who stood well |
||
1833 | with the King. The horsemen were close upon us. Suddenly |
||
1834 | the laugher cried, "Saint Jago! Here he is!" |
||
1835 | |||
1836 | We were now five mounted men and a trudger afoot. The |
||
1837 | cavalier who had laughed, a portly, genial person with a bold |
||
1838 | and merry eye, laughed again. "Well met, Don Cristoval. |
||
1839 | Well met, Admiral! I looked to find you presently! You |
||
1840 | sailed out of port at sunrise and I two hours later with a |
||
1841 | swifter ship and more canvas--" |
||
1842 | |||
1843 | " `Don' and `Admiral'!" answered Master Christopherus, |
||
1844 | and he spoke with anger. "You jest in Spain! |
||
1845 | But in France it shall be said soberly--" |
||
1846 | |||
1847 | "No, no! Don and Admiral here! Viceroy and Governor |
||
1848 | here--as soon as you find the lands! Wealthy here-- |
||
1849 | as soon as you put hand on the gold!" Don Luis de St. |
||
1850 | Angel's laughter ceased. He became with portentous swiftness |
||
1851 | a downright, plain man of business. He talked, all of |
||
1852 | us clustered together on the Cordova road. |
||
1853 | |||
1854 | "The Archbishop kept me from that audience yesterday, |
||
1855 | leaving Don Alonso de Quintanella your only friend there! |
||
1856 | The Queen was tired, the King fretted. They thought they |
||
1857 | had come a long way, and there you stood, Master Christopherus, |
||
1858 | shaking your head! Don Alonso told me about it, |
||
1859 | and how hopeless it seemed! But I said, `If you conquer |
||
1860 | a land don't you put in a viceroy? I don't see that Don |
||
1861 | Cristoval isn't as good as Don This One, or Don That One! |
||
1862 | I've a notion that the first might not oppress and flay the |
||
1863 | new subjects as might the last two! That is a point to be |
||
1864 | made to the Queen! As for perpetuity of office and privileges |
||
1865 | down the ages, most things get to be hereditary. If |
||
1866 | it grows to be a swollen serpent something in the future will |
||
1867 | fall across and cut it in two. Let time take care of it! As |
||
1868 | for wealth, in any land a man who will bear an eighth of the |
||
1869 | cost may fairly expect an eighth of the gain. This setting |
||
1870 | out is to cost little, after all. He says he can do it with |
||
1871 | three small ships and less than a hundred and fifty men. If |
||
1872 | the ships bring back no treasure, he will not be wealthy. If |
||
1873 | there is a little gain, the Spains need not grudge him his |
||
1874 | handful of doubloons. If there is huge gain, the King and |
||
1875 | Queen but for him would not have their seven eighths. The |
||
1876 | same reasoning applies to his tenth of all future gain from |
||
1877 | continents and islands. You will say that some one else will |
||
1878 | arise to do it for us on easier terms. Perhaps--and perhaps |
||
1879 | not for a century, and another Crown may thrust in |
||
1880 | to-morrow! France, probably. It is not impossible that |
||
1881 | England might do it. As for what is named overweening |
||
1882 | pride and presumption, at least it shows at once and for |
||
1883 | altogether. We are not left painfully to find it out. It |
||
1884 | goes with his character. Take it or leave it together with |
||
1885 | his patience, courage and long head. Leave it, and presently |
||
1886 | we may see France or England swallow him whole. He |
||
1887 | will find India and Cathay and Cipango, and France or England |
||
1888 | will be building ships, ships, ships! Blessed Virgin |
||
1889 | above us!' said I, `If I could talk alone to the Sovereigns, |
||
1890 | I think I could clench it!' " |
||
1891 | |||
1892 | " `Then let us go now to the palace,' says Don Alonso, |
||
1893 | `and beg audience!' |
||
1894 | |||
1895 | "That did we, Don Cristoval, and so I hail you `Don' |
||
1896 | and `Admiral', and beg you to turn that mule and reenter |
||
1897 | Santa Fe! In a few days you and the King and Queen may |
||
1898 | sign capitulations." |
||
1899 | |||
1900 | "Was it the Queen?" |
||
1901 | |||
1902 | "Just. The King said the treasury was drained. She answered, |
||
1903 | `I will pawn my jewels but he shall sail!' Luis de |
||
1904 | St. Angel says, `It does not need. There is some gold left |
||
1905 | in the coffers of Aragon. After all, the man asks but three |
||
1906 | little ships and a few score seamen and offers himself to |
||
1907 | furnish one of the ships.' " |
||
1908 | |||
1909 | "With Martin Alonso Pinzon's help, I will!" |
||
1910 | |||
1911 | " `Never,' said I to their majesties, `was so huge a possible |
||
1912 | gain matched against so small a sending forth! And as |
||
1913 | for this Genoese who truly hath given and gives and will |
||
1914 | give his life for his vision, saith not Scripture that a laborer |
||
1915 | is worthy of his hire?' At which the Queen said with |
||
1916 | decision, `We will do it, Don Luis! And now go and find |
||
1917 | Master Christopherus and comfort him, whose heart must |
||
1918 | be heavy, and indeed mine,' she saith, `was heavy when he |
||
1919 | went forth to-day, and a voice seemed to say within me, |
||
1920 | "What have you done, Isabella? How may you have |
||
1921 | hindered!" ' " |
||
1922 | |||
1923 | The Gatherer of Ecclesiastical Revenues laughed again |
||
1924 | with that compelling laughter. "So forth we go, and Don |
||
1925 | Alonso sends for you to his house. But you could not be |
||
1926 | found. Early this morning came one and informed us that |
||
1927 | the ship had put out of harbor, whereupon my nephew and |
||
1928 | I set sail after!" |
||
1929 | |||
1930 | The Admiral of the Ocean-Sea turned his face to the |
||
1931 | west. Not knowing, I think, what he did, he raised his |
||
1932 | arm, outstretched it, and the hand seemed to close in greeting. |
||
1933 | His face was the face of a man who sees the Beloved |
||
1934 | after long and sorrowful absence. So did thought and passion |
||
1935 | and vision charge his frame and his countenance, that |
||
1936 | for a moment truly there was effulgence. It startled. Don |
||
1937 | Luis held his speech suspended, in his eyes wonder. Master |
||
1938 | Christopherus let fall his arm. He sighed. The out-pushing |
||
1939 | light faltered, vanished. One might say, if one chose, |
||
1940 | "A Genoese sea captain, willing to do an adventurous thing |
||
1941 | and make a purse thereby!" |
||
1942 | |||
1943 | |||
1944 | |||
1945 | CHAPTER VIII |
||
1946 | |||
1947 | JUAN LEPE, quitting the Vega of Granada, recrossed |
||
1948 | the mountains. I was at wander. I did not go to |
||
1949 | Malaga. I did not then go to Palos. I went to San |
||
1950 | Lucar. I had adventures, but I will not draw them here. |
||
1951 | The ocean by Palos continued with me in sight and sound |
||
1952 | and movement. But I did not go to Palos. I went to the |
||
1953 | strand of San Lucar, and there I found a small bark trading |
||
1954 | not to Genoa but to Marseilles. Seamen lacked, and |
||
1955 | the master took me gladly. I freshened knowledge upon this |
||
1956 | voyage. |
||
1957 | |||
1958 | The master was a dour, quiet Catalan; his three sons |
||
1959 | favored him and their six sailors more or less took the note. |
||
1960 | The sea ran quiet and blue under a quiet blue heaven. At |
||
1961 | night all the stars shone, or only light clouds went overhead. |
||
1962 | It was a restful boat and Jayme de Marchena rested. Even |
||
1963 | while his body labored he rested. The sense of Danger in |
||
1964 | every room, walking on every road, took leave. Yet was |
||
1965 | there throughout that insistent sight of Palos beach and the |
||
1966 | gray and wild Atlantic. All the birds cried from the west; |
||
1967 | the salt, stinging wind flung itself upon me from the west. |
||
1968 | Once a voice, faint and silvery, made itself heard. "Were |
||
1969 | it not well to know those other, those mightier waters, and |
||
1970 | find the strange lands, the new lands?" I answered myself, |
||
1971 | "They are the old lands taken a new way." But still |
||
1972 | the voice said, "The new lands!" |
||
1973 | |||
1974 | We made Marseilles and unladed, and were held there |
||
1975 | a fortnight. I might have left the bark and found work and |
||
1976 | maybe safety in France, or I might have taken another ship |
||
1977 | for Italy. I did neither. I clung to this bark and my Cata- |
||
1978 | lans. We took our lading and quitted Marseilles, and came |
||
1979 | after a tranquil voyage to San Lucar. Again we unladed |
||
1980 | and laded, and again voyaged to Marseilles. Spring became |
||
1981 | summer; young summer, summer in prime. We left Marseilles |
||
1982 | and voyaged once more San Lucar-ward. There |
||
1983 | rushed up a fearful storm and we were wrecked off Almeria. |
||
1984 | One lad drowned. The rest of us somehow made |
||
1985 | shore. A boat took us to Algeciras, and thence we trudged |
||
1986 | it to San Lucar. |
||
1987 | |||
1988 | My Catalans were not wholly depressed. Behind their |
||
1989 | wrecked ship stood merchants who would furnish another |
||
1990 | bark. The master would have had me wait at San Lucar |
||
1991 | until he went forth again. But I was bound for the strand |
||
1992 | by Palos and the gray, piling Atlantic. |
||
1993 | |||
1994 | August was the month and the day warm. The first of |
||
1995 | August in the year 1492. Two leagues east of Palos I |
||
1996 | overtook three men trudging that way, and talking now |
||
1997 | loudly and angrily and now in a sullen, dragging fashion. |
||
1998 | I had seen between this road and ocean a fishing hamlet |
||
1999 | and I made out that they were from this place. They |
||
2000 | were men of small boats, men who fished, but who now |
||
2001 | and again were gathered in by some shipmaster, when they |
||
2002 | became sailors. |
||
2003 | |||
2004 | In me they saw only a poorly clad, sea-going person. |
||
2005 | When I gave greeting they greeted me in return. "For |
||
2006 | Palos?" I asked, and the one who talked the most and the |
||
2007 | loudest gave groaning assent. "Aye, for Palos. You too, |
||
2008 | brother, are flopping in the net?" |
||
2009 | |||
2010 | I did not understand and said as much. He gave an |
||
2011 | angry laugh and explained his figure. "Why, the Queen |
||
2012 | and the King and the law and Martin Pinzon, to whom we, |
||
2013 | are bound for a year, are pressing us! Which is to say |
||
2014 | |||
2015 | |||
2016 | |||
2017 | |||
2018 | 1492 |
||
2019 | by |
||
2020 | Mary Johnston |
||
2021 | Part 2 out of 7 |
||
2022 | |||
2023 | FullBooks.com homepage |
||
2024 | Index of 1492 |
||
2025 | Previous part (1) |
||
2026 | Next part (3) |
||
2027 | |||
2028 | |||
2029 | |||
2030 | they've cast a net and here we are, good fish, beating against |
||
2031 | the meshes and finding none big enough to slip through! |
||
2032 | Haven't you been pressed too, scooped in without a `By |
||
2033 | your leave, Palos fish!' A hundred fish and more in this |
||
2034 | net and one by one the giant will take us out and broil us!" |
||
2035 | |||
2036 | The second man spoke with a whine. "I had rather a |
||
2037 | Barbary pirate were coming aboard! I had rather be took |
||
2038 | slave and row a galley!" |
||
2039 | |||
2040 | The third, a young man, had a whimsical, dark, fearless |
||
2041 | face. "But we be going to see strange things and serve |
||
2042 | the Queen! That's something!" |
||
2043 | |||
2044 | "The Queen is just a lady. She don't know anything |
||
2045 | about deep and fearful seas!" |
||
2046 | |||
2047 | "Where are you going," I asked, "and with whom?" |
||
2048 | |||
2049 | The angry man answered, "The last of that is the easiest, |
||
2050 | mate! With an Italian sorcerer who has bewitched the |
||
2051 | great! He ought to be burned, say I, with the Jews and |
||
2052 | heretics! We are going with him, and we are going |
||
2053 | with Captain Martin Pinzon, whom he hath bewitched with |
||
2054 | the rest! And we are going with three ships, the _Santa |
||
2055 | Maria_, the Pinta and the Nina." |
||
2056 | |||
2057 | The third said, "The Santa Maria's a good boat." |
||
2058 | |||
2059 | "There isn't any boat, good or bad," the first answered |
||
2060 | him, "that can hold together when you come to heat that'll |
||
2061 | melt pitch and set wood afire! There isn't any boat, good |
||
2062 | or bad, that can stand it when a lodestone as big as Gibraltar |
||
2063 | begins to draw iron!" |
||
2064 | |||
2065 | The second, whose element was melancholy, sighed, "I've |
||
2066 | been north of Ireland, Pedro, and that was bad enough! |
||
2067 | The lookout saw a siren and the _Infanta Isabella_ was dashed |
||
2068 | on the rocks and something laughed at us all night!" |
||
2069 | |||
2070 | "Ireland's nothing at all to it!" answered the angry man, |
||
2071 | whose name was Pedro. "I've heard men that know talk! |
||
2072 | The Portuguese going down Africa coast got to Cape Bojador, |
||
2073 | but they've never truly gotten any further, though I |
||
2074 | hear them say they have! They sent a little carrack further |
||
2075 | down, and it had to come back because the water fell to |
||
2076 | boiling! There wasn't any land and there wasn't any true |
||
2077 | sea, but it was all melted up together in fervent heat! Like |
||
2078 | hot mud, so to speak. It's hell, that's what I say; it's hell |
||
2079 | down there! Moreover, there ain't any heaven stretched |
||
2080 | over it." |
||
2081 | |||
2082 | "What does it mean by that?" asked the second. |
||
2083 | |||
2084 | "It means, Fernando, that there wouldn't be any sky, |
||
2085 | blue nor gray nor black, nor clouds, nor air to breathe! |
||
2086 | There wouldn't be any thunder and lightning nor rain nor |
||
2087 | wind, and at night there wouldn't be stars, no north star, |
||
2088 | nor any! It would just be--I don't know what! Fray |
||
2089 | Ignatio told me, and he said the name was `chaos'." |
||
2090 | |||
2091 | "That was south. That wasn't west." |
||
2092 | |||
2093 | "West is just as bad!" |
||
2094 | |||
2095 | Fernando also addressed the young man, the third, calling |
||
2096 | him Sancho. "If there were anything west for Christian |
||
2097 | men, wouldn't the Holy Father at Rome have sent long |
||
2098 | ago? We are all going to die!" |
||
2099 | |||
2100 | "But they didn't know it was round," said Sancho. "Now |
||
2101 | we do, and that's the difference! If you started a little |
||
2102 | manikin just here on an orange and told him to go straight |
||
2103 | ahead, he'd come around home, wouldn't he?" |
||
2104 | |||
2105 | "You weary me, Sancho!" cried the first. "And what |
||
2106 | if you did that and it took so long that you come back to |
||
2107 | Fishertown old and bald and driveling, and your wife is |
||
2108 | dead and all the neighbors! Much good you'd have from |
||
2109 | knowing it was round!" |
||
2110 | |||
2111 | "When you got right underfoot wouldn't you fall; that's |
||
2112 | what I want to know?" |
||
2113 | |||
2114 | "Fall! Fall where?" |
||
2115 | |||
2116 | "Into the sky! My God, it's deep! And there wouldn't |
||
2117 | be any boat to pick you up nor any floating oar to catch |
||
2118 | by--" |
||
2119 | |||
2120 | The vision seemed to appall them. Fernando drew back |
||
2121 | of hand across eyes. |
||
2122 | |||
2123 | I came in. "You wouldn't do that any more than the |
||
2124 | ant falls off the orange! Men have come back who have been |
||
2125 | almost underfoot, so far to the east had they traveled. They |
||
2126 | found there men and kingdoms and ways not so mightily |
||
2127 | unlike ours." |
||
2128 | |||
2129 | "They went that way," answered Pedro, jerking his hand |
||
2130 | eastward, "over good land! And maybe, whatever they |
||
2131 | said, they were lying to us! I'm thinking most of the learned |
||
2132 | do that all the time!" |
||
2133 | |||
2134 | "Well," said Sancho, "if we do come back, we'll have |
||
2135 | some rare good tales to tell!" |
||
2136 | |||
2137 | There fell a pause at that, a pause of dissent and exasperation, |
||
2138 | but also one of caught fancy. It would undoubtedly |
||
2139 | be a glory to tell those tales to a listening, fascinated Fishertown! |
||
2140 | |||
2141 | Juan Lepe said, "For months I've been with a trader |
||
2142 | running from San Lucar to Marseilles. I've had no news |
||
2143 | this long while! What's doing at Palos?" |
||
2144 | |||
2145 | They were ready for an audience, any audience, and |
||
2146 | forthwith I had the story of the Admiral fairly straight-- |
||
2147 | or I could make it straight--from that day when we parted |
||
2148 | on the Cordova road. These men did not know what had |
||
2149 | happened in March or in April, but they knew something |
||
2150 | of May. In May he came to Palos and settled down with |
||
2151 | Fray Juan Perez in La Rabida, and to see him went Captain |
||
2152 | Martin Pinzon who knew him already, and the physician |
||
2153 | Garcia Fernandez and others, and they all talked together |
||
2154 | for a day and a night. After that the alcalde of Palos and |
||
2155 | others in authority had letters and warrants from the Queen |
||
2156 | and the King, and they overbore everything, calling him |
||
2157 | Don and _El Almirante_ and saying that he must be furnished |
||
2158 | forth. Then came a day when everybody was gathered in |
||
2159 | the square before the church of Saint George, and the alcalde |
||
2160 | that had a great voice read the letters. |
||
2161 | |||
2162 | "I was there!" said Fernando. "I brought in fish that |
||
2163 | morning." |
||
2164 | |||
2165 | "I, too!" quoth Sancho. "I had to buy sailcloth." |
||
2166 | |||
2167 | It was Pedro chiefly who talked. "They were from the |
||
2168 | King and Queen, and the moral was that Palos must furnish |
||
2169 | Don Cristoval Colon, Admiral of the Ocean-Sea-- |
||
2170 | and we thought that was a curious thing to be admiral of! |
||
2171 | --two ships and all seamen needed and all supplies. A third |
||
2172 | ship could be enterprised, and any in and around Palos |
||
2173 | was to be encouraged to put in fortune and help. Ships |
||
2174 | and those who went in them were to obey the said Don |
||
2175 | Cristoval Colon or Columbus as though he were the Queen |
||
2176 | and the King, the Bishop of Seville and the Marquis of |
||
2177 | Cadiz! It didn't say it just that way but that was what it |
||
2178 | meant. We were to follow him and do as he told us, or it |
||
2179 | would be much the worse for us! We weren't to put in at |
||
2180 | St. George la Mina on the coast of Africa, nor touch at the |
||
2181 | King of Portugal's islands, and that was the whole of it!" |
||
2182 | |||
2183 | "All seamen were to be given good pay," said Sancho. |
||
2184 | "And if anybody going was in debt, or even if he had done |
||
2185 | a crime--so that it wasn't treason or anything the Holy |
||
2186 | Office handles--he couldn't be troubled or held back, seeing |
||
2187 | it was royal errand. That is very convenient for some." |
||
2188 | |||
2189 | Pedro lost patience. "You'd make the best of Hell itself!" |
||
2190 | |||
2191 | "He'd deny," put in Fernando, "Holy Writ that says |
||
2192 | there shall be sorrows!" |
||
2193 | |||
2194 | They embarked upon loud blame of Sancho, instance after |
||
2195 | instance. At last I cut them across. "What further happened |
||
2196 | at Palos?" |
||
2197 | |||
2198 | They put back to that port. "Oh, it didn't seem so bad |
||
2199 | that day! One and another thought, `Perhaps I'll go!' |
||
2200 | Him they call The Admiral is a big figure of a man, and of |
||
2201 | course we that use the sea get to know how a good captain |
||
2202 | looks. We knew that he had sailed and sailed, and had had |
||
2203 | his own ship, maybe two or three of them! Then too the |
||
2204 | Pinzons and the Prior of La Rabida answered for him. A |
||
2205 | lot of us almost belong to the Pinzons, having signed to |
||
2206 | fish and voyage for them, and the Prior is a well-liked man. |
||
2207 | The alcalde folds up the letter as though he were in church, |
||
2208 | and they all come down the steps and go away to the alcalde's |
||
2209 | house which is around the corner. It wasn't until |
||
2210 | they were gone that Palos began to ask, `Where were three |
||
2211 | ships and maybe a hundred and fifty men _going_?' " |
||
2212 | |||
2213 | "We found out next day," said Fernando. "The tide |
||
2214 | went out, but it came back bearing the sound of where we |
||
2215 | were going!" |
||
2216 | |||
2217 | "Then what happened in Palos?" |
||
2218 | |||
2219 | "What happened was that they couldn't get the ships and |
||
2220 | they couldn't get the men! Palos wouldn't listen. It was |
||
2221 | too wild, what they wanted to do! It wouldn't listen to |
||
2222 | the Prior and it wouldn't listen to Doctor Garcia Fernandez, |
||
2223 | and it wouldn't even listen to Captain Martin Alonso Pinzon. |
||
2224 | And when that happens--! So for a long time there |
||
2225 | was a kind of angry calm. And then, lo you! we find that |
||
2226 | they have written to the Queen and the King. There come |
||
2227 | letters to Palos, and they are harsh ones!" |
||
2228 | |||
2229 | "I never heard harsher from any King and Queen!" said |
||
2230 | Fernando. |
||
2231 | |||
2232 | "There weren't only the letters, but they'd sent also a great |
||
2233 | man, Senor Juan de Penelosa, to see that they got obedience. |
||
2234 | Upshot is we've got to go, ships and men, or else be laid by |
||
2235 | the heels! As for Palos, her old sea privileges would be |
||
2236 | taken from her, and she couldn't face that. Get those ships |
||
2237 | ready and stock them and pipe sailors aboard, or there'd |
||
2238 | be our kind Queen and King to deal with!" |
||
2239 | |||
2240 | "Wherever it is, we're going. Great folk are too tall |
||
2241 | and broad for us!" |
||
2242 | |||
2243 | "So there comes another crowd in the square, before the |
||
2244 | church. Out steps Captain Martin Pinzon, and he cries, |
||
2245 | `Men of Palos, for all you doubt it, 'tis a glorious thing |
||
2246 | that's doing! Here is the _Nina_ that my brothers and I own. |
||
2247 | She's going with Don Cristoval the Admiral, and the men |
||
2248 | who are bound to me for fishing and voyaging are going, and |
||
2249 | more than that, there is going Martin Alonso Pinzon, for |
||
2250 | I'll ask no man to go where I will not go!' |
||
2251 | |||
2252 | "Then up beside him starts his brothers Vicente and |
||
2253 | Francisco, and they say they are going too. Fray Ignatio |
||
2254 | stands on the church steps and cries that there are idolaters |
||
2255 | there, and he will go to tell them about our Lord Jesus |
||
2256 | Christ! Then the alcalde gets up and says that the Sovereigns |
||
2257 | must be obeyed, and that the _Santa Maria_ and the |
||
2258 | Pinta shall be made ready. Then the pilots Sancho Ruiz |
||
2259 | and Pedro Nino and Bartolomeo Roldan push out together |
||
2260 | and say they'll go, and others follow, seeing they'll have to |
||
2261 | anyhow! So it went that day and the next and the next, |
||
2262 | until now they've pressed all they need. So I say, we are |
||
2263 | here, brother, flopping in the net!" |
||
2264 | |||
2265 | "When does he sail?" |
||
2266 | |||
2267 | "Day after to-morrow, 'tis said. But we who don't live |
||
2268 | in Palos have our orders to be there to-night. Aren't you |
||
2269 | going too, mate?" |
||
2270 | |||
2271 | I answered that I hadn't thought of it, and immediately, |
||
2272 | out of the whole, there rose and faced me, "You have |
||
2273 | thought of it all the time!" |
||
2274 | |||
2275 | Sancho spoke. "If you'll go with us to Captain Martin |
||
2276 | Pinzon, he'll enter you. He'd like to get another strong |
||
2277 | man." |
||
2278 | |||
2279 | I said, "I don't know. I'll have to think of it. Here is |
||
2280 | Palos, and yonder the headland with La Rabida." |
||
2281 | |||
2282 | We entered the town. They would have had me go with |
||
2283 | them wherever they must report themselves. But I said |
||
2284 | that I could not then, and at the mouth of their street managed |
||
2285 | to leave them. I passed through Palos and beyond its |
||
2286 | western limit came again to that house of the poorest where |
||
2287 | I had lodged six months before and waking all night had |
||
2288 | heard the Tinto flowing by like the life of a man. Long ago |
||
2289 | I had had some training in medicine, and in mind's medicine, |
||
2290 | and three years past I had brought a young working man |
||
2291 | living then in Marchena out of illness and melancholy. His |
||
2292 | parents dwelled here in this house by the Tinto and they |
||
2293 | gave me shelter. |
||
2294 | |||
2295 | |||
2296 | |||
2297 | CHAPTER IX |
||
2298 | |||
2299 | RISING at dawn, I walked to the sea and along it until |
||
2300 | I came at last to those dunes beneath which I had |
||
2301 | stretched myself that day of grayness. Now it was |
||
2302 | deep summer, blue and gold, and the air all balm and caressing. |
||
2303 | The evening before I had seen the three ships where |
||
2304 | they rode in river mouth. They were caravels, and only the |
||
2305 | _Santa Maria_, the largest, was fully decked. Small craft |
||
2306 | with which to find India, over a road of a thousand leagues |
||
2307 | --or no road, for road means that men have toiled there |
||
2308 | and traveled there--no road, but a wilderness plain, a |
||
2309 | water desert! The Arabians say that Jinn and Afrits live |
||
2310 | in the desert away from the caravans. If you go that way |
||
2311 | you meet fearful things and never come forth again. The |
||
2312 | Santa Maria, the _Pinta_ and the Nina. The Santa Maria |
||
2313 | could be Master Christopherus's ship. Bright point that |
||
2314 | was his banner could be made out at the fore. |
||
2315 | |||
2316 | Palos waterside, in a red-filtered dusk, had been a noisy |
||
2317 | place, but the noise did not ring genially. I gathered that |
||
2318 | this small port was more largely in the mood of Pedro and |
||
2319 | Fernando than in that of Sancho. It looked frightened and |
||
2320 | it looked sullen and it looked angry. |
||
2321 | |||
2322 | The old woman by the Tinto talked garrulously. Thankful |
||
2323 | was she that her son Miguel dwelled ten leagues away! |
||
2324 | Else surely they would have taken him, as they were taking |
||
2325 | this one's son and that one's son! To hear her you would |
||
2326 | think of an ogre--of Polyphemus in the cave--reaching |
||
2327 | out fatal hand for this or that fattened body. Nothing then, |
||
2328 | she said, to do but to pinch and save so that one might |
||
2329 | pay the priest for masses! She told me with great eyes |
||
2330 | that a hundred leagues west of Canaries one came to a sea |
||
2331 | forest where all the trees were made of water growing up |
||
2332 | high and spreading out like branches and leaves, and that |
||
2333 | this forest was filled with sea wolves and serpents and |
||
2334 | strange beasts all made of sea water, but they could sting |
||
2335 | and rend a man very ghastly. After that you came to |
||
2336 | sirens that you could not help leaping to meet, but they |
||
2337 | put lips to men's breasts and sucked out the life. Then if |
||
2338 | the wind drove you south, you smelled smoke and at night |
||
2339 | saw flames, and if you could not get the ship about-- |
||
2340 | |||
2341 | In mid-afternoon I left the sands and took the road to |
||
2342 | La Rabida. By the walled vineyard that climbs the hill |
||
2343 | I was met by three mounted men coming from the monastery. |
||
2344 | The first was Don Juan de Penelosa, the second was the |
||
2345 | Prior of La Rabida, the third was the Admiral of the Ocean- |
||
2346 | Sea. |
||
2347 | |||
2348 | Fray Juan Perez first saw me clearly, drawn up by wall. |
||
2349 | He had been quoting Latin and he broke at _Dominus et |
||
2350 | magister_. The Admiral turned gray eyes upon me. I saw |
||
2351 | his mind working. He said, "The road to Cordova--Welcome, |
||
2352 | Juan Lepe!" |
||
2353 | |||
2354 | "Welcome, Excellency!" |
||
2355 | |||
2356 | I gave him the name, seeing him for a moment somewhat |
||
2357 | whimsically as Viceroy of conquered great India of the |
||
2358 | elephants and the temples filled with bells. His face lighted. |
||
2359 | He looked at me, and I knew again that he liked me. I |
||
2360 | liked him. |
||
2361 | |||
2362 | My kinsman the Prior had started to speak to me, but |
||
2363 | then had shot a look at Juan de Penelosa and refrained. |
||
2364 | The Queen's officer spoke, "Why, here's another strong |
||
2365 | fellow, not so tall as some but powerfully knit! Are you |
||
2366 | used to the sea?" |
||
2367 | |||
2368 | I answered that I had been upon a Marseilles bark that |
||
2369 | was wrecked off Almeria, and that I had walked from San |
||
2370 | Lucar. He asked my name and I gave it. "Juan Lepe." |
||
2371 | I attach you then, Juan Lepe, for the service of the |
||
2372 | Queen! Behold your admiral, Don Cristoval Colon! His |
||
2373 | ships are the _Santa Maria_, the Pinta and the Nina, his destination |
||
2374 | the glorious finding of the Indies and Cipango where |
||
2375 | the poorest man drinks from a golden cup! Princes, I fancy, |
||
2376 | drink from hollowed emeralds! You will sail to-morrow at |
||
2377 | dawn. In which ship shall we put him, Senor?" |
||
2378 | |||
2379 | "In the Santa Maria," answered the Admiral. |
||
2380 | |||
2381 | So short as that was it done! And yet--and yet--it |
||
2382 | had been doing for a long time, for how long a time I have |
||
2383 | no way of measuring! |
||
2384 | |||
2385 | Juan de Penelosa continued to speak: "Follow us into |
||
2386 | Palos where Sebastian Jaurez will give you wine and a piece |
||
2387 | of money. Thence you will go to church where indeed we |
||
2388 | are bound, all who sail being gathered there for general |
||
2389 | confession and absolution. This voyage begins Christianly!" |
||
2390 | |||
2391 | Said Fray Juan Perez, "Not to do that, Juan Lepe, were |
||
2392 | to cry aloud for another shipwreck!" |
||
2393 | |||
2394 | He used the tone of priest, thrusting in speech as priests |
||
2395 | often do, where there is no especial need of speech. But I |
||
2396 | understood that that was a mask, and could read kinsmanly |
||
2397 | anxiety in a good man's heart. I said, "I will find Sebastian |
||
2398 | Jaurez, and I will go to church, Senors. A ship is a ship, |
||
2399 | and a voyage a voyage!" |
||
2400 | |||
2401 | "This, Juan Lepe," said the Admiral in that peculiarly |
||
2402 | warm and thrilling voice of his, "is such a voyage as you |
||
2403 | have never been!" |
||
2404 | |||
2405 | I made reply, "So be it! I would have every voyage |
||
2406 | greater than the last." And as they put their steeds into |
||
2407 | motion, walked behind them downhill and over sandy ways |
||
2408 | into Palos. There I found Sebastian Jaurez who signed me |
||
2409 | in. I put into my pocket the coin he gave me and drank |
||
2410 | with him a stoup of wine, and then I went to church. |
||
2411 | |||
2412 | It was a great shadowy church and I found it full. Jaurez |
||
2413 | piloted me to where just under pulpit were ranged my fellow |
||
2414 | mariners, a hundred plain sailormen, no great number with |
||
2415 | which to widen the world! A score or so of better station |
||
2416 | were grouped at the head of these, and in front of all stood |
||
2417 | Christopherus Columbus. I saw again Martin Alonso Pinzon |
||
2418 | who had entered the Prior's room at La Rabida, and |
||
2419 | with him his two brothers Francisco and Vicente. Martin |
||
2420 | Pinzon would be captain of the _Pinta_ and Vicente of the |
||
2421 | Nina. And there were Roderigo Sanchez of Segovia, |
||
2422 | Inspector-General of Armament, and Diego de Arana, chief |
||
2423 | alguazil of the expedition, and Roderigo de Escobedo, royal |
||
2424 | notary, and with these three or four young men of birth, |
||
2425 | adventuring for India now that the war with the Moor was |
||
2426 | done. And there were two physicians, Garcia Fernandez |
||
2427 | and Berardino Nunez. And there was the Franciscan, Fray |
||
2428 | Ignatio, who would convert the heathen and preach before |
||
2429 | the Great Khan. |
||
2430 | |||
2431 | The Admiral of Ocean-Sea stood a taller man than any |
||
2432 | there, tall, muscular, a great figure. He was richly dressed, |
||
2433 | for as soon as he could he dressed richly. A shaft of light |
||
2434 | struck his brow and made his hair all glowing silver. His |
||
2435 | face was lifted. The air about him to my eyes swam and |
||
2436 | quivered and was faintly colored. |
||
2437 | |||
2438 | Fray Juan Perez preached the sermon and he used great |
||
2439 | earnestness and now and again his voice broke. He talked |
||
2440 | of God's gain that we went forth upon, reaping in a field |
||
2441 | set us. One thing came forth here that I had not before |
||
2442 | heard. |
||
2443 | |||
2444 | "And the unthinkable wealth that surely shall be found |
||
2445 | and gained, for these countries to which you sail have eight-tenths of the world's riches, shall put Castile |
||
2446 | and Leon where |
||
2447 | of old stood Pagan Rome, and shall make, God willing, of |
||
2448 | this very Palos a new Genoa or Venice! And this man, |
||
2449 | your Admiral, how hath he proposed to the Sovereigns to |
||
2450 | use first fruits? Why, friends, by taking finally and forever |
||
2451 | from Mahound, and for Holy Church and her servant |
||
2452 | the Spains, the Holy Sepulchre!" |
||
2453 | |||
2454 | In the end, we the going forth, kneeling, made general |
||
2455 | confession and the priest's hands in the dusk above absolved |
||
2456 | us. There was solemnity and there was tenderness. A |
||
2457 | hundred and twenty, we came forth from church, and around |
||
2458 | us flowed the hundreds of Palos, men and women and |
||
2459 | children. All was red under a red sunset, the boats waiting |
||
2460 | to take us out to the _Santa Maria_, the Pinta and the |
||
2461 | Nina. |
||
2462 | |||
2463 | We marched to waterside. Priests and friars moved |
||
2464 | with us, singing loudly the hymn to the Virgin, Lady of |
||
2465 | all seamen. Great tears ran down Fray Juan Perez's checks. |
||
2466 | It was a red sunset and the west into which we were going |
||
2467 | looked indeed blood-flecked. Don Juan de Penelosa, harking |
||
2468 | us on, had an inspiration. "You see the rubies of |
||
2469 | Cipango!" |
||
2470 | |||
2471 | It is not alone "great" men who bring about things in |
||
2472 | this world. All of us are in a measure great, as all are on |
||
2473 | the way to greater greatness. Sailors are brave and hardy |
||
2474 | men; that is said when it is said that they are sailors. In |
||
2475 | many hearts hung dread of this voyage and rebellion against |
||
2476 | being forced to it. But they had not to be lashed to the |
||
2477 | boats; they went with sailors' careless air and dignity. By |
||
2478 | far the most went thus. Even Fernando ceased his wailing |
||
2479 | and embarked. The red light, or for danger or for rubies in |
||
2480 | which still might be danger, washed us all, washed the town, |
||
2481 | the folk and the sandy shore, and the boats that would take |
||
2482 | us out to the ships, small in themselves, and small by distance, |
||
2483 | riding there in the river-mouth like toys that have been |
||
2484 | made for children. |
||
2485 | |||
2486 | The hundred and twenty entered the boats. It was like a |
||
2487 | little fishing fleet going out together. The rowers bent to |
||
2488 | the oars, a strip of water widened between us and Spain. |
||
2489 | Loud chanted the friars, but over their voices rose the crying |
||
2490 | of farewell, now deep, now shrill. "_Adios!_" The |
||
2491 | sailors cried back, "Adios! Adios!" From the land it |
||
2492 | must have had a thin sound like ghosts wailing from the |
||
2493 | edge of the world. That, the sailors held and Palos held, |
||
2494 | was where the ships were going, over the edge of the world. |
||
2495 | It was the third day of August, in the year fourteen hundred |
||
2496 | and ninety-two. |
||
2497 | |||
2498 | |||
2499 | |||
2500 | CHAPTER X |
||
2501 | |||
2502 | PALOS vanished, we lost the headland of La Rabida, a |
||
2503 | haze hid Spain. By nightfall all was behind us. We |
||
2504 | were set forth from native land, set forth from Europe, |
||
2505 | set forth from Christendom, set forth from sea company |
||
2506 | and sailors' cheer of other ships. That last would not be |
||
2507 | wholly true until we were gone from the Canaries, toward |
||
2508 | which islands, running south, we now were headed. We |
||
2509 | might hail some Spanish ship going to, coming from, Grand |
||
2510 | Canary. We might indeed, before we reached these islands, |
||
2511 | see other sails, for a rumor ran that the King of Portugal |
||
2512 | was sending ships to intercept us, sink us and none ever be |
||
2513 | the wiser, it not being to his interest that Spain should |
||
2514 | make discoveries! Pedro it was who put this into my ear |
||
2515 | as we hauled at the same rope. I laughed. "Here beginneth |
||
2516 | the marvelous tale of this voyage! If all happens that all |
||
2517 | say may happen, not the Pope's library can hold the books!" |
||
2518 | |||
2519 | The _Santa Maria_ was a good enough ship, though fifty |
||
2520 | men crowded it. It was new and clean, a fair sailer, though |
||
2521 | not so swift as the Pinta. We mariners settled ourselves |
||
2522 | in waist and forecastle. The Admiral, Juan de la Cosa, the |
||
2523 | master, Roderigo Sanchez, Diego de Arana and Roderigo |
||
2524 | de Escobedo, Pedro Gutierrez, a private adventurer, the physician |
||
2525 | Bernardo Nunez and Fray Ignatio had great cabin |
||
2526 | and certain small sleeping cabins and poop deck. In the |
||
2527 | forecastle almost all knew one another; all ran into kinships |
||
2528 | near or remote. But the turn of character made the |
||
2529 | real grouping. Pedro had his cluster and Sancho had his, and |
||
2530 | between swayed now to the one and now to the other a |
||
2531 | large group. Fernando, I feel gladness in saying, had with |
||
2532 | him but two or three. And aside stood variations, individuals. |
||
2533 | Beltran the cook was such an one, a bold, mirthful, |
||
2534 | likable man. We had several dry thinkers, and a braggart |
||
2535 | and two or three who proved miserably villainous. We |
||
2536 | had weathercocks and men who faced forward, no matter |
||
2537 | what the wind that blew. |
||
2538 | |||
2539 | The Admiral knew well that he must have, if he could, a |
||
2540 | ship patient, contented and hopeful. I bear him witness |
||
2541 | that he spared no pains. |
||
2542 | |||
2543 | We had aboard trumpet and drum and viol, and he |
||
2544 | would have frequent music. Each day toward evening each |
||
2545 | man was given a cup of wine. And before sunset all were |
||
2546 | gathered for vesper service, and we sang _Salve Regina_. At |
||
2547 | night the great familiar stars shone out above us. |
||
2548 | |||
2549 | Second day passed much like first,--light fickle wind, |
||
2550 | flapping sails, smooth sea, cloudless sky. To-day beheld |
||
2551 | sea life after shore grown habitual. We might have sailed |
||
2552 | from Marseilles or Genoa and been sailing for a month. If |
||
2553 | this were all, then no more terror from the Sea of Darkness |
||
2554 | than from our own so well-known sea! But Fernando |
||
2555 | said, "It is after the Canaries! We know well enough it |
||
2556 | is not so bad this side of them. Why do they call them Dog |
||
2557 | Islands?" |
||
2558 | |||
2559 | "Perhaps they found dogs there." |
||
2560 | |||
2561 | "No, but that they give warning like watchdogs! `If |
||
2562 | you go any further it shall be to your woe!' " |
||
2563 | |||
2564 | "Aye, aye! Have you heard tell of the spouting mountain?" |
||
2565 | |||
2566 | This night the wind came up and by morning was blowing |
||
2567 | stiffly, urging us landward as though back to Spain. |
||
2568 | The sky became leaden, with a great stormy aspect. The |
||
2569 | waves mounted, the lookout cried that the _Pinta_ was showing |
||
2570 | signals of distress. By now all had shortened sail, but |
||
2571 | the Pinta was taking in everything and presently lay under |
||
2572 | bare poles. The Santa Maria worked toward her until we |
||
2573 | were close by. They shouted and we back to them. It was |
||
2574 | her rudder that was unshipped and injured. Captain Martin |
||
2575 | Pinzon shouted that he would overcome it, binding it |
||
2576 | somehow in place, and would overtake us, the _Pinta_ being |
||
2577 | faster sailer than the Santa Maria or the Nina. But the |
||
2578 | Admiral would not agree, and we took in all sail and lay |
||
2579 | tossed by a rough sea until afternoon when the Pinta |
||
2580 | signaled that the rudder was hung. But by now the sky |
||
2581 | stretched straight lead, and the water ran white-capped. |
||
2582 | We made no way till morning, when without a drop of rain |
||
2583 | all the cloud roof was driven landward and there sprang |
||
2584 | out a sky so blue that the heart laughed for joy. The |
||
2585 | violent wind sank, then veered and blowing moderately |
||
2586 | carried us again southward. All the white sails, white and |
||
2587 | new, were flung out, and we raced over a rich, green plain. |
||
2588 | That lasted through most of the day, but an hour before |
||
2589 | sunset the _Pinta_ again signaled trouble. The rudder was |
||
2590 | once more worse than useless. |
||
2591 | |||
2592 | Again it was mended. But when the next morning it |
||
2593 | happened the third time and a kind of wailing grumble |
||
2594 | went through the Santa Maria, there came pronouncement |
||
2595 | from the Admiral. "The Canaries lie straight ahead. In |
||
2596 | two days we shall sight them. Very good! we shall rest |
||
2597 | there and make a new rudder for the _Pinta_. The Nina will |
||
2598 | do better with square sails and we can change these. |
||
2599 | Fresh meat and water and some rambling ashore!" |
||
2600 | |||
2601 | Beltran the cook had been to the Canaries, driven there |
||
2602 | by a perverse wind twenty years ago when he was boatswain |
||
2603 | upon a big carrack. He said it was no great way and one |
||
2604 | or two agreed with him, but others declined to believe the |
||
2605 | Admiral when he said that in two days we should behold |
||
2606 | the volcano. Some were found to clamor that the wind had |
||
2607 | driven us out of all reckoning! We might never find the |
||
2608 | Canaries and then what would the _Pinta_ do? Whereas, if |
||
2609 | we all turned back to Palos-- |
||
2610 | |||
2611 | "If--if!" answered Beltran the cook, who at first |
||
2612 | seemed strangely and humorously there as cook until one |
||
2613 | found that he had an injured leg and could not climb mast |
||
2614 | nor manage sail. " `If' is a seaman without a ship!-- |
||
2615 | He's a famous navigator." |
||
2616 | |||
2617 | "Martin Pinzon?" |
||
2618 | |||
2619 | "Him too. But I meant our Admiral." |
||
2620 | |||
2621 | "He hasn't had a ship for years!" |
||
2622 | |||
2623 | "He was of the best when he had one! I've heard old |
||
2624 | Captain Ruy tell--" |
||
2625 | |||
2626 | "Maybe he wasn't crazy in those days, but he's crazy |
||
2627 | now!" |
||
2628 | |||
2629 | That was Fernando. I think it was from him that certain |
||
2630 | of the crew took the word "crazy." They used it |
||
2631 | until one would think that for pure variety's sake they |
||
2632 | would find another! |
||
2633 | |||
2634 | The sixth day from Palos there lifted from sea the peak |
||
2635 | of Teneriffe. |
||
2636 | |||
2637 | This day, passing on some errand the open door of the |
||
2638 | great cabin, I saw the Admiral seated at the table. Looking |
||
2639 | up, he saw me, gazed an instant, then lifted his voice. |
||
2640 | Come in here!" |
||
2641 | |||
2642 | He sat with a great chart spread upon the table before |
||
2643 | him. Beside it the log lay open, and he had under his hand |
||
2644 | a book in which he was writing. Door framed blue sky |
||
2645 | and sea, a pleasant wind was singing in a pleasant warmth, |
||
2646 | the great cabin which, with the rest of the ship, he made |
||
2647 | to be kept very clean, was awash with light and fineness of |
||
2648 | air. "Would you like to look at the chart?" he asked, and I |
||
2649 | came and looked over his shoulder. |
||
2650 | |||
2651 | "I made it," he said. "There is nothing in the world |
||
2652 | more useful than knowing how to make maps and charts! |
||
2653 | While I waited for Kings to make up their minds I earned |
||
2654 | my living so." I glanced at the log and he pushed it to me |
||
2655 | so that I might see. "Every day from Palos out." His |
||
2656 | strong fingers touched the other book. "My journal that |
||
2657 | I keep for myself and the Queen and King Ferdinand and |
||
2658 | indeed for the world." He turned the leaves. The bulk of |
||
2659 | them were blank, but in the front showed closely covered |
||
2660 | pages, the writing not large but clear and strong. "This |
||
2661 | voyage, you see, changeth our world! Once in Venice I heard |
||
2662 | a scholar learned in the Greek tell of an old voyage of a |
||
2663 | ship called _Argo_, whence its captain and crew were named |
||
2664 | Argonauts, and he said that it was of all voyages most |
||
2665 | famous with the ancients. This is like that, but probably |
||
2666 | greater." He turned the pages. "I shall do it in the manner |
||
2667 | of Caesar his Commentaries." |
||
2668 | |||
2669 | He knew himself, I thought, for as great a man as Caesar. |
||
2670 | All said, his book might be as prized in some unentered |
||
2671 | future. He did not move where time is as a film, but where |
||
2672 | time is deep, a thousand years as a day. He could not see |
||
2673 | there in detail any more than we could see tree and house |
||
2674 | in those Canaries upon which we were bearing down. |
||
2675 | |||
2676 | I said, "Now that printing is general, it may go into far |
||
2677 | lands and into multitude of hands and heads. Many a voyager |
||
2678 | to come may study it." |
||
2679 | |||
2680 | He drew deep breath. "It is the very truth! Prince |
||
2681 | Henry the Navigator. Christopherus Columbus the Navigator, |
||
2682 | and greater than the first--" |
||
2683 | |||
2684 | Sun shone, wind sang, blue sea danced beyond the door. |
||
2685 | Came from deck Roderigo Sanchez and Diego de Arana. |
||
2686 | The Admiral made me a gesture of dismissal. |
||
2687 | |||
2688 | The Canaries and we drew together. Great bands of |
||
2689 | cloud hid much of the higher land, but the volcano top came |
||
2690 | clear above cloud, standing bare and solemn against blue |
||
2691 | heaven. Leaving upon our right Grand Canary we stood for |
||
2692 | the island of Gomera. Here we found deep, clear water |
||
2693 | close to shore, a narrow strand, a small Spanish fort and |
||
2694 | beginnings of a village, and inland, up ravines clad with a |
||
2695 | strange, leafless bush, plentiful huts of the conquered |
||
2696 | Guanches. Our three ships came to anchor, and the Admiral |
||
2697 | went ashore, the captains of the _Pinta_ and the Nina following. |
||
2698 | Juan Lepe was among the rowers. |
||
2699 | |||
2700 | The Spanish commandant came down to beach with an |
||
2701 | armed escort. The Admiral, walking alone, met him between |
||
2702 | sea and bright green trees, and here stood the two |
||
2703 | and conversed while we watched. The Admiral showed him |
||
2704 | letters of credence. The commandant took and read, handed |
||
2705 | them back with a bow, and coming to water edge had presented |
||
2706 | to him the two captains, Martin and Vicente Pinzon. |
||
2707 | He proved a cheery old veteran of old wars, relieved that |
||
2708 | we were not Portuguese nor pirates and happy to have late |
||
2709 | news from Spain. It seemed that he had learned from a |
||
2710 | supply ship in June that the expedition was afoot. |
||
2711 | |||
2712 | The _Santa Maria_ and the Nina rode close in shore. Captain |
||
2713 | Martin Pinzon beached the Pinta and unshipped the |
||
2714 | hurt and useless rudder. Work upon a new one began at |
||
2715 | once. The Admiral, the two captains and those of rank upon |
||
2716 | the ships supped with the commandant at his quite goodly |
||
2717 | house, and the next day he and his officers dined aboard the |
||
2718 | Santa Maria. The Admiral liked him much for he was more |
||
2719 | than respectful toward this voyage. A year before, bathing |
||
2720 | one day in the surf, there had come floating to his hand a |
||
2721 | great gourd. None such grew anywhere in these islands, |
||
2722 | and the wind for days had come steadily from the west. The |
||
2723 | gourd had a kind of pattern cut around it. He showed it to |
||
2724 | the Admiral and afterwards gave it to him. The latter |
||
2725 | caused it to pass from hand to hand among the seamen. I |
||
2726 | had it in my hands and truly saw no reason why it might |
||
2727 | not have been cut by some native of the West, and, carried |
||
2728 | away by the tide or dropped perchance from a boat, have at |
||
2729 | last, after long time, come into hands not Indian. Asia tossing |
||
2730 | unthinkingly a ball which Europe caught. |
||
2731 | |||
2732 | The _Pinta_ proved in worse plight than was at first thought. |
||
2733 | The Nina also found this or that to do besides squaring her |
||
2734 | Levant sails. We stayed in Gomera almost three weeks. |
||
2735 | The place was novel, the day's task not hard, the Admiral |
||
2736 | and his captains complaisant. We had leisure and island |
||
2737 | company. To many it was happiness enough. While we |
||
2738 | stopped at Gornera we were at least not drifting upon lodestone, |
||
2739 | equator fire and chaos! |
||
2740 | |||
2741 | Here on Gomera might be studied the three Pinzon brothers. |
||
2742 | Vicente was a good, courageous captain, Francisco a |
||
2743 | good pilot, and a courageous, seldom-speaking man. But |
||
2744 | Martin Alonso, the eldest, was the prime mover in all their |
||
2745 | affairs. He was skillful navigator like his brothers and |
||
2746 | courageous like them, but not silent like Francisco, and |
||
2747 | ambitious far above either. He would have said perhaps that |
||
2748 | had he not been so, been both ambitious and shrewd, the |
||
2749 | Pinzons would never have become principal ship-owning, |
||
2750 | trading and maritime family of Palos and three leagues |
||
2751 | around. He, too, had family fortunes and aggrandizement |
||
2752 | at heart, though hardly on the grand, imperial scale of the |
||
2753 | Admiral. He had much manly beauty, daring and strength. |
||
2754 | His two brothers worshipped him, and in most places and |
||
2755 | moments his crew would follow him with a cheer. The |
||
2756 | Admiral was bound to him, not only in that he had volunteered |
||
2757 | and made others to go willingly, but that he had |
||
2758 | put in his ship, the _Nina_, and had furnished Master Christopherus |
||
2759 | with monies. That eighth of the cost of the expedition, |
||
2760 | whence else could it come? If it tied Martin Pinzon to |
||
2761 | the Admiral, seeing that only through success could those |
||
2762 | monies be repaid, it likewise made him feel that he, too, had |
||
2763 | authority, was at liberty to advise, and at need to become |
||
2764 | critical. |
||
2765 | |||
2766 | But the Admiral had the great man's mark. He could acknowledge |
||
2767 | service and be quite simply and deeply grateful |
||
2768 | for it. He was grateful to Martin Pinzon who had aided him |
||
2769 | from his first coming to Palos, and also I think he loved |
||
2770 | the younger man's great blond strength and beauty. He |
||
2771 | had all of Italy's quickness to beauty, be it of land or sea, |
||
2772 | forest, flower, animal or man. But now and again, even |
||
2773 | so early as this, he must put out hand to check Pinzon's |
||
2774 | impetuous advice. His brows drew together above gray eyes |
||
2775 | and eagle nose. But for the most part, on Gomera, they |
||
2776 | were very friendly, and it was a sight to see Admiral and |
||
2777 | captains and all the privileged of the expedition sit at wine |
||
2778 | with the commandant. |
||
2779 | |||
2780 | Juan Lepe had no quarrel with any of them. Jayme de |
||
2781 | Marchena swept this voyage into the Great Voyage. |
||
2782 | |||
2783 | The _Pinta_ was nearly ready when there arrived |
||
2784 | a small ship from Ferro bringing news that three |
||
2785 | large Portuguese ships had sailed by that island. Said |
||
2786 | the commandant, "Spain and Portugal are at peace. They |
||
2787 | would not dare to try to oust us!" He came to waterside |
||
2788 | to talk to the Admiral. "Not to fight you," said the Admiral, |
||
2789 | "but me! King John wishes to keep India, Cipango |
||
2790 | and Cathay still veiled. So he will get time in which to have |
||
2791 | from the Holy Father another bull that will place the Portuguese |
||
2792 | line west and west until he hath the whole!" He |
||
2793 | raised his hand and let it fall. "I cannot sail to-morrow, |
||
2794 | but I will sail the day after!" |
||
2795 | |||
2796 | We were put to hard labor for the rest of that day, and |
||
2797 | through much of the moonlit night. By early morning again |
||
2798 | we labored. At mid-afternoon all was done. The _Pinta_, |
||
2799 | right from stem to stern, rode the blue water; the Nina had |
||
2800 | her great square sails. The Guanches stored for us fresh |
||
2801 | provisions and rolled down and into ship our water casks. |
||
2802 | There was a great moon, and we would stand off in the night. |
||
2803 | Nothing more had been seen of the Portuguese ships, but |
||
2804 | we were ready to go and go we should. All being done, |
||
2805 | and the sun two hours high, we mariners had leave to rest |
||
2806 | ashore under trees who might not for very long again see |
||
2807 | land or trees. |
||
2808 | |||
2809 | There was a grove that led to a stream and the waterfall |
||
2810 | where we had filled the casks. I walked through this alone. |
||
2811 | The place lay utterly still save for the murmuring of the |
||
2812 | water and the singing of a small yellowish bird that abounds |
||
2813 | in these islands. At the end of an aisle of trees shone the |
||
2814 | sea, blue and calm as a sapphire of heaven. I lay down |
||
2815 | upon the earth by the water. |
||
2816 | |||
2817 | Finding of India and rounding the earth! We seemed |
||
2818 | poor, weak men, but the thing was great, and I suppose the |
||
2819 | doers of a great thing are great. East--west! Going west |
||
2820 | and yet east.--The Jew in me had come from Palestine, |
||
2821 | and to Palestine perhaps from Arabia, and to Arabia--who |
||
2822 | knew?--perhaps from that India! And much of the Spaniard |
||
2823 | had come from Carthage and from Phoenicia, old Tyre |
||
2824 | and Sidon, and Tyre and Sidon again from the east. From |
||
2825 | the east and to the east again. All our Age that with all |
||
2826 | lacks was yet a stirring one with a sense of dawn and sunrise |
||
2827 | and distant trumpets, now was going east, was going |
||
2828 | Home, going east by the west road. West is home and East |
||
2829 | is home, and North and South. Knowledge extendeth and |
||
2830 | the world above is fed. |
||
2831 | |||
2832 | The sun made a lane of scarlet and gold across Ocean- |
||
2833 | Sea. I wondered what temples, what towns, what spice ships |
||
2834 | at strange wharfs might lie under it afar. I wondered if |
||
2835 | there did dwell Prester John and if he would step down to |
||
2836 | give us welcome. The torrent of event strikes us day and |
||
2837 | night, all the hours, all the moments. Who can tell with |
||
2838 | distinctness color and shape in that descending stream? |
||
2839 | |||
2840 | |||
2841 | |||
2842 | CHAPTER XI |
||
2843 | |||
2844 | AN hour after moonrise we were gone from Gomera. |
||
2845 | At first a light wind filled the sails, but when the |
||
2846 | round moon went down in the west and the sun rose, |
||
2847 | there was Teneriffe still at hand, and the sea glassy. It |
||
2848 | rested like a mirror all that day, and the sails hung empty |
||
2849 | and the banner at maintop but a moveless wisp of cloth. |
||
2850 | In the night arose a contrary wind, and another red dawn |
||
2851 | showed us Teneriffe still. The wind dropping like a shot, |
||
2852 | we hung off Ferro, fixed in blue glass. Watch was kept |
||
2853 | for the Portuguese, but they also would be rooted to sea |
||
2854 | bottom. The third morning up whistled the wind, blowing |
||
2855 | from Africa and filling every sail. |
||
2856 | |||
2857 | Palos to the Canaries, we had sailed south. Now for long, |
||
2858 | long days the sun rose right aft, and when it set dyed with |
||
2859 | red brow and eyes and cheek and breast of the carved |
||
2860 | woman at our prow. She wore a great crown, and she |
||
2861 | looked ever with wide eyes upon the west that we chased. |
||
2862 | Straight west over Ocean-Sea, the first men, the first ships! |
||
2863 | If ever there had been others, our world knew it not. The |
||
2864 | Canaries sank into the east. Turn on heel around one's self, |
||
2865 | and mark never a start of land to break the rim of the vast |
||
2866 | sea bowl! Never a sail save those above us of the _Santa |
||
2867 | Maria_, or starboard or larboard, the Pinta and the Nina. |
||
2868 | The loneliness was vast and utter. We might fail here, sink |
||
2869 | here, die here, and indeed fail and sink and die alone! |
||
2870 | |||
2871 | Two seamen lay sick in their beds, and the third day |
||
2872 | from Gomera the Santa Maria's physician, Bernardo Nunez, |
||
2873 | was seized with the same malady. At first Fray Ignatio |
||
2874 | tried to take his place, but here the monk lacked knowledge. |
||
2875 | One of the sailors died, a ship boy sickened, and the |
||
2876 | physician's fever increased upon him. Diego de Arana began |
||
2877 | to fail. The ship's master came at supper time and looked |
||
2878 | us over. "Is there any here who has any leechcraft?" |
||
2879 | |||
2880 | Beltran the cook said, "I can set a bone and wash a |
||
2881 | wound; but it ends there!" |
||
2882 | |||
2883 | Cried Fernando from his corner. "Is the plague among |
||
2884 | us!" The master turned on him. "Here and now, I say |
||
2885 | five lashes for the man who says that word again! Has any |
||
2886 | man here sense about a plain fever?" |
||
2887 | |||
2888 | None else speaking, I said that long ago I had studied |
||
2889 | for a time with a leech, and that I was somewhat used to |
||
2890 | care of the sick. "Then you are my man!" quoth the |
||
2891 | master, and forthwith took me to the Admiral. I became |
||
2892 | Juan Lepe, the physician. |
||
2893 | |||
2894 | It was, I held, a fever received while wandering through |
||
2895 | the ravines and woods of Gomera. Master Bernardo had |
||
2896 | in his cabin drugs and tinctures, and we breathed now all |
||
2897 | the salt of Ocean-Sea, and the ship was clean. I talked |
||
2898 | to Beltran the cook about diet, and I chose Sancho and a |
||
2899 | man that I liked, one Luis Torres, for nurses. Two others |
||
2900 | sickened this night, and one the next day, but none afterward. |
||
2901 | None died; in ten days all were recovered. Other |
||
2902 | ailments aboard I doctored also. Don Diego de Arana was |
||
2903 | subject to fits of melancholy with twitchings of the body. I |
||
2904 | had watched Isaac the Physician cure such things as this, |
||
2905 | and now I followed instruction. I put my hands upon the |
||
2906 | patient and I strengthened his will with mine, sending into |
||
2907 | him desire for health and perception of health. His inner |
||
2908 | man caught tune. The melancholy left him and did not |
||
2909 | return. Master Bernardo threw off the fever, sat up and |
||
2910 | moved about. But he was still weak, and still I tended the |
||
2911 | others for him. |
||
2912 | |||
2913 | The _Pinta_ had signaled four men ill. But Garcia Fernandez, |
||
2914 | the Palos physician, was there with Martin Pinzon, |
||
2915 | and the sick recovered. The Nina had no doctor and now |
||
2916 | she came near to the Santa Maria and sent a boat. She had |
||
2917 | five sick men and would borrow Bernardo Nunez. |
||
2918 | |||
2919 | The Admiral spoke with Nunez, now nearly well. Then |
||
2920 | the physician made a bundle of drugs and medicaments, said |
||
2921 | farewell to all and kindly enough to me, and rowed away to |
||
2922 | the _Nina_. He was a friend of the Pinzons, and above the |
||
2923 | vanity of the greater ship. The sick upon the Nina prospered |
||
2924 | under him. |
||
2925 | |||
2926 | But Juan Lepe was taken from the forecastle, and slept |
||
2927 | where Nunez had slept, and had his place at the table in the |
||
2928 | great cabin. He turned from the sailor Juan Lepe to the |
||
2929 | physician Juan Lepe, becoming "Doctor" and "Senor." |
||
2930 | The wheel turns and a man's past makes his present. |
||
2931 | |||
2932 | A few days from Gomera, an hour after sunset, the night |
||
2933 | was torn by the hugest, flaming, falling star that any of us |
||
2934 | had ever seen. The mass drove down the lower skirt of the |
||
2935 | sky, leaving behind it a wake of fire. It plunged into the |
||
2936 | sea. There is no sailor but knows shooting stars. But this |
||
2937 | was a hugely great one, and Ocean-Sea very lonely, and to |
||
2938 | most there our errand a spectral and frightening one. It |
||
2939 | needed both the Admiral and Fray Ignatio to quell the panic. |
||
2940 | |||
2941 | The next day a great bird like a crane passed over the |
||
2942 | _Santa Maria_. It came from Africa, behind us. But it spoke |
||
2943 | of land, and the sailors gazed wistfully. |
||
2944 | |||
2945 | This day I entered the great cabin when none was there |
||
2946 | but the Admiral, and again he sat at table with his charts |
||
2947 | and his books. He asked of the sick and I answered. |
||
2948 | Again he sat looking through open door and window at blue |
||
2949 | water, a great figure of a man with a great head and face |
||
2950 | and early-silvered hair. "Do you know aught," he asked, |
||
2951 | "of astrology?" |
||
2952 | |||
2953 | I answered that I knew a little of the surface of it. |
||
2954 | |||
2955 | "I have a sense," he said, "that our stars are akin, yours |
||
2956 | and mine. I felt it the day Granada fell, and I felt it on |
||
2957 | Cordova road, and again that day below La Rabida when |
||
2958 | we turned the corner and the bells rang and you stood beside |
||
2959 | the vineyard wall. Should I not have learned in more |
||
2960 | than fifty years to know a man? The stars are akin that |
||
2961 | will endure for vision's sake." |
||
2962 | |||
2963 | I said, "I believe that, my Admiral." |
||
2964 | |||
2965 | He sat in silence for a moment, then drew the log between |
||
2966 | us and turned several pages so that I might see |
||
2967 | the reckoning. "We have come well," I said. "Yet with |
||
2968 | so fair a wind, I should have thought--" |
||
2969 | |||
2970 | He turned the leaves till he rested at one covered with |
||
2971 | other figures. "Here it is as it truly is, and where we |
||
2972 | truly are! We have oversailed all that the first show, and |
||
2973 | so many leagues besides." |
||
2974 | |||
2975 | "Two records, true and untrue! Why do you do it so?" |
||
2976 | |||
2977 | "I have told them that after seven hundred leagues we |
||
2978 | should find land. Add fifty more for our general imperfection. |
||
2979 | But it may be wider than I think. We may not |
||
2980 | come even to some fringing island in eight hundred leagues, |
||
2981 | no, nor in more than that! If it be a thousand, if it be two |
||
2982 | thousand, on I go! But after the seven hundred is passed, |
||
2983 | it will be hard to keep them in hand. So, though we are |
||
2984 | covering more, I let them think we are covering only this." |
||
2985 | |||
2986 | I could but laugh. Two reckonings! After all, he was |
||
2987 | not Italian for nothing! |
||
2988 | |||
2989 | "The master knows," he said, "and also Diego de Arana. |
||
2990 | But at least one other should know. Two might drown or |
||
2991 | perish from sickness. I myself might fall sick and die, |
||
2992 | though I will not believe it!" He paused a moment, then |
||
2993 | said, looking directly at me, "I need one in whom I can |
||
2994 | utterly confide. I should have had with me my brother |
||
2995 | Bartholomew. But he is in England. A man going to seek |
||
2996 | a Crown jewel for all men should have with him son or |
||
2997 | brother. Diego de Arana is a kinsman of one whom I |
||
2998 | love, and he partly believes. But Roderigo Sanchez and the |
||
2999 | others believe hardly at all. There is Fray Ignatio. He |
||
3000 | believes, and I confess my sins to him. But he thinks only |
||
3001 | of penitents, and this matter needs mind, not heart alone. |
||
3002 | Because of that sense of the stars, I tell you these things." |
||
3003 | |||
3004 | The next day it came to me that in that Journal which |
||
3005 | he meant to make like Caesar's Commentaries, he might put |
||
3006 | down the change in the _Santa Maria's_ physicians and set my |
||
3007 | name there too often. I watched my chance and finding it, |
||
3008 | asked that he name me not in that book. His gray eyes |
||
3009 | rested upon me; he demanded the reason for that. I said that |
||
3010 | in Spain I was in danger, and that Juan Lepe was not my |
||
3011 | name. More than that I did not wish to say, and perchance |
||
3012 | it were wiser for him not to know. But I would not that the |
||
3013 | powerful should mark me in his Journal or elsewhere! |
||
3014 | |||
3015 | Usually his eyes were wide and filled with light as |
||
3016 | though it were sent into them from the vast lands that he |
||
3017 | continuously saw. But he could be immediate captain and |
||
3018 | commander of things and of men, and when that was so, |
||
3019 | the light drew into a point, and he became eagle that sees |
||
3020 | through the wave the fish. Had he been the seer alone, |
||
3021 | truly he might have been the seer of what was to be discovered |
||
3022 | and might have set others upon the path. But he |
||
3023 | would not have sailed on the _Santa Maria_! |
||
3024 | |||
3025 | In his many years at sea he must many times have met |
||
3026 | men who had put to sea out of fear of land. He would |
||
3027 | have sailed with many whose names, he knew, were not |
||
3028 | those given them at birth. He must have learned to take reasons |
||
3029 | for granted and to go on--where he wished to go on. |
||
3030 | So we gazed at each other. |
||
3031 | |||
3032 | "I had written down," he said, "that you greatly helped |
||
3033 | the sick, and upon Bernardo Nunez's going to the _Nina_, became |
||
3034 | our physician. But I will write no more of you, and |
||
3035 | that written will pass in the flood of things to come." After |
||
3036 | a moment, he ended with deliberation, "I know my star to |
||
3037 | be a great star, burning long and now with a mounting |
||
3038 | flame. If yours is in any wise its kin, then there needs must |
||
3039 | be histories." |
||
3040 | |||
3041 | |||
3042 | |||
3043 | CHAPTER XII |
||
3044 | |||
3045 | IT was a strange thing how utterly favoring now was the |
||
3046 | wind! It blew with a great steady push always from |
||
3047 | the east, and always we ran before it into the west. |
||
3048 | Day after day we experienced this warm and steadfast driving; |
||
3049 | day after day we never shifted sail. The rigging sang |
||
3050 | a steady song, day and night. The crowned woman, our |
||
3051 | figurehead, ran, light-footed, over a green and blue plain, |
||
3052 | and where the plain ended no man might know! "Perhaps |
||
3053 | it does not end!" said the mariners. |
||
3054 | |||
3055 | Of the hidalgos aboard I like best Diego de Arana who |
||
3056 | had cast off his melancholy. He was a man of sense, candid |
||
3057 | and brave. Roderigo Sanchez sat and moved a dull, good |
||
3058 | man. Roderigo de Escobedo had courage, but he was factious, |
||
3059 | would take sides against his shadow if none other |
||
3060 | were there. Pedro Gutierrez had been a courtier, and had |
||
3061 | the vices of that life, together with a daredevil recklessness |
||
3062 | and a kind of wild wit. I had liking and admiration for |
||
3063 | Fray Ignatio, but careful indeed was I when I spoke with |
||
3064 | him! |
||
3065 | |||
3066 | The wind blew unchanging, the stark blue shield of sea, a |
||
3067 | water-world, must be taken in the whole, for there was no |
||
3068 | contrasting point in it to catch the eye. Sancho, forward, |
||
3069 | in a high sweet voice like a jongleur's voice, was singing to |
||
3070 | the men an endless ballad. Upon the poop deck Escobedo |
||
3071 | and Gutierrez, having diced themselves to an even wealth |
||
3072 | or poverty, turned to further examination of the Admiral's |
||
3073 | ways. Endlessly they made him and his views subject of |
||
3074 | talk. Roderigo Sanchez listened with a face like an owl, |
||
3075 | Diego de Arana with some irony about his lips. I came and |
||
3076 | stood beside the latter. |
||
3077 | |||
3078 | They were upon the beggary of Christopherus Columbus. |
||
3079 | "How did the Prior of La Rabida--?" |
||
3080 | |||
3081 | "I'll tell you, for I heard it. One evening at vesper |
||
3082 | bell comes our Admiral--no less a man!--to Priory gate |
||
3083 | with a young boy in his hand. Not Fernando his love-child, |
||
3084 | but Diego the elder, who was born in Lisbon. All dusty |
||
3085 | with the road, like any beggar you see, and not much better |
||
3086 | clad, foot-sore and begging bread for himself and the boy. |
||
3087 | And because of his white hair, and because he carried himself |
||
3088 | in that absurd way that makes the undiscerning cry, |
||
3089 | `Ah, my lord king in disguise!' the porter must have him |
||
3090 | in, and by and by comes the prior and stands to talk with |
||
3091 | him, `From where?' `From Cordova.' `Whither?' `To |
||
3092 | Portugal.' `For why?' `To speak again with King John!' |
||
3093 | `Are you in the habit of speaking with kings?' `Aye, I |
||
3094 | am!' `About what, may I ask?' `About the finding of |
||
3095 | India by way of Ocean-Sea, the possession of idolatrous |
||
3096 | countries and the great wealth thereof, and the taking of |
||
3097 | Christ to the heathen who else are lost!' " |
||
3098 | |||
3099 | "Ha, ha! Ha, ha!" This was Escobedo. |
||
3100 | |||
3101 | "The prior thinks, `This is an interesting madman.' And |
||
3102 | being a charitable good man and lacking entertainment that |
||
3103 | evening, he brings the beggar in to supper and sits by him." |
||
3104 | |||
3105 | Roderigo Sanchez opened his mouth. "All Andalusia |
||
3106 | knows Fray Juan Perez is a kind of visionary!" |
||
3107 | |||
3108 | "Aye, like to like! `Have you been to our Queen and |
||
3109 | the King? ' `Aye, I have!' saith the beggar, `but they are |
||
3110 | warring with the Moors and will pull Granada down and |
||
3111 | do not see the greater glory!' " |
||
3112 | |||
3113 | All laughed at that, and indeed Gutierrez could mimic to |
||
3114 | perfection. We got, full measure, the beggar's loftiness. |
||
3115 | |||
3116 | "So the siren sings and the prior leaps to meet her, or |
||
3117 | tarantula stings him and be dances! `I am growing mad |
||
3118 | too,' thinks Fray Juan Perez, and begins presently to tell |
||
3119 | that last week he dreamed of Prester John. The end is |
||
3120 | that he and the beggar talk till midnight and the next morning |
||
3121 | they talk again, and the prior sends for his friends |
||
3122 | Captain Martin Alonzo Pinzon and the physician Garcia |
||
3123 | Fernandez. The beggar gains them all!" |
||
3124 | |||
3125 | "Do you think a beggar can do that?" I said. "Only a |
||
3126 | giver can do that." |
||
3127 | |||
3128 | Pedro Gutierrez turned black eyes upon Juan Lepe, whom |
||
3129 | he resented there on the poop deck. "How could you have |
||
3130 | learned so much, Doctor, while you were making sail and |
||
3131 | washing ship?" He was my younger in every way, and I |
||
3132 | answered equably, "I learned in the same way that the Admiral |
||
3133 | learned while he begged." |
||
3134 | |||
3135 | "Touched!" said Diego de Arana. "So that is the way |
||
3136 | the prior came into the business?" |
||
3137 | |||
3138 | "He enters with such vigor," said Gutierrez, "that what |
||
3139 | does he do but write an impassioned letter to the Queen, |
||
3140 | having long ago, for a time, been her confessor? What he |
||
3141 | tells her, God knows, but it seems that it changes the world! |
||
3142 | She answers that for herself she hath grieved for Master |
||
3143 | Columbus's departure from the court and the realm, and |
||
3144 | that if he will turn and come to Santa Fe, his propositions |
||
3145 | shall at last be thoroughly weighed. Letter finds the beggar |
||
3146 | with his boy honored guest of La Rabida, touching heads |
||
3147 | with Martin Pinzon over maps and charts and the `Book |
||
3148 | of Travels' of Messer Marco Polo. There is great joy! |
||
3149 | The beggar hath the prior's own mule and his son a jennet, |
||
3150 | and here we go to Santa Fe! That was last year. Now the |
||
3151 | boy that whimpered for bread at convent gate is Don Diego |
||
3152 | Colon, page to Prince Juan, and the Viceroy sails on the |
||
3153 | _Santa Maria_ for the countries he will administer!" |
||
3154 | |||
3155 | Gutierrez shook the dice in the box. "Oh, Queen Luck, |
||
3156 | that I have served for so long! Why do you not make me |
||
3157 | viceroy?" |
||
3158 | |||
3159 | Said Escobedo, "Viceroy of the continent of water and |
||
3160 | Admiral of seaweed and fishes!" |
||
3161 | |||
3162 | Diego de Arana took that up. "We are obliged to find |
||
3163 | something! No sensible man can think like some of those |
||
3164 | forward that this goes on forever and we shall sail till the |
||
3165 | wood rots and sails grow ragged and wind carries away their |
||
3166 | shreds or they fall into dust!" |
||
3167 | |||
3168 | "Who knows anything of River-Ocean? We may not |
||
3169 | find the western shore, if there be such a thing, for a year! |
||
3170 | By that time storm will sink us ten times over, or plague |
||
3171 | will take us--" |
||
3172 | |||
3173 | "There's not needed plague nor storm. Just say, food |
||
3174 | won't last, and water is already half gone!" |
||
3175 | |||
3176 | "That's the undeniable truth," quoth Roderigo Sanchez, |
||
3177 | and looked with a perturbed face at the too-smooth sea. |
||
3178 | |||
3179 | Smooth blue sea continued, wind continued, pushing like |
||
3180 | a great, warm hand, east to west. The Admiral spent hours |
||
3181 | alone in his sleeping cabin. There were men who said that |
||
3182 | he studied there a great book of magic. He had often a |
||
3183 | book in his hand, it is true, but Juan Lepe the physician |
||
3184 | knew what he strove to keep from others, that the gout that |
||
3185 | at times threatened crippling was upon him and was easier |
||
3186 | to bear lying down. |
||
3187 | |||
3188 | Sunset, vesper prayer and _Salve Regina_. As the strains |
||
3189 | died, there became evident a lingering on the part of the |
||
3190 | seamen. The master spoke to the Admiral. "They've found |
||
3191 | out about the needle, sir! Perhaps you'd better hear them |
||
3192 | and answer them." |
||
3193 | |||
3194 | Almost every day he heard them and answered them. |
||
3195 | To make his seamen, however they groaned and grumbled |
||
3196 | and plotted, yet abide him and his purpose was a day-after-day arising task! Now he said equably, in the |
||
3197 | tone almost |
||
3198 | of a father, "What is it to-day, men?" |
||
3199 | |||
3200 | The throng worked and put forward a spokesman, who |
||
3201 | looked from the Admiral to the clear north. "It is the star, |
||
3202 | sir! The needle no longer points to it! We thought you |
||
3203 | might explain to us unlearned--What we think is that distance |
||
3204 | is going to widen and widen! What's to keep needle |
||
3205 | from swinging right south? Then will we never get home |
||
3206 | to Palos and our wives and children--never and never and |
||
3207 | never!" |
||
3208 | |||
3209 | Said the Admiral, "It will not change further, or if it |
||
3210 | does a very little further!" In his most decisive, most convincing |
||
3211 | voice he explained why the needle no longer pointed |
||
3212 | precisely to the star. The deviation marked and allowed |
||
3213 | for, it was near enough for practical purposes, and the |
||
3214 | reasons for the wandering-- |
||
3215 | |||
3216 | I do not know if the wisdom of our descendants will confirm |
||
3217 | his explanation. It is so often to explain the explanation! |
||
3218 | But one as well as another might do here. What |
||
3219 | the _Santa Maria_ wanted was reassurance, general and large, |
||
3220 | stretching from the Canaries to India and Cathay and back |
||
3221 | again. He knew that, and after no great time spent with |
||
3222 | compass needle and circularly traveling polar star, he began |
||
3223 | to talk gold and estate, and the pearls and silk and spices |
||
3224 | they would surely take for gifts to their family and neighbors, |
||
3225 | Palos or Huelva or Fishertown! |
||
3226 | |||
3227 | It was truly the hope that upheld many on a voyage that |
||
3228 | they chose to think a witches' one. He talked now out of |
||
3229 | Marco Polo and he clad what that traveler had said in more |
||
3230 | gorgeous attire. He meant nothing false; his exalted imagination |
||
3231 | saw it so. He was painter of great pageants, heightening |
||
3232 | and remodeling, deepening and purifying colors, making |
||
3233 | humdrum and workaday over to his heart's desire. The |
||
3234 | Venetian in his book, and other travelers in their books, had |
||
3235 | related wonders enough. These grew with him, it might be |
||
3236 | said--and indeed in his lifetime was often said--into |
||
3237 | wonders without a foot upon earth. But if one took as |
||
3238 | figures and symbols his gold roofs and platters, temples and |
||
3239 | gardens, every man a merchant in silks and spices, strange |
||
3240 | fruit-dropping trees and pearls in carcanets, the Grand Khan |
||
3241 | and Prester John--who could say that in the long, patient |
||
3242 | life of Time the Admiral was over-esteeming? The pity |
||
3243 | of it was that most here could not live in great lengths of |
||
3244 | time. They wanted riches now, now! And they wanted |
||
3245 | only one kind of riches; here and now, or at the most in |
||
3246 | another month, in the hands and laps of Pedro and Fernando |
||
3247 | and Diego. |
||
3248 | |||
3249 | |||
3250 | |||
3251 | CHAPTER XIII |
||
3252 | |||
3253 | THERE grew at times an excited feeling that he was a |
||
3254 | prophet, and that there were fabulously great things |
||
3255 | before us. As I doctored some small ill one day in |
||
3256 | the forecastle, a great fellow named Francisco from Huelva |
||
3257 | would tell me his dream of the night before. He had already |
||
3258 | told it, it seemed, to all who would listen, and now again he |
||
3259 | had considerable audience, crowding at the door. He said |
||
3260 | that he dreamed he was in Cipango. At first he thought it |
||
3261 | was heaven, but when he saw golden roofs he knew it must |
||
3262 | be Cipango, for in heaven where it never rained and there |
||
3263 | were no nights, we shouldn't need roofs. One interrupted, |
||
3264 | "We'd need them to keep the flying angels from looking |
||
3265 | in!" |
||
3266 | |||
3267 | "It was Cipango," persisted Francisco, "for the Emperor |
||
3268 | himself came and gave me a rope of pearls. There were |
||
3269 | five thousand of them, and each would buy a house or a |
||
3270 | fine horse or a suit of velvet. And the Emperor took me by |
||
3271 | the hand, and he said, `Dear Brother--' You might have |
||
3272 | thought I was a king--and by the mass, I was a king! |
||
3273 | I felt it right away! And then he took me into a garden, |
||
3274 | and there were three beautiful women, and one of them |
||
3275 | would push me to the other, and that one to the third, and |
||
3276 | that to the first again, as though they were playing ball, |
||
3277 | and they all laughed, and I laughed. Then there came a |
||
3278 | great person with five crowns on his head, and all the light |
||
3279 | blazed up gold and blue, and somebody said, `It's Prester |
||
3280 | John'!" |
||
3281 | |||
3282 | His dream kept a two-days' serenity upon the ship. It |
||
3283 | came to the ear of the Admiral, who said, " `In dreams will |
||
3284 | I instruct thee.'--I have had dreams far statelier than |
||
3285 | his." |
||
3286 | |||
3287 | Pedro Gutierrez too began to dream,--fantastic things |
||
3288 | which he told with an idle gusto. They were of wine and gold |
||
3289 | and women, though often these were to be guessed through |
||
3290 | strange, jumbled masks and phantasies. "Those are ill |
||
3291 | dreams," said the Admiral. "Dream straight and high!" |
||
3292 | Fray Ignatio, too, said wisely, "It is not always God who |
||
3293 | cometh in dreams!" |
||
3294 | |||
3295 | But the images of Gutierrez's dreams seemed to him to |
||
3296 | be seated in Cathay and India. They bred in him belief |
||
3297 | that he was coming to happiness by that sea road that |
||
3298 | glistered before us. He and Roderigo de Escobedo began |
||
3299 | to talk with assurance of what they should find. Having |
||
3300 | small knowledge of travelers' tales they made application |
||
3301 | to the Admiral who, nothing loth, answered them out of |
||
3302 | Marco Polo, Mandeville and Pedro de Aliaco. |
||
3303 | |||
3304 | But the ardor of his mind was such that he outwent his |
||
3305 | authors. Where the Venetian said "gold" the Genoese |
||
3306 | said "Much gold." Where the one saw powerful peoples |
||
3307 | with their own customs, courts, armies, temples, ships and |
||
3308 | trade, the other gave to these an unearthly tinge of splendor. |
||
3309 | Often as he sat in cabin or on deck, or rising paced to and |
||
3310 | fro, we who listened to his account, listened to poet and |
||
3311 | enthusiast speaking of earths to come. Besides books like |
||
3312 | those of Marco Polo and John Mandeville and the Bishop |
||
3313 | of Cambrai he had studied philosophers and the ancients and |
||
3314 | Scripture and the Fathers. He spoke unwaveringly of |
||
3315 | prophecies, explicit and many, of his voyage, and the rounding |
||
3316 | out of earth by him, Christopherus Columbus. More |
||
3317 | than once or twice, in the great cabin, beneath the swinging |
||
3318 | lantern, he repeated to us such passages, his voice making |
||
3319 | great poetry of old words. "Averroes saith--Albertus |
||
3320 | Magnus saith--Aristotle saith--Seneca saith--Saint Augustine |
||
3321 | saith--Esdras in his fourth book saith--" Salt air |
||
3322 | sweeping through seemed to fall into a deep, musical beat |
||
3323 | and rhythm. "After the council at Salamanca when great |
||
3324 | churchmen cried Irreligion and even Heresy upon me, I |
||
3325 | searched all Scripture and drew testimony together. In |
||
3326 | fifty, yea, in a hundred places it is plain! King David saith |
||
3327 | --job saith--Moses saith--Thus it reads in Genesis--" |
||
3328 | |||
3329 | Diego de Arana smote the table with his hand. "I am |
||
3330 | yours, senor, to find for the Lord!" Fray Ignatio lifted |
||
3331 | dark eyes. "I well believe that nothing happens but what is |
||
3332 | chosen! I will tell you that in my cell at La Rabida I heard |
||
3333 | a cry, `Come over, Ignatio the Franciscan!' " |
||
3334 | |||
3335 | And I, listening, thought, "Not perhaps that ancient |
||
3336 | spiritual singing of spiritual things! But in truth, yes, it |
||
3337 | is chosen. Did not the Whole of Me that I can so dimly |
||
3338 | feel set my foot upon this ship?" And going out on deck |
||
3339 | before I slept, I looked at the stars and thought that we |
||
3340 | were like the infant in the womb that knows not how nor |
||
3341 | where it is carried. |
||
3342 | |||
3343 | We might be four hundred leagues from Spain. Still |
||
3344 | the wind drove us, still we hardly shifted canvas, still the |
||
3345 | sky spread clear, of a vast blue depth, and the blue glass |
||
3346 | plain of the sea lay beneath. It was too smooth, the wind |
||
3347 | in our rigging too changeless of tune. At last, all would |
||
3348 | have had variety spring. There began a veritable hunger |
||
3349 | for some change, and it was possible to feel a faint horror. |
||
3350 | _What if this is the horror--to go on forever and ever like |
||
3351 | this_? |
||
3352 | |||
3353 | Then one morning when the sun rose, it lit a novel thing. |
||
3354 | Seaweed or grass or herbage of some sort was afloat about |
||
3355 | us. Far as the eye might reach it was like a drowned |
||
3356 | meadow, vari-colored, awash. All that day we watched it. |
||
3357 | It came toward us from the west; we ran through it from |
||
3358 | the east. Now it thinned away; now it thickened until it |
||
3359 | seemed that the sea was strewn with rushes like a castle |
||
3360 | floor. With oars we caught and brought into ship wreaths |
||
3361 | of it. All night we sailed in this strange plain. A yellow |
||
3362 | dawn showed it still on either side the _Santa Maria_, and |
||
3363 | thicker, with fewer blue sea straits and passes than on yesterday. |
||
3364 | The Pinta and the Nina stood out with a strange, |
||
3365 | enchanted look, as ships crossing a plain more vast than the |
||
3366 | plain of Andalusia. Still that floating weed thickened. The |
||
3367 | crowned woman at our prow pushed swathes of it to either |
||
3368 | side. Our mariners hung over rail, talking, talking. "What |
||
3369 | is it--and where will it end? Mayhap presently we can |
||
3370 | not plough it!" |
||
3371 | |||
3372 | I was again and again to admire how for forty years |
||
3373 | he had stored sea-knowledge. It was not only what those |
||
3374 | gray eyes had seen, or those rather large, well molded ears |
||
3375 | had heard, or that powerful and nervous hand had touched. |
||
3376 | But he knew how to take, right and left, knowledge that |
||
3377 | others gathered, as he knew that others took and would |
||
3378 | take what he gathered. He knew that knowledge flows. |
||
3379 | Now he stood and told that no less a man than Aristotle |
||
3380 | had recorded such a happening as this. Certain ships of |
||
3381 | Gades--that is our Cadiz--driven by a great wind far |
||
3382 | into River-Ocean, met these weeds or others like them, |
||
3383 | distant parents of these. They were like floating islands |
||
3384 | forever changing shape, and those old ships sailed among |
||
3385 | them for a while. They thought they must have broken |
||
3386 | from sea floor and risen to surface, and currents brought |
||
3387 | other masses from land. Tunny fish were caught among |
||
3388 | them. |
||
3389 | |||
3390 | And that very moment, as the endless possibilities of |
||
3391 | things would have it, one, leaning on the rail, cried out |
||
3392 | that there were tunnies. We all looked and saw them in a |
||
3393 | clear canal between two floating masses. It brought the |
||
3394 | Admiral credence. "Look you all!" he said, "how most |
||
3395 | things have been seen before!" |
||
3396 | |||
3397 | "But Father Aristotle's ship--Was he `Saint' or |
||
3398 | `Father'?" |
||
3399 | |||
3400 | "He was a heathen--he believed in Mahound." |
||
3401 | |||
3402 | "No, he lived before Mahound. He was a wise man--" |
||
3403 | |||
3404 | "But his ships turned back to Cadiz. They were afraid |
||
3405 | of this stuff--that's the point!" |
||
3406 | |||
3407 | "They turned back," said the Admiral. "And the splendor |
||
3408 | and the gold were kept for us." |
||
3409 | |||
3410 | A thicker carpet of the stuff brushed ship side. One of |
||
3411 | the boys cried, "Ho, there is a crab!" It sat indeed on a |
||
3412 | criss-cross of broken reeds, and it seemed to stare at us |
||
3413 | solemnly. "Do not all see that it came from land, and land |
||
3414 | to the west?" |
||
3415 | |||
3416 | "But it is caught here! What if we are caught here too? |
||
3417 | These weeds may stem us--turn great crab pincers and |
||
3418 | hold us till we rot!" |
||
3419 | |||
3420 | "If--and if--and if" cried the Admiral. "For |
||
3421 | Christ, His sake, laugh at yourselves!" |
||
3422 | |||
3423 | On, on, we went before that warm and potent wind, so |
||
3424 | steadfast that there must be controlling it some natural law. |
||
3425 | Ocean-Sea spread around, with that weed like a marsh at |
||
3426 | springtide. Then, suddenly, just as the murmuring faction |
||
3427 | was murmuring again, we cleared all that. Open sea, blue |
||
3428 | running ocean, endlessly endless! |
||
3429 | |||
3430 | The too-steady sunshine vanished. There broke a cloudy |
||
3431 | dawn followed by light rain. It ceased and the sky cleared. |
||
3432 | But in the north held a mist and a kind of semblance of far- |
||
3433 | off mountains. Startled, a man cried "Land!" but the next |
||
3434 | moment showed that it was cloud. Yet all day the mist hung |
||
3435 | in this quarter. The _Pinta_ approached and signaled, and |
||
3436 | presently over to us put her boat, in it Martin Pinzon. The |
||
3437 | Admiral met him as he came up over side and would have |
||
3438 | taken him into great cabin. But, no! Martin Pinzon always |
||
3439 | spoke out, before everybody! "Senor, there is land yonder, |
||
3440 | under the north! Should not we change course and see |
||
3441 | what is there?" |
||
3442 | |||
3443 | "It is cloud," answered the Admiral. "Though I do not |
||
3444 | deny that such a haze may be crying, `Land behind!' " |
||
3445 | |||
3446 | "Let us sail then north, and see!" |
||
3447 | |||
3448 | But the Admiral shook his head. "No, Captain! West |
||
3449 | --west--arrow straight!" |
||
3450 | |||
3451 | Pinzon appeared about to say, "You are very wrong, |
||
3452 | and we should see what's behind that arras!" But he |
||
3453 | checked himself, standing before Admiral and Don and Viceroy, |
||
3454 | and all those listening faces around. "I still think," he |
||
3455 | began. |
||
3456 | |||
3457 | The other took him up, but kept considerate, almost deferring |
||
3458 | manner. "Yes, if we had time or ships to spare! |
||
3459 | But now it is, do not stray from the path. Sail straight |
||
3460 | west!" |
||
3461 | |||
3462 | "We are five hundred leagues from Palos." |
||
3463 | |||
3464 | "Less than that, by our reckoning. The further from |
||
3465 | Palos, the nearer India!" |
||
3466 | |||
3467 | "We may be passing by our salvation!" |
||
3468 | |||
3469 | "Our salvation lies in going as we set forth to go." He |
||
3470 | made his gesture of dismissal of that, and asked after the |
||
3471 | health of the _Pinta_. The health held, but the stores were |
||
3472 | growing low. Biscuit enough, but bacon almost out, and |
||
3473 | not so many measures of beans left. Oil, too, approached |
||
3474 | bottom of jars. The Nina was in the same case. |
||
3475 | |||
3476 | "Food and water will last," said the Admiral. "We have |
||
3477 | not come so far without safely going farther." |
||
3478 | |||
3479 | Martin Alonso Pinzon was the younger man and but |
||
3480 | captain of the Pinta_, while the other stood Don and Admiral, |
||
3481 | appointed by Majesty, responsible only to the Crown. |
||
3482 | But he had been Master Christopherus the dreamer, who |
||
3483 | was shabbily dressed, owed money, almost begged. He |
||
3484 | owed large money now to Martin Pinzon. But for the Pinzons, |
||
3485 | he could hardly have sailed. He should listen now, |
||
3486 | take good advice, that was clearly what the captain of the |
||
3487 | _Pinta thought! Undoubtedly Master Christopherus dreamed |
||
3488 | true to a certain point, but after that was not so followable! |
||
3489 | As for Cristoforo Colombo, Italian shipmaster, he had, it |
||
3490 | was true, old sea wisdom. But Martin Pinzon thought |
||
3491 | Martin Pinzon was as good there!--Captain Martin Alonso |
||
3492 | said good-by with some haughtiness and went stiffly back |
||
3493 | over blue sea to the Pinta. |
||
3494 | |||
3495 | The sun descended, the sea grew violet, all we on the |
||
3496 | _Santa Maria_ gathered for vesper prayer and song. Fray |
||
3497 | Ignatio's robe and back-thrown cowl burned brown against |
||
3498 | the sea and the sail. One last broad gold shaft lighted the |
||
3499 | tall Admiral, his thick white hair, his eagle nose, his strong |
||
3500 | mouth. Diego de Arana was big, alert and soldierly; Roderigo |
||
3501 | Sanchez had the look of alcalde through half a lifetime. |
||
3502 | I had seen Roderigo de Escobedo's like in dark streets |
||
3503 | in France and Italy and Castile, and Pedro Gutierrez wherever |
||
3504 | was a court. Juan de la Cosa, the master, stood a |
||
3505 | keen man, thin as a string. Out of the crowd of mariners |
||
3506 | I pick Sancho and Beltran the cook, Ruiz the pilot, William |
||
3507 | the Irishman and Arthur the Englishman, and two or three |
||
3508 | others. And Luis Torres. The latter was a thinker, and |
||
3509 | a Jew in blood. He carried it in his face, considerably |
||
3510 | more markedly than I carried my grandmother Judith. But |
||
3511 | his family had been Christian for a hundred years. Before |
||
3512 | I left forecastle for poop I had discovered that he was |
||
3513 | learned. Why he had turned sailor I did not then know, |
||
3514 | but afterwards found that it was for disappointed love. He |
||
3515 | knew Arabic and Hebrew, Aristotle and Averroes, and he |
||
3516 | had a dry curiosity and zest for life that made for him the |
||
3517 | wonder of this voyage far outweigh the danger. |
||
3518 | |||
3519 | There was a hymn that Fray Ignatio taught us and that |
||
3520 | we sang at times, beside the Latin chant. He said that a |
||
3521 | brother of his convent had written it and set it to music. |
||
3522 | |||
3523 | Thou that art above us, |
||
3524 | Around us, beneath us, |
||
3525 | Thou who art within us, |
||
3526 | Save us on this sea! |
||
3527 | Out of danger, |
||
3528 | Teach us how we may |
||
3529 | Serve thee acceptably! |
||
3530 | Teach us how we may |
||
3531 | Crown ourselves, crowning Thee! |
||
3532 | |||
3533 | |||
3534 | Beltran the cook's voice was the best, and after him |
||
3535 | Sancho, and then a sailor with a great bass, William the |
||
3536 | Irishman. Fray Ignatio sang like a good monk, and Pedro |
||
3537 | Gutierrez like a troubadour of no great weight. The Admiral |
||
3538 | sang with a powerful and what had once been a sweet |
||
3539 | voice. Currents and eddies of sweetness marked it still. |
||
3540 | All sang and it made together a great and pleasurable |
||
3541 | sound, rolling over the sea to the _Pinta_ and the Nina, and |
||
3542 | so their singing, somewhat less in volume, came to us. All |
||
3543 | grew dusk, the ships were bat wings sailing low; out sprang |
||
3544 | the star to which the needle no longer pointed. The great |
||
3545 | star Venus hung in the west like the lantern of some ghostly |
||
3546 | air ship, very vast. |
||
3547 | |||
3548 | Thou that art above us, |
||
3549 | Around us, beneath us, |
||
3550 | Thou that art within us, |
||
3551 | Save us on this sea! |
||
3552 | |||
3553 | |||
3554 | |||
3555 | CHAPTER XIV |
||
3556 | |||
3557 | WE were a long, long way from Spain. A flight of |
||
3558 | birds went over us. They were flying too high for |
||
3559 | distinguishing, but we did not hold them to be sea |
||
3560 | birds. We sounded, but the lead touched no bottom. West |
||
3561 | and west and west, pushed by that wind! Late September, |
||
3562 | and we had left Palos the third of August. |
||
3563 | |||
3564 | The wind shifted and became contrary. The sea that |
||
3565 | for so long had been glassy smooth took on a roughness. |
||
3566 | A bird that was surely a forest bird beaten to us perched |
||
3567 | upon a stretched rope and uttered three quick cries. A |
||
3568 | boy climbed and softly took it from behind. It fluttered in |
||
3569 | the Admiral's two hands. All came to look. Its plumage |
||
3570 | was blue, its breast reddish. We wondered, but before we |
||
3571 | could make it a cage, it strongly strove and was gone. One |
||
3572 | flash and all the azure took it to itself. |
||
3573 | |||
3574 | In the night the waves flattened. Rose-dawn showed |
||
3575 | smooth sea and every sail filled again with that westward |
||
3576 | journeying wind. Yesterday's roughness and the bird tossed |
||
3577 | aboard were as a dream. |
||
3578 | |||
3579 | A day and a day and a day. As much Ocean-Sea as ever, |
||
3580 | and Asia a lie, and alike at this end and that of the |
||
3581 | vessel a dull despondency, and Pedro Gutierrez's wit grown |
||
3582 | ugly. So naked, so lonely, so indifferent spread the Sea |
||
3583 | of Darkness! |
||
3584 | |||
3585 | Another day and another and another. When half the |
||
3586 | ship was at the point of mutiny signs reappeared and thickened. |
||
3587 | Birds flew over the ships; one perched beside the |
||
3588 | Admiral's banner and sang. More than that, a wood dove |
||
3589 | came upon the deck and ate corn that was strewed for it. |
||
3590 | "Colombo--Colombo!" quoth the Admiral. "I, too, am |
||
3591 | `dove.' " And he opened a window and sent forth a "dove" |
||
3592 | to find if there were land!' " |
||
3593 | |||
3594 | Almost the whole ship from Jason down took these two |
||
3595 | birds for portents. Fray Ignatio lifted hands. "The |
||
3596 | Blessed Francis who knew that birds have souls to save |
||
3597 | hath sent them!" We passed the drifting branch of a |
||
3598 | tree. It had green leaves. The sea ran extremely blue and |
||
3599 | clear, and half the ship thought they smelled frankincense, |
||
3600 | brought on the winds which now were changeable. At evening |
||
3601 | rose a great cry of "Land!" and indeed to one side the |
||
3602 | sinking sun seemed veritable cliffs with a single mountain |
||
3603 | peak. The Admiral, who knew more of sea and air than |
||
3604 | any two men upon those ships, cried "Cloud--cloud!" |
||
3605 | but for a time none believed him. There sprang great commotion, |
||
3606 | the _Pinta_ too signaling. Then before our eyes |
||
3607 | came a rift in the mountain and the cliffs slipped into the sea. |
||
3608 | |||
3609 | But now all believed in land ahead. It was as though |
||
3610 | some one had with laughter tossed them that assurance over |
||
3611 | the horizon straight before us. Every mariner now was |
||
3612 | emulous to be the lookout, every man kept eyes on the west. |
||
3613 | Now sprang clear and real to them the royal promise of |
||
3614 | ten thousand maravedies pension to him who first sighted |
||
3615 | Cipango, Cathay or India. The Admiral added a prize of a |
||
3616 | green velvet doublet. |
||
3617 | |||
3618 | We had come nigh eight hundred leagues. |
||
3619 | |||
3620 | In the cabin, upon the table he spread Toscanelli's map, |
||
3621 | and beside it a great one like it, of his own making, signed |
||
3622 | in the corner _Columbus de Terra Rubra_. The depiction was |
||
3623 | of a circle, and in the right or eastern side showed the coasts |
||
3624 | of Ireland and England, France, Spain and Portugal, and |
||
3625 | of Africa that portion of which anything was known. Out |
||
3626 | in Ocean appeared the islands gained in and since Prince |
||
3627 | Henry's day. Their names were written,--Madeira, Canaria, |
||
3628 | Cape de Verde and Azores. West of these and filling |
||
3629 | the middle map came Ocean-Sea, an open parchment field |
||
3630 | save for here a picture of a great fish, and here a siren and |
||
3631 | here Triton, and here the Island of the Seven Cities and here |
||
3632 | Saint Brandon's Isle, and these none knew if they be real |
||
3633 | or magical! Wide middle map and River-Ocean! The eye |
||
3634 | quitting that great void approached the left or western side |
||
3635 | of the circle. And now again began islands great and small |
||
3636 | with legends written across and around them. The great |
||
3637 | island was Cipango, and across the extent of it ran in fine |
||
3638 | lettering. "Marco Polo was here. It is the richest of the |
||
3639 | eastern lands. The houses are roofed with gold. The people |
||
3640 | are idolaters. There are spices and pearls, nutmegs, pepper |
||
3641 | and precious stones. Very much gold so that the common |
||
3642 | people use it as they wish." |
||
3643 | |||
3644 | We read, the Admiral seated, we, the great cabin group, |
||
3645 | standing, bending over the table. After the islands came |
||
3646 | mainland. "Cathay" ran the writing. "Mangi. Here |
||
3647 | is the seat of the Great Khan. His city is Cambalu." South |
||
3648 | of all this ran other drawings and other legends. "Here, |
||
3649 | opposite Africa, near the equator, are islands called Manillas. |
||
3650 | They have lodestone, so that no ship with iron can sail to |
||
3651 | them. Here is Java of all the spices. Here is great India |
||
3652 | that the ancients knew." |
||
3653 | |||
3654 | "We are bearing toward Cipango," said the Admiral. "I |
||
3655 | look first for small outward islands, where perhaps the folk |
||
3656 | are uncouth and simple, and there is little gold." |
||
3657 | |||
3658 | And again days passed. When many times upon the |
||
3659 | _Santa Maria_ and as often on the _Pinta_ and the _Nina_ some |
||
3660 | one had cried "Land!" and the ships been put in commotion |
||
3661 | and the land melted into air before our eyes, and another |
||
3662 | as plausible island or coast formed before us only to |
||
3663 | vanish, despair seized us again. Witchcraft and sorcery and |
||
3664 | monstrous ignorance, and fooled to our deaths! "West-- |
||
3665 | west--west!" till the west was hated. The Pinzons thought |
||
3666 | we should change course. If there were lands we were |
||
3667 | leaving them in the north where hung the haze. But the |
||
3668 | Madman or the Black Magician, our Italian Admiral, would |
||
3669 | not hear good advice! It was Gutierrez's word, under his |
||
3670 | breath when the Admiral was in earshot, and aloud when |
||
3671 | he was not. "Our Italian--our Italian! Why did not |
||
3672 | Italy keep him? And Portugal neither would have him! |
||
3673 | Castile, the jade, takes him up!" |
||
3674 | |||
3675 | Then after absence began again the signs. Flocks of birds |
||
3676 | went by us. I saw him watching, and truly these flights |
||
3677 | did seem to come from south of west. On the seventh of |
||
3678 | October he altered course. We sailed southwest. This day |
||
3679 | there floated by a branch with purple berries, and we saw |
||
3680 | flying fish. Dolphins played about the ship. The very sea |
||
3681 | felt warm to the hand, and yet was no oppression, but light |
||
3682 | and easily breathed air, fragrant and lifting the spirits. |
||
3683 | |||
3684 | And now we saw floating something like a narrow board |
||
3685 | or a wide staff. The master ordered the boat lowered; we |
||
3686 | brought it in and it was given dripping into the Admiral's |
||
3687 | hand. "It is carved by man," he said. "Look!" Truly |
||
3688 | it was so, rudely done with bone or flint, but carved by man |
||
3689 | with something meant for a picture of a beast and a tree. |
||
3690 | |||
3691 | We sailed west by south this day and the next. No more |
||
3692 | man-wrought driftage came our way, but other signs multiplied. |
||
3693 | We saw many birds, the water was strangely warm |
||
3694 | and clear, when the wind blew toward us it had a scent, |
||
3695 | a tone, that cried land breeze! Then came by a branch |
||
3696 | with yellow flowers, and upon one a butterfly. After this |
||
3697 | none doubted, not Fernando nor any. "Gold flowers-- |
||
3698 | gold flowers--gold, gold!" |
||
3699 | |||
3700 | This night we lay by so that we should not slip past land |
||
3701 | in the darkness. When day came there showed haze south |
||
3702 | and west. A gentle wind sang in our rigging. On board |
||
3703 | the _Santa Maria_, the Pinta and the Nina all watched for |
||
3704 | land. Excitement and restlessness took us all. The Admiral's |
||
3705 | eyes burned like deep gray seas. I could read in |
||
3706 | them the images behind. _Prester John and the Release of |
||
3707 | the Sepulchre. The Grand Khan a tributary Prince. Argosies |
||
3708 | of gold, silk and spices, sailing steady, sailing fast over |
||
3709 | a waterway unblocked by Mahound and his soldans. All Europe |
||
3710 | burning bright, rising a rich Queen. Holy Church with_ |
||
3711 | _another cubit to her stature. Christopherus Columbus, the |
||
3712 | Discoverer, the Enricher, the Deliverer! Queen Isabella, and |
||
3713 | on her cheeks a flush of gratitude; all the Spanish court bowing |
||
3714 | low. All the friends, the kindred, all so blessed! Sons, |
||
3715 | brothers; Genoa, and Domenico Colombo clad in velvet, dining |
||
3716 | with the Doge_. |
||
3717 | |||
3718 | Dolphins were all about us; once there rose a cry from |
||
3719 | the mariners that they heard singing over the waves. We |
||
3720 | held breath and listened, but if they were sirens they ceased |
||
3721 | their song. But at eve, the sky pale gold, the water a |
||
3722 | sapphire field, we ourselves sang mightily our "_Salve Regina_." |
||
3723 | |||
3724 | The Admiral would speak to us. Now all loved him, |
||
3725 | with golden India rising to-morrow from the sea, with his |
||
3726 | wisdom proving itself! He had this eve a thrilling voice. |
||
3727 | God had been good to us; who could say other? This very |
||
3728 | eve, at Palos, they thought of us. At Santa Maria de la |
||
3729 | Rabida, chanting vesper hymn, they prayed for us also. |
||
3730 | In Cordova the Queen prayed. In Rome, the Holy Father |
||
3731 | had us in mind. Would we lessen ourselves, disappointing |
||
3732 | so many, and very God, grieving very Christ? "No! But |
||
3733 | out of this ship we shall step on this land to come, good |
||
3734 | men, true men, servants and sons of Christ in His kingdom. |
||
3735 | This night, in India before us, men sigh, `We weary of our |
||
3736 | idols! Why tarrieth true God?' There the learned think, |
||
3737 | bending over their maps, `Why doth not some one put forth, |
||
3738 | bringing all the lands into one garland?' They look to |
||
3739 | their east whence we come, and they may see in dream tonight these three ships!" His voice rang. "I tell |
||
3740 | you |
||
3741 | these Three Ships shall be known forever! Your grandchildren's |
||
3742 | grandchildren shall say, `The _Santa Maria_, the |
||
3743 | Pinta and the Nina--and one that was our ancestor sailed |
||
3744 | in this one or in that one, to the glory and gain of the |
||
3745 | world, wherefore we still make festival of his birthday!' " |
||
3746 | |||
3747 | At this they stirred, whether from Palos or Huelva or |
||
3748 | Fishertown. They looked at him now as though indeed he |
||
3749 | were great mage, or even apostle. |
||
3750 | |||
3751 | That evening I heard Roderigo de Escobedo at an enumeration. |
||
3752 | He seemed to have committed to memory some |
||
3753 | Venice list. "Mastic, aloes, pepper, cloves, mace and cinnamon |
||
3754 | and nutmeg. Ivory and silk and most fine cloth, diamonds, |
||
3755 | balasses, rubies, pearls, sapphires, jacinth and emeralds. |
||
3756 | Silver in bulk and gold common as iron with us. |
||
3757 | Gold--gold!" |
||
3758 | |||
3759 | Pedro Gutierrez was speaking. "Gold to carry to Spain |
||
3760 | and pay my debts, with enough left to go again to court--" |
||
3761 | |||
3762 | Said Escobedo, "The Admiral saith, `No fraud nor |
||
3763 | violence, quarreling nor oppression'!" |
||
3764 | |||
3765 | Gutierrez answered: "The Admiral also thinks to pay |
||
3766 | his debts! He may think he will be strict as the Saints, but |
||
3767 | he will not!" |
||
3768 | |||
3769 | The Admiral was walking the deck. He stopped beside |
||
3770 | Juan Lepe who leaned upon the rail and watched a strange, |
||
3771 | glistering sea. It was that shining stuff we see at times |
||
3772 | at night in certain weather. But to-night Luis Torres, passing, |
||
3773 | had said, "Strewn ducats!" |
||
3774 | |||
3775 | The Admiral and Juan Lepe watched. "Never a sail!" |
||
3776 | said I. "How strange a thing is that! Great populous |
||
3777 | countries that trade among themselves, and never a sail on |
||
3778 | this sea rim!" |
||
3779 | |||
3780 | He drummed upon the rail. "Do not think I have not |
||
3781 | thought of that! I looked to meet first a ship or ships. |
||
3782 | But now I think that truly there may be many outlying |
||
3783 | islands without ships. Or there may be a war between |
||
3784 | princes, and all ships drawn in a fleet to north or south. |
||
3785 | One beats one's brains--and time brings the solution, and |
||
3786 | we say, `How simple!' " |
||
3787 | |||
3788 | Turning his great figure, he mounted to our castle built |
||
3789 | up from deck, whence he could see great distances. The |
||
3790 | wind had freshened; we were standing to the west; it was |
||
3791 | behind us again and it pushed us like a shuttle in a giant's |
||
3792 | hand. The night was violet dark and warm; then at ten |
||
3793 | the moon rose. Men would not sleep while the ship sailed. |
||
3794 | A great event was marching, marching toward us. We |
||
3795 | thought we caught the music of it; any moment heralds, |
||
3796 | banners, might flame at end of road. We were watching |
||
3797 | for the Marriage Procession; we were watching for Kings, |
||
3798 | for the Pope, for I know not what! But there was certain |
||
3799 | to be largesse. |
||
3800 | |||
3801 | I went among the mariners. Sancho met me, a young |
||
3802 | man whom then and afterwards I greatly liked. "Well, |
||
3803 | we've had luck, senor! Saint Noah himself, say I, wasn't |
||
3804 | any luckier!" |
||
3805 | |||
3806 | "Yes, we've done well!" |
||
3807 | |||
3808 | Beltran the cook's great easy voice rolled in. "Fear's |
||
3809 | your only barnacle, say I!" |
||
3810 | |||
3811 | Luis Torres said, "When I studied Arabic and the Hebrew, |
||
3812 | I thought it was for the pleasure of it. They said |
||
3813 | around me, `How you waste your time!' But now some |
||
3814 | about the Grand Khan should know Arabic. I will be of |
||
3815 | use." |
||
3816 | |||
3817 | Pedro said, "Well, it has turned out better than any reasonable |
||
3818 | man could have expected!" and Fernando, "Yes, |
||
3819 | it has! Of course there may be witches. I've heard it said |
||
3820 | there are great necromancers in India!" |
||
3821 | |||
3822 | "Necromancers! That's them that show you a thing |
||
3823 | and then blow it away--" |
||
3824 | |||
3825 | I said, "Do you not know that all of us are the only |
||
3826 | necromancers?" |
||
3827 | |||
3828 | "Did you see," asked Sancho, "the glistering in the |
||
3829 | water? Are we going to lie to after midnight? Saint |
||
3830 | George! I would like to plunge in and swim!" |
||
3831 | |||
3832 | On poop deck, Diego de Arana called me to him. "Well, |
||
3833 | Doctor, how goes it?" He and I rested good friends. I |
||
3834 | said, "Why, it goes well." |
||
3835 | |||
3836 | "I was thinking, watching the moon, how little I ever |
||
3837 | dreamed, being no sea-going man, of such a thing as this. |
||
3838 | Who knows his fate? A man's a strange matter!" |
||
3839 | |||
3840 | "He is a ballad," I answered., "One stave leads to another |
||
3841 | and the story mounts." |
||
3842 | |||
3843 | "I cannot think what to-morrow may show us!" |
||
3844 | |||
3845 | "Nor can I! But it will be important. We enter by a |
||
3846 | narrow strait great widths of the future." |
||
3847 | |||
3848 | "There will be great changes, doubtless. Our world is |
||
3849 | growing little. Everybody feels that we must push out! |
||
3850 | It isn't only Spain, but all kingdoms." |
||
3851 | |||
3852 | Pedro Gutierrez joined us. "You are a learned man, |
||
3853 | Doctor! What like are the women of Cipango?" |
||
3854 | |||
3855 | The moon, past the full yet strong enough to silver |
||
3856 | this vast shield, rose higher. The sails of the _Pinta_ and the |
||
3857 | Nina were curves of pearl, our sails above us pale mountains. |
||
3858 | The light dimmed our lanterns. Crowned woman |
||
3859 | at our prow would be bathed in it as she ran across Ocean- |
||
3860 | Sea. It washed our decks, pricked out our moving men. |
||
3861 | They cast shadows. The master had served out an extra |
||
3862 | draught of wine. It was hardly needed. We were all lifted, |
||
3863 | with visions drumming in our heads. Fray Ignatio stood |
||
3864 | against the mast, and I knew that he felt a pulpit and was |
||
3865 | making his sermon. After a time, Diego de Arana and |
||
3866 | Pedro Gutierrez moving away, I was alone. Mind and |
||
3867 | heart tranquilized, and into them stepped Isabel, and she |
||
3868 | and I, hand in hand, walked fields of the west. |
||
3869 | |||
3870 | The moon shone. The Admiral's voice came from above |
||
3871 | us where he watched from the castle. "Come up here, one |
||
3872 | or two of you!" Gutierrez was nearest the ladder. He |
||
3873 | mounted and I after him, and we stood one on either hand |
||
3874 | the Admiral. He pointed south of west. "A light!" His |
||
3875 | voice was an ocean. "It is as it should be. I, Christopherus |
||
3876 | Columbus, have first seen the Shore of Asia!" |
||
3877 | |||
3878 | We followed his extended hand. Clear under sail we saw |
||
3879 | it, dimmed by the moon, but evident, a light as it were of |
||
3880 | a fire on a beach. Diego de Arana came up also and |
||
3881 | saw it. It was, we thought, more than a league away, a |
||
3882 | light that must be on land and made by man. It dwindled, |
||
3883 | out it went into night and there ran only plain silver. We |
||
3884 | waited while a man might have swam from us to the _Pinta_, |
||
3885 | then forth it started again, red star that was no star. Some |
||
3886 | one below us cried, "Ho, look!" The Admiral raised his |
||
3887 | voice, it rang over ship. "Aye! I saw it a time ago, have |
||
3888 | seen it thrice! I, the Admiral, saw first." Men were |
||
3889 | crowding to the side to look, then it went out as though |
||
3890 | a wave had crept up and drenched it. We gazed and gazed, |
||
3891 | but it did not come again. |
||
3892 | |||
3893 | It might have been not land, but a small boat afire. But |
||
3894 | that is not probable, and we upon the _Santa Maria_ held |
||
3895 | that to see burning wood on shore, though naught showed |
||
3896 | of that shore itself, was truly first to view, first of all of |
||
3897 | us, that land we sought. He did not care for the ten |
||
3898 | thousand maravedies, but he cared that it should be said |
||
3899 | that God showed it first to him. |
||
3900 | |||
3901 | The wind pushed us on with the flat of a great hand. |
||
3902 | Midnight and after midnight. At the sight of that flame |
||
3903 | we should have fired our cannon, but for some reason this |
||
3904 | was not done. Now the silver silence beyond the ship was |
||
3905 | torn across by the _Pinta's_ gun. She fired, then came near |
||
3906 | us. "Land! Land!" Now we saw it under the moon, |
||
3907 | just lifting above the sea,--lonely, peaceful, dark. |
||
3908 | |||
3909 | It was middle night. The Santa Maria, the Pinta and the |
||
3910 | Nina went another league, then took in sail and came to |
||
3911 | anchor. |
||
3912 | |||
3913 | |||
3914 | |||
3915 | CHAPTER XV |
||
3916 | |||
3917 | THE Admiral set a watch and commanded all beside |
||
3918 | to sleep. To-morrow might be work and wakefulness |
||
3919 | enough! The ship grew silent. With the _Pinta_ |
||
3920 | and the Nina it lay under the moon, and all around was |
||
3921 | silver water. |
||
3922 | |||
3923 | He did not sleep this night, I am sure. At all times he |
||
3924 | was a provident and wakeful sea king who knew his ship |
||
3925 | through and through. His habit was light sleep and not |
||
3926 | many hours of that. He studied his books at night while |
||
3927 | others slept. Lying in his bed, with eyes open or eyes shut, |
||
3928 | he watched form in the darkness lands across sea. |
||
3929 | |||
3930 | This night so far from Europe passed. The sense of day |
||
3931 | at hand wrapped us. In the east arose a cool, a stern and |
||
3932 | indifferent pallor. It changed, it flushed. We carried in |
||
3933 | the _Santa Maria_ a cock and hens. Cock crew. |
||
3934 | |||
3935 | Christopherus Columbus had Italian love for fit, harmonious |
||
3936 | noting of vast events. This morning the trumpeter |
||
3937 | also of the Santa Maria waked those who slept. The |
||
3938 | clear and joyful notes were heard by the Pinta and the |
||
3939 | Pinta, too, answered with music. The Nina took it from |
||
3940 | her. Beltran the cook and his helpers gave us a stately |
||
3941 | breakfast. The Admiral came forth from his cabin in a |
||
3942 | dress that a prince might have worn, crimson and tawny, |
||
3943 | and around his throat a golden chain. Far and near rushed |
||
3944 | into light, for in these lands and seas the dawn makes no |
||
3945 | tarrying. It is almost night, then with a great clap of |
||
3946 | light it is day. |
||
3947 | |||
3948 | We had voyaged, all thought, to Asia over an untrodden |
||
3949 | way. Every eye turned to land. Not haze, not dissolving |
||
3950 | cloud, not a magic nothing in the thought, but land, land, |
||
3951 | solid, palpable, like Palos strand! Had we seen a great port |
||
3952 | city, had we seen ships crowding harbor, had we seen a |
||
3953 | citadel on some height, armed and frowning, had we marked |
||
3954 | temples and palaces and banners afloat in this divine cool |
||
3955 | wind of morning, many aboard us would have had now no |
||
3956 | surprise, would have cried, "Of course, I really knew it, |
||
3957 | though for the fun of it I pretended otherwise!" |
||
3958 | |||
3959 | But others among us could not expect such as this after |
||
3960 | the quiet night; no light before us save that one so soon |
||
3961 | quenched, no stir of boat at all or large or small; an unearthly |
||
3962 | quiet, a low land still as a sleeping marsh under |
||
3963 | moon. |
||
3964 | |||
3965 | The light brightened. The water about us turned a blue |
||
3966 | that none there had ever seen, so turquoise, so cerulean, so |
||
3967 | penetrable by the eye! Before us gentle surf broke on a |
||
3968 | beach bone-white. The beach with little rise met woodland; |
||
3969 | thick it seemed and of a vivid greenness and fairly covering |
||
3970 | the island. It was island, masthead told us, who saw |
||
3971 | blue ribbon going around. Moreover, there were two others, |
||
3972 | no greater, upon the horizon. Nor, though the woodland |
||
3973 | seemed thick as pile of velvet, was it desolate isle. We |
||
3974 | made out in three places light plumes of smoke. Now some |
||
3975 | one uttered a cry, "Men!" |
||
3976 | |||
3977 | They were running out of the wood, down upon the white |
||
3978 | beach. There might be a hundred. |
||
3979 | |||
3980 | "Naked men! They are dark--They are negroes!"-- |
||
3981 | "Or magicians!" |
||
3982 | |||
3983 | The Admiral lifted his great voice. "Mariners all! India |
||
3984 | and Cathay are fringed with islands, as are many parts |
||
3985 | of Europe. A dozen of you have sailed among the Greek |
||
3986 | islands. There may be as many here as those. This is a |
||
3987 | small island and its folk simple. They are not Negroes, |
||
3988 | but the skin of the Indian is darker than ours, and that |
||
3989 | of Cipango and Cathay is yellow. As for clothing, in all |
||
3990 | warm lands the simpler folk wear little. But as for ma- |
||
3991 | gicians, there may be magicians among them as there are |
||
3992 | among all peoples, but it is falseness and absurdity to speak |
||
3993 | of all as magicians! Nonsense and cowardice! The man |
||
3994 | who cried that goes not ashore to-day!" |
||
3995 | |||
3996 | Not Great India before us nor Golden Cipango! But |
||
3997 | it was land--land--it was solid, there were folk! How |
||
3998 | long had flowed the sea around us, for this was the twelfth |
||
3999 | of October, five weeks since Gomera and above two months |
||
4000 | since Palos had sunk away and we had heard the last faint |
||
4001 | bell of La Rabida! And there had been strong doubt if |
||
4002 | ever we should see again a white beach, or a tree, or a |
||
4003 | kindly fire ashore, or any men but those of our three ships, |
||
4004 | or ever another woman or a child. But land--land! Here |
||
4005 | was land and green woods and crowds of strange folk. |
||
4006 | The mariners laughed, and the tears stood in their eyes |
||
4007 | and friends embraced. And they grew mightily respectful |
||
4008 | to the Admiral. |
||
4009 | |||
4010 | So many were to go ashore in the first boat, and so many |
||
4011 | in the second. The _Pinta_ and the Nina were lowering their |
||
4012 | boats. Our hidalgos aboard, Diego de Arana, Roderigo |
||
4013 | Sanchez and the rest, had also fine apparel with them-- |
||
4014 | seeing that the Grand Khan would have a court and our |
||
4015 | Sovereigns must be rightly represented--and this morning |
||
4016 | they suited themselves only less splendidly than did the |
||
4017 | Admiral. The great banner of Castile and Leon was ready |
||
4018 | for carrying. Trumpet, drum and fife should land. Fray |
||
4019 | Ignatio was ready--oh, ready! His liquid dark eyes had |
||
4020 | an unearthly look. Gifts were being sorted out. There |
||
4021 | were aboard rich things, valued in any land of ours, for |
||
4022 | gifts to the Grand Khan and his ministers, or the Emperor |
||
4023 | of Cipango and his. For Queens and Empresses and Ladies |
||
4024 | also. And there was a wondrous missal for Prester John |
||
4025 | did we find him! But this was evidently a little island afar, |
||
4026 | and these were naked, savage men. The expedition was |
||
4027 | provident. It had for all. The Portuguese, our great navigators, |
||
4028 | had taught what the naked African liked. A basket |
||
4029 | stood at hand filled with pieces of colored cloth, beads, caps, |
||
4030 | |||
4031 | |||
4032 | |||
4033 | |||
4034 | |||
4035 | |||
4036 | 1492 |
||
4037 | by |
||
4038 | Mary Johnston |
||
4039 | Part 3 out of 7 |
||
4040 | |||
4041 | FullBooks.com homepage |
||
4042 | Index of 1492 |
||
4043 | Previous part (2) |
||
4044 | Next part (4) |
||
4045 | |||
4046 | |||
4047 | |||
4048 | hawk bells, fishhooks, toys of sorts. For that we might |
||
4049 | have trouble, four harquebus men and four crossbows were |
||
4050 | going. The _Santa Maria_ carried two cannon. Now at the |
||
4051 | Admiral's signal, one of these was discharged. It was a |
||
4052 | voice not heard before in this world. If he wished to produce |
||
4053 | awe that should accompany him like the ancient pillars |
||
4054 | of cloud and fire, he had success. When the smoke cleared |
||
4055 | we saw the wild men prostrate upon the ivory beach as |
||
4056 | though a scythe had cut them down. They lay like fallen |
||
4057 | grain, then rose and made haste for the wood. We could |
||
4058 | thinly hear their shouting. |
||
4059 | |||
4060 | Christopherus Columbus descended into the boat of the |
||
4061 | _Santa Maria_, Fray Ignatio after him. Diego de Arana, |
||
4062 | Roderigo Sanchez, Escobedo, Gutierrez and Juan Lepe the |
||
4063 | physician followed. Juan de la Cosa stayed with the ship, it |
||
4064 | not being wise to take away all authority. Our armed men |
||
4065 | came after and the rowers. We drew off and the small boat |
||
4066 | filled. Boats of the Pinta and the Nina joined us. The |
||
4067 | great banner over us, the Admiral's hand upon its standard, |
||
4068 | we rowed for Asia. |
||
4069 | |||
4070 | Nearer and nearer. The water hung about us, plain marvel, |
||
4071 | not dark blue, but turquoise and clear as air. We could |
||
4072 | see the strange, bright-hued fish and the white bottom. The |
||
4073 | air breathed Maytime, and now we thought we could tell |
||
4074 | the spices. And so ivory-white it was, the long curved |
||
4075 | beach, and so gayly bright the emerald of the wood! There |
||
4076 | were many palms with other trees we knew not. It was |
||
4077 | low, the island, and it shone before us silver and green, and |
||
4078 | the trees moved gently in a wind more sweet, we thought, |
||
4079 | than any Andalusian zephyr. Pedro Gutierrez stared. |
||
4080 | "Paradise--Paradise!" |
||
4081 | |||
4082 | It was not what we had looked for, but it was good |
||
4083 | enough. It seemed divine, that morning! |
||
4084 | |||
4085 | Nearer we drew, nearer. The beach was now bare. We |
||
4086 | made out the dark, naked folk at edge of the wood, in tree |
||
4087 | shadows, watching us. Were they strange to us, be sure |
||
4088 | we were stranger to them! |
||
4089 | |||
4090 | The azure water, so marvelous, met that sand white like |
||
4091 | crushed bone, strewn with delicate shells. Never was wind |
||
4092 | so sweet as that which blew this morning! Green plumes, |
||
4093 | the palms brushed the sky; there seemed to us fruit trees |
||
4094 | also, with satin stems and wide-laden boughs. When we |
||
4095 | looked over shoulder the _Santa Maria_, the Pinta and the |
||
4096 | Nina each rode double, mast and hull in sky, mast and hull |
||
4097 | in mirror sea. Something strange and divine was about |
||
4098 | us, over us. We wished to laugh, we wished to weep. |
||
4099 | |||
4100 | Boat head touched clean sand. The oars rested. Christopherus |
||
4101 | Columbus the Admiral stepped from boat first and |
||
4102 | alone, all waiting as was right. He took with him the banner |
||
4103 | of Spain. He walked a few yards, then struck the |
||
4104 | standard into the sand. There was air enough to open the |
||
4105 | folds, to make them float and fly. Kneeling, he bowed himself |
||
4106 | and kissed the earth. We heard his strong voice praying. |
||
4107 | "_Domine Deus, aeterne et omnipotens, sacro tuo verbo |
||
4108 | coelum, et terra, et mare, creasti_--" |
||
4109 | |||
4110 | We also bowed our heads. He rose and cried to Fray |
||
4111 | Ignatio. The Franciscan was the next to enter this new |
||
4112 | world. After him sprang out Diego de Arana and the others. |
||
4113 | The Pinzons, too, were now leaving their boats. All were |
||
4114 | at last gathered about the Admiral, between blue water and |
||
4115 | green wood. Fifty Spaniards, we gathered there, and we |
||
4116 | heard our fellows left upon the ships cheering us. We |
||
4117 | kneeled and Fray Ignatio thanked God for us. |
||
4118 | |||
4119 | We rose, drew long breath and looked about us, then |
||
4120 | turned to the Admiral with loud praise and gratulation. He |
||
4121 | was girded with a sword, cross-hilted. Drawing it, he set |
||
4122 | its point in the sand. Then with one hand upon the cross, |
||
4123 | and one lifted and wrapped in the banner folds, he, with a |
||
4124 | great voice, proclaimed Spain's ownership. To the King |
||
4125 | and Queen of the Spains all lands unchristian and idolatrous |
||
4126 | that we might find and use and hold, all that were clearly |
||
4127 | away from the line of the King of Portugal, drawn for him |
||
4128 | by the Holy Father! In the name of God, in the name of |
||
4129 | Holy Church, in the name of Isabella, Queen of Castile, |
||
4130 | and Ferdinand, King of Aragon and their united Power, |
||
4131 | amen and amen! He motioned to the trumpeter who put |
||
4132 | trumpet to his lips and blew a blast to the north and the |
||
4133 | south and the east and the west. At the sound there seemed |
||
4134 | to come a cry from the fringing wood, a cry of terror. |
||
4135 | |||
4136 | The island was ours,--if all this could make it ours. |
||
4137 | |||
4138 | A piece of scarlet cloth spread upon the sand had heaped |
||
4139 | upon it necklaces of glass and three or four hawk bells |
||
4140 | with other toys. We placed it there, then stood back. At |
||
4141 | the Admiral's command the harquebus and crossbow men |
||
4142 | laid their weapons down, though watchful eye was kept. |
||
4143 | But no arrow flights had come from the wood, and as far |
||
4144 | as could be seen some kind of lance, not formidable looking, |
||
4145 | was their only weapon. Next the Admiral made our fifer to |
||
4146 | play a merry and peaceful air. |
||
4147 | |||
4148 | We had noted a clump of trees advanced into the sand |
||
4149 | and we thought that the bolder men were occupying this. |
||
4150 | Now a man started out alone, a young man by the looks of |
||
4151 | him, drawn as he was against the white sand, and a paladin, |
||
4152 | for he marched to meet alone he knew not what or whom. |
||
4153 | "Blackamoor!" exclaimed De Arana beside me, but as he |
||
4154 | came nearer we saw that the dead blackness was paint, laid |
||
4155 | in a fantastic pattern upon his face and body. Native hue |
||
4156 | of skin, as we came presently to find in the unpainted, was |
||
4157 | a pleasing red-brown. He advanced walking daintily and |
||
4158 | proudly, knowing that his people were watching him. Single |
||
4159 | Castilian, single Moor, had advanced so, many a time, between |
||
4160 | camps, or between camp and fortress. |
||
4161 | |||
4162 | Halting beside the red cloth he stooped and turned over |
||
4163 | the trinkets. When he straightened himself he had in hand |
||
4164 | a string of great beads, rose and blue and green. He fingered |
||
4165 | these, seemed about to put the necklet on, then refrained |
||
4166 | as too daring. Laying it gently back upon the scarlet he |
||
4167 | next took up a hawk bell. These bells, as is known, ring |
||
4168 | very clear and sweet. I was afterwards told that the Portuguese |
||
4169 | had noted their welcome among the African people. |
||
4170 | There was no nail's breadth of information that this man |
||
4171 | Columbus could not use! He had used this, and in a list |
||
4172 | for just possibly found savage Indians had put down, "good |
||
4173 | number of hawk bells." |
||
4174 | |||
4175 | The red man painted black, took up the hawk bell. It |
||
4176 | chimed as he moved it. He dropped it on the sand and gave |
||
4177 | back a step, then picked it up and set it tinkling. His face, |
||
4178 | the way in which he moved, said "Music from heaven!" |
||
4179 | |||
4180 | The Admiral motioned to Fray Ignatio to move toward |
||
4181 | him. That good man went gently forward. The youth |
||
4182 | gave back, but then braced himself, under the eyes of his |
||
4183 | nation. He stood. The Franciscan put out a gowned arm |
||
4184 | and a long, lean kindly hand. The youth, naked as the |
||
4185 | bronze of a god, hesitated, raised his own arm, let it drop |
||
4186 | upon the other's. Fray Ignatio, speaking mild words, |
||
4187 | brought him across and to the Admiral. The latter, tallest |
||
4188 | of us all and greatly framed, lofty of port, dressed with |
||
4189 | magnificence, silver-haired, standing forth from his officers |
||
4190 | and men, the banner over him, would be taken by any for |
||
4191 | Great Captain, chief god of these gods, and certes, at the |
||
4192 | first they thought that we were gods! The Indian put his |
||
4193 | hands to his face, shrank like a girl and came slowly to his |
||
4194 | knees and lower yet until his forehead rested upon the earth. |
||
4195 | The Admiral lifted him, calling him "son." |
||
4196 | |||
4197 | Those of his kind watching from the wood now sent forth |
||
4198 | a considerable deputation. There came to us a dozen naked |
||
4199 | men, fairly tall, well-shaped, skin of red copper, smeared |
||
4200 | often with paint in bars and disks and crescents. Their |
||
4201 | hair was not like the Negro's, the only other naked man our |
||
4202 | time knew, but was straight, black, somewhat coarse, not |
||
4203 | bushy but abundant, cut short with the men below the ear. |
||
4204 | They are a beardless people. Our beards are an amazement |
||
4205 | to them, as are our clothes. A fiercely quarrelsome folk, a |
||
4206 | peace-keeping, gentle folk will sound their note very soon. |
||
4207 | These belonged to the latter kind. Their lances were not our |
||
4208 | huge knightly ones, nor the light, hard ones of the Moors. |
||
4209 | They were hardly more than stout canes, the head not iron |
||
4210 | --they had no iron--but flint or bone shaped by a flint |
||
4211 | knife. Where the paint was not splashed or patterned over |
||
4212 | them, their faces could be liked very well. Lips were not over |
||
4213 | full, the nose slightly beaked, the forehead fairly high, the |
||
4214 | eyes good. They did not jabber nor move idly but kept |
||
4215 | measure and a pleasant dignity. They seemed gentle and |
||
4216 | happy. So were they when we found them. |
||
4217 | |||
4218 | Their speech sounded of no tongue that we knew. Luis |
||
4219 | Torres and I alike had knowledge of Arabic. We had no |
||
4220 | Persian that might be nearer yet, but Arabia being immemorially |
||
4221 | caravan-knit with India, it was thought that it |
||
4222 | might be understood. But these bare folk had no notion |
||
4223 | of it, nor of the Hebrew which Luis tried next. The Latin |
||
4224 | did not do, the Greek of which I had a little did not do. |
||
4225 | But there is an old, old language called Gesture. If, |
||
4226 | wherever there is a common language there is one people, |
||
4227 | then in end and beginning surely we are one folk around |
||
4228 | the earth! |
||
4229 | |||
4230 | We were to be friends with these islanders. "Friends |
||
4231 | first and last!" believed the Admiral. Indeed, all felt it |
||
4232 | so, this bright day. If they were not all we had imaged, |
||
4233 | sailing to them, yet were they men, and unthreatening, novel, |
||
4234 | very interesting to us with their island and their marvelous |
||
4235 | blue water. All was heightened by sheer joy of landing, |
||
4236 | and of finding--finding something! And what we found |
||
4237 | was not horrible nor deathful, but bright, promising, scented |
||
4238 | like first fruits. |
||
4239 | |||
4240 | To them we found we were gods! They moved about us |
||
4241 | with a kind of ceremony of propitiation. Two youths came |
||
4242 | with a piece of bark carried like a salver, piled with fruits |
||
4243 | and with thin cakes of some scraped root. Another brought |
||
4244 | a parrot, a great green and rose bird that at once talked, |
||
4245 | though we could not understand his words. Two older |
||
4246 | men had balls, as large as melons, of some wound stuff that |
||
4247 | we presently found to be cotton loosely twisted into yarn. |
||
4248 | The Admiral's eyes glowed. "Now if any bring spices or |
||
4249 | pepper--" But they did not, nor did they bring gold. |
||
4250 | |||
4251 | All these things they put down before us, in silence or |
||
4252 | with words that we thought were petitions, moving not |
||
4253 | confusedly but with a manner of ritual. The Admiral took a |
||
4254 | necklace and placed it round the throat of the young man |
||
4255 | who first had dared, and in his hand put a hawk bell. That |
||
4256 | was enough for himself to do, who was Viceroy. Three of |
||
4257 | us finished the distribution. They who had brought presents |
||
4258 | were given presents. All would have us go with them |
||
4259 | to their village, just behind the trees. A handful of men |
||
4260 | we left with the boats and the rest of us crossed sand. |
||
4261 | Harquebuses and crossbows went with us, but we had no need |
||
4262 | of them. The island apparently followed peace, and its |
||
4263 | folk greatly feared to give offense to gods from the sky. |
||
4264 | Above the ships held a range of pearly clouds, out of which |
||
4265 | indeed one might make strange lands and forms. The Indians |
||
4266 | --Christopherus Columbus called them "Indians"-- |
||
4267 | pointed from ships to cloud. They spoke with movements |
||
4268 | of reverence. "You have come down--you have come |
||
4269 | down!" We understood them, though their words were not |
||
4270 | ours. |
||
4271 | |||
4272 | Now the greenwood rose close at hand. The trees differed, |
||
4273 | the woven thickness of it, the color and blossom, from any |
||
4274 | wood at home. A space opened before us, and here was |
||
4275 | the village of these folk,--round huts thatched with palm |
||
4276 | leaves, set on no streets, but at choice under trees. Earth |
||
4277 | around was trodden hard, but the green woods pressed close. |
||
4278 | Here and there showed garden patches with plants whose |
||
4279 | names and uses we knew not. Now we came upon women |
||
4280 | and children. Like the men the women were naked. Well- |
||
4281 | shaped and comely, with long, black, braided hair, they |
||
4282 | seemed to us gentle, pleasing and fearless. The children |
||
4283 | were a crew that any might love. |
||
4284 | |||
4285 | Time lacks to say all that we did and heard and guessed |
||
4286 | this day upon this island! It was first love after long weeks |
||
4287 | at sea, and our cramped ships and all our great uncertainty! |
||
4288 | If it was not what we had expected, still here it was, tangible |
||
4289 | land that never had been known, wonderful to us, giving |
||
4290 | us already rich narrative for Palos and Huelva and Fishertown, for Cordova and the Queen and King. We |
||
4291 | were sure |
||
4292 | now that other land was to be met, so soon as we sailed a |
||
4293 | reasonable distance to meet it. Under the horizon would |
||
4294 | be land surely, and surely of an import that this small island |
||
4295 | lacked, like Paradise though it seemed to us this day! Any |
||
4296 | who looked at the Admiral saw that he would make no long |
||
4297 | tarrying here. He named this island San Salvador, but we |
||
4298 | would not wait in San Salvador. |
||
4299 | |||
4300 | This day in shifts, all our men were brought ashore, each |
||
4301 | division having three hours of blessed land. So good was |
||
4302 | earth under foot, so good were trees, so delectable the fruit, |
||
4303 | so lovely to move and run and watch every moving, running, |
||
4304 | walking thing! And these good, red-brown folk, naked it |
||
4305 | was true, but mannerly after their own fashion, who thought |
||
4306 | every seaman a god, and the ship boys sons of gods! And |
||
4307 | we also were good and mannerly, the _Santa Maria_, the |
||
4308 | Pinta and the Nina. I look back and I see a strange, a |
||
4309 | boyish and a happy day. |
||
4310 | |||
4311 | The sun was westering. We felt the exhaustion of a |
||
4312 | long holiday with novelties so many that at last the senses |
||
4313 | did not answer. Perhaps the Indians felt it too. Often and |
||
4314 | often have I seen great wisdom guide the Admiral. An |
||
4315 | hour before approaching night might have said "Go!" he |
||
4316 | took us one and all back to the ships. "_Salve Regina_" was |
||
4317 | a sound that evening to hear, and afterwards it was to |
||
4318 | sleep, sleep,--tired as from the Fair at Seville! |
||
4319 | |||
4320 | |||
4321 | |||
4322 | CHAPTER XVI |
||
4323 | |||
4324 | AT first, the day before, we had not made out that the |
||
4325 | Indians had boats. Later, straying here and there, |
||
4326 | we had seen them drawn upon the shore and covered |
||
4327 | with boughs of trees. They called them "canoes", made |
||
4328 | them, large and small, out of trunks of trees, hollowed by |
||
4329 | fire, and with their stone knives. We had seen one copper |
||
4330 | knife. Asked about that, they pointed to the south and |
||
4331 | seemed to say that yonder dwelled men who had all they |
||
4332 | wished of most things. |
||
4333 | |||
4334 | From dark the east grew pale, from pallor put on roses. |
||
4335 | This day no mariner grumbled at the call to awake. Here |
||
4336 | still lay our Fortunate Isle, our San Salvador; here our |
||
4337 | ivory beach, our green wood. Up went the little curls of |
||
4338 | smoke. |
||
4339 | |||
4340 | We had breakfast. So great was now the deference to |
||
4341 | him who three days ago had been "madman" and "black |
||
4342 | magician", "dreaming fool" and "spinner without thread!" |
||
4343 | Now it was "Admiral", "Excellency", and "What shall |
||
4344 | we do next?" and "What is your opinion, sir?" |
||
4345 | |||
4346 | The immediate thing to do proved to be to come forth |
||
4347 | from cabin and mark the beach thronging with thrice the |
||
4348 | number of yesterday, and the canoes putting off to us. We |
||
4349 | counted eight. Only one was a long craft, holding twenty |
||
4350 | men; the others came in cockle boats, with one or two or |
||
4351 | three. Not only canoes, but they came swimming, men and |
||
4352 | boys, all a dark grace in the cerulean, lucid sea. They were |
||
4353 | so fearless--for we came from heaven and would not harm |
||
4354 | them. We were going to make them rich; we were going |
||
4355 | to "save" them. |
||
4356 | |||
4357 | A score perhaps were helped aboard the _Santa Maria_. |
||
4358 | The Pinta, the Nina, had others. They were like children, |
||
4359 | touching, staring, excitedly talking and gesturing among |
||
4360 | themselves, or gazing in a kind of fixed awe, asking of the |
||
4361 | least sailor with all reverence, bowing themselves before the |
||
4362 | Admiral, the over-god. The Admiral moved richly dressed, |
||
4363 | rapt and benignant, yet sparing a part of himself to keep |
||
4364 | all order, measure, rightness on the ship, and another part |
||
4365 | to find out with keen pains, "What of other lands? What |
||
4366 | of folk who must be your superiors?" |
||
4367 | |||
4368 | They had brought offerings. Half a dozen parrots perched |
||
4369 | around, very gorgeously colored, loquacious in a speech we |
||
4370 | did not know. We had stacks of the large round thin |
||
4371 | cakes baked on stones which afterwards we called cassava, |
||
4372 | and great gourds, "calabashes" filled with fruit, and balls |
||
4373 | of cotton in a rude thread. We gave beads, bits of cloth, |
||
4374 | little purses, and the small bells that caused extravagant |
||
4375 | delight. But ever the Admiral looked for signs of gold, |
||
4376 | for he must find for princes and nobles and merchants gold |
||
4377 | or silver, or precious stones or spice, or all together. If he |
||
4378 | found them not, half his fortunes fell; a half-wind only |
||
4379 | would henceforth fill his sails. |
||
4380 | |||
4381 | And at last came in a canoe with three a young Indian |
||
4382 | who wore in his ear a knob of gold. Roderigo Sanchez |
||
4383 | saw this first and brought him to the Admiral. The latter, |
||
4384 | taking up an armlet of green glass and a hawk bell, touched |
||
4385 | the gold in the ear. "Do you trade?" Glad enough was |
||
4386 | the Indian to trade. It lay in the Admiral's palm, a piece |
||
4387 | of gold as great as a filbert. |
||
4388 | |||
4389 | Juan Lepe watched him make inquisition, Diego de |
||
4390 | Arana, Sanchez and Escobedo at his elbow. He did it |
||
4391 | to admiration, with look, gesture and tone ably translating |
||
4392 | his words. "Gold--gold?" The Indian said, or we put |
||
4393 | down in this wise what he said, "Harac." |
||
4394 | |||
4395 | Was there more harac on the island? We would give |
||
4396 | heavenly things for harac. The Indian was doubtful; he |
||
4397 | thought proudly that he had the only harac. "Where did |
||
4398 | he get it?" He indicated the south. |
||
4399 | |||
4400 | "Little island like this one?" |
||
4401 | |||
4402 | "No. Great land. Harac there in many ears. Much |
||
4403 | harac." |
||
4404 | |||
4405 | So we understood him. "Cipango!" breathed the Admiral. |
||
4406 | "Or neighbor to Cipango, increasingly rich and civilized |
||
4407 | as we go." |
||
4408 | |||
4409 | He took a case of small boxes, each box filled with merchandise |
||
4410 | of spice which he desired. Cinnamon, nutmeg, |
||
4411 | pepper, saffron, cloves and others. He made the islander |
||
4412 | smell and taste. "Had they aught like these?" |
||
4413 | |||
4414 | The Indian seemed to say they had not, but would like |
||
4415 | to have. He looked about for something with which to |
||
4416 | trade, a parrot, or heap of cakes, or ball of cotton. I |
||
4417 | thought that it was the box of boxes that he extremely |
||
4418 | wished, but the Admiral thought it was the spicery, and |
||
4419 | that he must have known them wherever he got the gold. |
||
4420 | "Were they found yonder?" |
||
4421 | |||
4422 | The Admiral stretched arm out over blue sea and the |
||
4423 | Indian followed his gesture. He shot out his own arm, |
||
4424 | "South--southwest--west," nodded the Admiral. "Many |
||
4425 | islands, or the mainland. Gates open before us!" |
||
4426 | |||
4427 | "Had the Indian been to these lands?" No, it seemed, |
||
4428 | but one had come in a boat, wearing this knob of gold, |
||
4429 | and he had told them. Was he living? No, he was not |
||
4430 | living. What kind of a person was he? Such as us? |
||
4431 | Emphatically no. Not such as us! Much, we gathered, as |
||
4432 | was the Indian himself. "Pearls have come from Queen's |
||
4433 | neck to Queen's neck," quoth the Admiral, "by a thousand |
||
4434 | rude hands and twisting ways!" |
||
4435 | |||
4436 | There was one woman among the visitors to the _Santa |
||
4437 | Maria_, a young woman, naked, freely moving and smiling. |
||
4438 | Eyes dwelled on her, eyes followed her. She was with an |
||
4439 | Indian who might be brother or husband. The Admiral |
||
4440 | gave her a worked, Moorish scarf. She tied it about her |
||
4441 | head, and the bright ends fell down beside her long, black, |
||
4442 | braided hair. None touched her, but they were woman- |
||
4443 | starved, and they looked at her hungrily. She had beauty |
||
4444 | in her way, and a kind of innocence both frank and shy. |
||
4445 | She was like a doe in the green forest, come silently upon |
||
4446 | at dawn. |
||
4447 | |||
4448 | Fed full of marvel at last, these Indians left us. But |
||
4449 | no sooner had they reached land and told of great kindness |
||
4450 | on the part of the inhabitants of heaven than other canoes |
||
4451 | and other swimmers put forth. This might go on all day, |
||
4452 | so we checked it by ourselves going ashore. |
||
4453 | |||
4454 | This day we filled our water casks and took aboard much |
||
4455 | fruit and all the cakes that they brought us. Moreover |
||
4456 | we explored the island, finding two villages of a piece with |
||
4457 | the first, and in the middle land a fair pool of water. This |
||
4458 | day like yesterday was blissful wine. |
||
4459 | |||
4460 | All blessed Christopherus Columbus. No man now but, |
||
4461 | for a while, did his bidding with an open heart. |
||
4462 | |||
4463 | In the morning we sailed away, not without plentiful |
||
4464 | promises of return. When we put up our white sails they |
||
4465 | cried out and pointed to the cloud sierra. No! We would |
||
4466 | not go back to heaven--or if we did so we would come |
||
4467 | again, loving so our gentle friends upon earth! We sailed, |
||
4468 | and in all our after wanderings we never came back to this |
||
4469 | island. And never again, I think, while Columbus voyaged, |
||
4470 | did there come to us just the bright, exquisite thrill of that |
||
4471 | first land after long doubt and no land. San Salvador-- |
||
4472 | Holy Saviour Island! |
||
4473 | |||
4474 | |||
4475 | |||
4476 | CHAPTER XVII |
||
4477 | |||
4478 | WE were in a throng of islands. We might drop all |
||
4479 | for a little while, then from masthead "Land ho!" |
||
4480 | None were great islands, many far smaller than |
||
4481 | San Salvador. At night we lay to, not knowing currents |
||
4482 | and shoals; then broke the day and we flung out sail. |
||
4483 | |||
4484 | We had with us upon the _Santa Maria_ three San Salvador |
||
4485 | men. They had come willingly, two young, fearless |
||
4486 | men, and one old man with a wrinkled, wise, interested |
||
4487 | face. Assiduous to gain their tongue and impart our own, |
||
4488 | the Admiral, beside his own effort, told off for especial |
||
4489 | teachers and scholars Luis Torres and Juan Lepe. We |
||
4490 | did gain knowledge, but as yet everything was imperfect, |
||
4491 | without fine shading, and subject to all miscomprehension. |
||
4492 | But like the rest of us, the Admiral guessed in |
||
4493 | accordance with his wishes and his previous belief. |
||
4494 | |||
4495 | All these islands lay flat or almost flat upon the sea. All |
||
4496 | showed ivory beach, vivid wood, surrounding water, transparent |
||
4497 | and heavenly blue, inhabited by magically colored |
||
4498 | fish. When we dropped anchor, took boat and landed, it |
||
4499 | was to find the same astonished folk, naked, harmless, holding |
||
4500 | us for gods, bringing all they had, eager for our toys |
||
4501 | which were to them king's treasures and holy relics. Every |
||
4502 | island the Admiral named; he gave them goodly names! |
||
4503 | Over and over the Indians pointed south and west. We |
||
4504 | understood great lands, clothed men, much gold. But when |
||
4505 | we next came to anchor, like small island, like men, women |
||
4506 | and children. We traded for a few more knobs of gold, |
||
4507 | but they were few. |
||
4508 | |||
4509 | Toscanelli's map and the Admiral's map lay on cabin |
||
4510 | table. "Islands in the Sea of Chin--Polo and Mandeville |
||
4511 | alike say thousands--all grades then of advance. Beyond |
||
4512 | any manner of doubt, persevering west or west by south, |
||
4513 | we shall come to main Asia." So long as he ruled, there |
||
4514 | would be perseverance! |
||
4515 | |||
4516 | At Santa Maria de la Concepcion a solitary large canoe |
||
4517 | crowded with Indians was rowing toward us. One of the |
||
4518 | San Salvador young men aboard us fancied some slight, |
||
4519 | experienced some fear, or may even,--who knows?--have |
||
4520 | wearied of the gods. Springing upon the rail he threw |
||
4521 | himself into sea and made off with great strokes toward the |
||
4522 | canoe. Pedro behind him shouted "Escape!" There was |
||
4523 | a rush to the side to observe. Fernando bawled, "Come |
||
4524 | back! or we'll let fly an arrow." |
||
4525 | |||
4526 | He swam, the dark, naked fellow, like a fish. Reaching |
||
4527 | the canoe, the Indians there took him in; he seemed to have |
||
4528 | a tale to tell, they all broke into talk, the canoe went round, |
||
4529 | they rowed fast back to land. The _Nina_, lying near us, had |
||
4530 | her boat filling to go ashore. Her men had seen the leap |
||
4531 | overboard and the swimmer. Now they put after, rowing |
||
4532 | hard for the canoe, that having the start came first to beach. |
||
4533 | The Indians sprang out, the San Salvador man with them. |
||
4534 | Leaving canoe, they ran across sand into wood. The _Nina's_ |
||
4535 | men took the canoe and brought it to the _Santa Maria_. In |
||
4536 | it were balls of cotton and calabashes filled with fruit and a |
||
4537 | chattering parrot. It was the first thing of this kind that |
||
4538 | had happened, and the Admiral's face was wrathful. He |
||
4539 | had a simple, kindly heart, and though he could be vexed |
||
4540 | or irritated, he rarely broke into furious anger. But first |
||
4541 | and last he desired peaceful absorption, if by any means |
||
4542 | that were possible, of these countries. We absorbing them, |
||
4543 | they absorbing us; both the gainers! And he had warm |
||
4544 | feeling of romance-love for all this that he was finding. |
||
4545 | He saw all his enterprise milk-white, rose-bright. And his |
||
4546 | pride was touched that the Indian who had seemed contented |
||
4547 | had not truly been so, and that the _Nina_'s men had disobeyed strict commands for friendliness. He would |
||
4548 | restore |
||
4549 | that content if possible, and he would have no more unordered |
||
4550 | chasing of canoes. The Nina's men got anger and |
||
4551 | rebuke, Captain Cristoforo Colombo mounting up in the |
||
4552 | Admiral. |
||
4553 | |||
4554 | He would let nothing in the canoe be touched. Instead |
||
4555 | he had placed aboard a pot of honey and a flask of wine |
||
4556 | and three pieces of cloth, then with a strong shove it was |
||
4557 | sent landward, and the tide making in, it came to shore. |
||
4558 | We saw two venture from the wood and draw it up on |
||
4559 | beach. |
||
4560 | |||
4561 | In a little while came around a point of shore a canoe |
||
4562 | with one Indian who made toward us, using his oar very |
||
4563 | dexterously, and when he entered our shadow holding up |
||
4564 | cotton and fruit. It was to be seen that he had had no |
||
4565 | communication with the men of the large canoe. |
||
4566 | |||
4567 | The Admiral himself called out encouragingly and snatching |
||
4568 | the first small thing at hand held it up. The Indian |
||
4569 | scrambled on board. He stood, as fine a piece of bronze |
||
4570 | as any might see, before the Genoese, as great a figure as |
||
4571 | might be found in all Italy--all Spain--all Europe. |
||
4572 | |||
4573 | The elder touched the younger, the white man the red |
||
4574 | man, as a king, a father, might have touched a prince, a |
||
4575 | son. He himself took the youth over our ship, showing |
||
4576 | him this, showing him that, had the music play for him, |
||
4577 | brought him to Fray Ignatio who talked of Christ, pointing |
||
4578 | oft to heaven. (To my thinking this action, often repeated, |
||
4579 | was one of the things that for so long made them |
||
4580 | certain we had come from the skies.) In the cabin he |
||
4581 | gave the Indian a cup of wine and a biscuit dipped in honey. |
||
4582 | He gave him a silken cap with a tassel and himself put |
||
4583 | round his throat one of our best strings of beads, and into |
||
4584 | his hand not one but three of the much-coveted hawk bells. |
||
4585 | He was kinder than rain after drought. First and last, he |
||
4586 | could well lend himself to the policy of kindness, for it was |
||
4587 | not lending. Kindness was his nature. |
||
4588 | |||
4589 | In an hour this Indian, returned to his canoe, was rowing toward shore with a swelling heart and a |
||
4590 | determined |
||
4591 | loyalty. He touched the island, and we could trust him to |
||
4592 | be missionary, preaching with all fervor of heaven and the |
||
4593 | gods. |
||
4594 | |||
4595 | Ay, me! |
||
4596 | |||
4597 | Whatever the other's defection, he more than covered it, |
||
4598 | the return of the canoe aiding. Santa Maria de la Concepcion |
||
4599 | became again friendly. But the Admiral that evening |
||
4600 | gave emphatic instruction to Martin and Vicente Pinzon |
||
4601 | and all the gathered Spaniards. Just here, I think, began |
||
4602 | the rift between him and many. Many would have by prompt |
||
4603 | taking, as they take in war. Were not all these heathen |
||
4604 | and given? But he would have another way round, though |
||
4605 | often he compromised with war; never wanting war but |
||
4606 | forced by his time and his companions. Sometimes, in the |
||
4607 | future, forced by the people we came among, but far |
||
4608 | oftener forced by greed and lust and violence of our own. |
||
4609 | Alas, again! Alas, again and again! |
||
4610 | |||
4611 | After Santa Maria de la Concepcion, Fernandina, and |
||
4612 | after Fernandina the most beautiful of islands, Isabella, |
||
4613 | where we lay three days. People upon this island seemed |
||
4614 | to us more civilized than the Salvador folk. The cotton |
||
4615 | was woven, loin cloths were worn, they had greater variety |
||
4616 | of calabashes, the huts were larger, the villages more regular. |
||
4617 | They slept in "hamacs" which are stout and wide |
||
4618 | cotton nets slung between posts, two or three feet above |
||
4619 | earth. Light, space-giving, easy of removal, these beds |
||
4620 | greatly took our fancy. |
||
4621 | |||
4622 | Here we sought determinedly for spice-giving trees and |
||
4623 | medicinal herbs and roots. It was not a spicery such as |
||
4624 | Europe depended upon, but still certain things seemed valuable! |
||
4625 | We gathered here and gathered there what might |
||
4626 | be taken to Spain. There grew an emulation to find. The |
||
4627 | Admiral offered prizes for such and such a commodity |
||
4628 | come upon. |
||
4629 | |||
4630 | We sailed from Isabella and after three days came to |
||
4631 | Cuba. |
||
4632 | |||
4633 | |||
4634 | |||
4635 | CHAPTER XVIII |
||
4636 | |||
4637 | CUBA! At first he called it Juana, but we came afterwards |
||
4638 | still to use the Indian name. Cuba! We saw |
||
4639 | it after three days, and it was little enough like |
||
4640 | Isabella, Fernandina, Concepcion, San Salvador and the |
||
4641 | islets the Admiral called Isles de Arena. It covered all our |
||
4642 | south, no level, shining thing that masthead could see around, |
||
4643 | but a mighty coast line, mountainous, with headlands and |
||
4644 | bays and river mouths. Now after long years, I who outlive |
||
4645 | the Admiral, know it for an island, but how could he |
||
4646 | or I or any know that in November fourteen hundred and |
||
4647 | ninety-two? He never believed it an island. |
||
4648 | |||
4649 | He stood on deck watching. "Cuba--Cuba! Have you |
||
4650 | not read of Cublai Khan? The sounds chime!" |
||
4651 | |||
4652 | "Cublai Khan. He lives in Quinsai." |
||
4653 | |||
4654 | "Ay. His splendid, capital city. Buildings all wonderful, |
||
4655 | and gardens like Mahound's paradise!" |
||
4656 | |||
4657 | "But if it is Cipango?" |
||
4658 | |||
4659 | "Ay. It may be Cipango. We have no angel here to tell |
||
4660 | us which. I would one would fly down and take us by the |
||
4661 | hand! Being men, we must make guesses." |
||
4662 | |||
4663 | Beautiful to us, splendid to us, was this coast of Cuba! |
||
4664 | We sailed by headlands and deep, narrow-necked bays, river |
||
4665 | mouths and hanging forests and bold cliffs. We sailed west |
||
4666 | and still headland followed headland, and still the lookout |
||
4667 | cried, "It stretched forever like the main!" |
||
4668 | |||
4669 | We came to a river where ships might ride. Sounding, |
||
4670 | we found deep water, entered river mouth and dropped |
||
4671 | anchor, then went ashore in the boats. Palms and their |
||
4672 | water doubles, and in the grove a small abandoned village. |
||
4673 | We had seen the people flee before us, and they were no |
||
4674 | more nor other kind of people than had showed in Concepcion |
||
4675 | or Fernandina. Yet were they a little wealthier. We |
||
4676 | found parrots on their perches, and two dogs, small and |
||
4677 | wolf-like that never barked. In one hut lay a harpoon |
||
4678 | tipped with bone, and a net for fishing. In another we |
||
4679 | found a wrought block of wood which Fray Ignatio pronounced |
||
4680 | their idol. |
||
4681 | |||
4682 | We went back to our ships, and leaving river, sailed on |
||
4683 | in a bright blue sea. The next day we doubled a cape and |
||
4684 | found a great haven, but silent and sailless, with no maritime |
||
4685 | city thronging the shore. What was this world, so huge, so |
||
4686 | sparely, rudely peopled? |
||
4687 | |||
4688 | We came to anchor close under shore in this haven. |
||
4689 | Again the marvelous water, but now it laved a bold and |
||
4690 | great country! We landed. Canoes fastened in a row, |
||
4691 | another village, most of the folk decamped, but a few |
||
4692 | brave men and women tarrying to find out something about |
||
4693 | heaven and its inmates. With toys again and pacific gestures |
||
4694 | we wiled them to us. |
||
4695 | |||
4696 | There was upon the _Santa Maria_ a young Indian who |
||
4697 | had chosen to come with us from Fernandina. He had courage |
||
4698 | and intelligence, was willing to receive instruction and |
||
4699 | baptism from Fray Ignatio, and first and last followed the |
||
4700 | Admiral with devotion. The latter had him christened |
||
4701 | Diego Colon. We taught him Spanish as fast and soundly as |
||
4702 | we might, and used him as interpreter. The tongue of his |
||
4703 | island was not just the tongue of Cuba, but near enough to |
||
4704 | serve. All these Indians have a gift of oratory and dote to |
||
4705 | speak at length, with firm voice and great gestures. Now |
||
4706 | we set Diego Colon to his narration. We of Castile had so |
||
4707 | much of the tongue by now that we could in some wise |
||
4708 | follow. |
||
4709 | |||
4710 | Forth it poured! We were gods come from heaven. |
||
4711 | Yonder stood the chief god that the others obeyed. He |
||
4712 | was very great, strong, good, wise, kind, giving beautiful |
||
4713 | gifts! We were all kind--no one was going to be hurt. |
||
4714 | We made magic with harac--which we called "gold." |
||
4715 | In heaven was not enough harac. So important is it to the |
||
4716 | best magic that a chief god has come to earth to seek it. |
||
4717 | We also liked cotton and things to eat, especially cassava |
||
4718 | cakes, and we liked a very few parrots. But it was gold |
||
4719 | that in chief we wanted. The man who brought the gods |
||
4720 | gold might go home with gifts so beautiful that there was |
||
4721 | never anything seen like them! Especially is there something |
||
4722 | that the gods call "bells" that ring and sound in |
||
4723 | your hand when you dance! Gold--do you know where |
||
4724 | to find it? Another thing! They desire to find a god who |
||
4725 | dropped out of the sky a long time ago, and has now a people |
||
4726 | and a great, marvelous village. Thinking he might be |
||
4727 | here, they have dived down to our land, for they dive in |
||
4728 | the sky as we dive in water! The name of the god they |
||
4729 | hunt is Grand Khan or Cublai Khan, and his village is |
||
4730 | Quinsai. Have you heard of him? They are very anxious |
||
4731 | to find him. The chief god with white hair and wonderful |
||
4732 | clothes--It is what they call clothes; under it they are as |
||
4733 | you and me, only the color is different--the chief god will |
||
4734 | give many bells to any folk who can show him the way to |
||
4735 | Quinsai. Gold and Quinsai where lives the god Grand |
||
4736 | Khan." |
||
4737 | |||
4738 | As might have been expected, this brought tidings. "Cubanacan! |
||
4739 | Cubanacan!" Whatever that might mean, they |
||
4740 | said it with assurance, pointing inland. Diego Colon interrupted |
||
4741 | their further speech. "There is a river. Go up |
||
4742 | it three days and come to great village. Cacique there |
||
4743 | wearing clothes. All men there have gold!" |
||
4744 | |||
4745 | Pedro Gutierrez spoke. "They'll promise anything for a |
||
4746 | hawk bell!" |
||
4747 | |||
4748 | "What do they understand and what do they not understand? |
||
4749 | What do they say and what do they not say?" |
||
4750 | That was Martin Pinzon. "Between them all we are |
||
4751 | fooled!" |
||
4752 | |||
4753 | The Admiral, who was gazing inland after the dark |
||
4754 | pointing finger, turned and spoke. "At the root of all |
||
4755 | things sit Patience and Make Trial! |
||
4756 | |||
4757 | "Well, I know," answered Pinzon, "that if these ships |
||
4758 | be not careened and mended we shall have trouble! Weather |
||
4759 | changes. There will be storm!" |
||
4760 | |||
4761 | He was right as to ships and weather, and the Admiral |
||
4762 | knew it and said as much. I never saw him grudge recognition |
||
4763 | to Martin Pinzon. It has been said that he did, but |
||
4764 | I never saw it. |
||
4765 | |||
4766 | That night, on board the _Santa Maria_ there was held a |
||
4767 | great council. At last it was settled that we should rest |
||
4768 | here a week and overhaul the ships, and that while that |
||
4769 | was doing, there should be sent two or three with Indian |
||
4770 | guides to find, if might be, this river and this town. |
||
4771 | And there were chosen, and given a week to go and come, |
||
4772 | Juan Lepe, Luis Torres and a seaman Roderigo Jerez, |
||
4773 | with Diego Colon, the Fernandina youth. Likewise there |
||
4774 | would go two Indians of this village, blithe enough to |
||
4775 | show their country to the gods and the gods to their country. |
||
4776 | |||
4777 | The next day being Sunday, Fray Ignatio preached a sermon |
||
4778 | to the Indians. He assumed, and at this time I think |
||
4779 | the Admiral assumed, that these folk had no religion. That |
||
4780 | was a mistake. I doubt if on earth can be found a people |
||
4781 | without religion. |
||
4782 | |||
4783 | Men and women they watched and listened, still, attentive, |
||
4784 | knowing that it had somehow to do with heaven. After |
||
4785 | sermon and after we had prayed and sung, we fashioned |
||
4786 | and set up a great cross upon cliff brow. Again the Indians |
||
4787 | watched and seemed to have some notion of what we |
||
4788 | did. |
||
4789 | |||
4790 | The remainder of the day we rested, and on Monday |
||
4791 | early Roderigo Jerez, Luis Torres and Juan Lepe with |
||
4792 | Diego Colon and two Cuba men made departure, We had |
||
4793 | a pack of presents and a letter from the Admiral. For we |
||
4794 | might meet some administrator or commandant or other, |
||
4795 | from Quinsai or Zaiton or we knew not where. This was |
||
4796 | the first of many--ah, so many--expeditions, separations |
||
4797 | from main body and return, or not return, as the case |
||
4798 | might be! |
||
4799 | |||
4800 | |||
4801 | |||
4802 | CHAPTER XIX |
||
4803 | |||
4804 | FOREST endless and splendid! We white men often |
||
4805 | saw no path, but the red-brown men saw it. It ran |
||
4806 | level, it climbed, it descended; then began the three |
||
4807 | again. It was lost, it was found. They said, "Here path!" |
||
4808 | But we had to serpent through thickets, or make |
||
4809 | way on edge of dizzy crag, or find footing through morass. |
||
4810 | We came to great stretches of reeds and yielding grass, |
||
4811 | giving with every step into water. It was to toil through |
||
4812 | this under hot sun, with stinging clouds of insects. But |
||
4813 | when they were left behind we might step into a grove of |
||
4814 | the gods, such firmness, such pleasantness, such shady going |
||
4815 | or happy resting under trees that dropped fruit. |
||
4816 | |||
4817 | We met no great forest beasts. There seemed to be none |
||
4818 | in this part of Asia. And yet Luis and I had read of great |
||
4819 | beasts. Dogs of no considerable size were the largest four- |
||
4820 | footed things we had come upon from San Salvador to |
||
4821 | Cuba. There were what they called _utias_, like a rabbit, |
||
4822 | much used for food, and twice we had seen an animal the |
||
4823 | size of a fox hanging from a bough by its tail. |
||
4824 | |||
4825 | If the beasts were few the birds were many. To see the |
||
4826 | parrots great and small and gorgeously colored, to see those |
||
4827 | small, small birds like tossed jewels that never sang but |
||
4828 | hummed like a bee, to hear a gray bird sing clear and loud |
||
4829 | and sweet every strain that sang other birds, was to see |
||
4830 | and hear most joyous things. Lizards were innumerable; |
||
4831 | at edge of a marsh we met with tortoises; once we passed |
||
4832 | coiled around a tree a great serpent. It looked at us with |
||
4833 | beady eyes, but the Indians said it would not harm a man. |
||
4834 | A thousand, thousand butterflies spread their painted fans. |
||
4835 | |||
4836 | The trees! so huge of girth and height and wherever was |
||
4837 | room so spreading, so rich of grain, so full, I knew, of |
||
4838 | strange virtues! We found one that I thought was cinnamon, |
||
4839 | and broke twigs and bark and put in our great pouch |
||
4840 | for the Admiral. Only time might tell the wealth of this |
||
4841 | green multitude. I thought, "Here is gold, if we would wait |
||
4842 | for it!" Fruit trees sprang by our path. We had with us |
||
4843 | some provision of biscuit and dried meat, and we never |
||
4844 | lacked golden or purple delectable orbs. We found the |
||
4845 | palm that bears the great nut, giving alike meat and |
||
4846 | milk. |
||
4847 | |||
4848 | By now Luis Torres and I had no little of Diego Colon's |
||
4849 | tongue and he had Spanish enough to understand the simplest |
||
4850 | statements and orders. Ferdandina tongue was not |
||
4851 | quite Cuba tongue, but it was like enough to furnish sea |
||
4852 | room. We asked this, we asked that. No! No one had |
||
4853 | ever come to the end of their country. When one town |
||
4854 | was left behind, at last you came to another town. One |
||
4855 | by one, were they bigger, better towns? They seemed to |
||
4856 | say that they were, but here was always, I thought, doubtful |
||
4857 | understanding. But no one had ever walked around their |
||
4858 | country--they seemed to laugh at the notion--land that |
||
4859 | way, always land! On the other hand, there was sea yonder |
||
4860 | --like sea here. They pointed south. Not so far there! |
||
4861 | "It must be," said Luis, "that Cuba is narrow, though |
||
4862 | without end westwardly. A great point or tongue of |
||
4863 | Asia?" |
||
4864 | |||
4865 | The Cubans were strong young men and not unintelligent. |
||
4866 | "Chiefs?" Yes, they had chiefs, they called them |
||
4867 | _caciques_. Some of them were fighters, they and their people. |
||
4868 | Not fighters like Caribs! Whereupon the speaker |
||
4869 | rose--we were resting under a tree--and facing south, |
||
4870 | used for gesture a strong shudder and a movement as if to |
||
4871 | flee. |
||
4872 | |||
4873 | South--south--always they pointed south! We were |
||
4874 | going south--inland. Would we come to Caribs? But |
||
4875 | no. Caribs seemed not to be in Cuba, but beyond sea, in |
||
4876 | islands. |
||
4877 | |||
4878 | Luis and I made progress in language and knowledge. |
||
4879 | Roderigo Jerez, a simple man, slept or tried the many kinds |
||
4880 | of fruit, or teased the slender, green-flame lizards. |
||
4881 | |||
4882 | We slept this night high on the mountainside, on soft grass |
||
4883 | near a fall of water. The Indians showed no fear of attack |
||
4884 | from man or beast. They could make fire in a most |
||
4885 | ingenious fashion, setting stick against larger stick and |
||
4886 | turning the first with such skill, vigor and persistence that |
||
4887 | presently arose heat, a spark, fire. But they seemed to need |
||
4888 | or wish no watch fire. They lay, naked and careless, innocent-- |
||
4889 | fearless, as though the whole land were their castle. |
||
4890 | Luis tried to find out how they felt about dangers. We |
||
4891 | pieced together. "None here! And the Great Lizard takes |
||
4892 | care!" That was the Cuban. Diego Colon said, "The |
||
4893 | Great Turtle takes care!" |
||
4894 | |||
4895 | Luis Torres laughed. "Fray Ignatio should hear that!" |
||
4896 | |||
4897 | "It is on the road," I said and went to sleep. |
||
4898 | |||
4899 | The second day's going proved less difficult than the first. |
||
4900 | Less difficult means difficult enough! And as yet we had met |
||
4901 | no one nor anything that remotely favored golden-roofed |
||
4902 | Cipango, or famous, rich Quinsai, or Zaiton of the marble |
||
4903 | bridges. Jerez climbed a tall tree and coming down reported |
||
4904 | forest and mountain, and naught else. Our companions |
||
4905 | watched with interest his climbing. "Do you go |
||
4906 | up trees in heaven?" |
||
4907 | |||
4908 | This morning we had bathed in a pool below the little |
||
4909 | waterfall. Diego Colon by now was used to us so, but the |
||
4910 | Cuba men displayed excitement. They had not yet in mind |
||
4911 | separated us from our clothes. Now we were separated and |
||
4912 | were found in all our members like them, only the color differing. |
||
4913 | Color and the short beards of Luis Torres and Juan |
||
4914 | Lepe. They wished to touch and examine our clothes |
||
4915 | lying upon the bank, but here Diego Colon interfered. |
||
4916 | They were full of magic. Something terrible might happen! |
||
4917 | When Luis and I came forth from water and dried |
||
4918 | ourselves with handfuls of the warm grass, they asked: |
||
4919 | "Do they do so in heaven?" The stronger, more intelligent |
||
4920 | of the two, added, "It is not so different!" |
||
4921 | |||
4922 | I said to Luis as we took path after breakfast, "It is |
||
4923 | borne in upon me that only from ourselves, Admiral to |
||
4924 | ship boy, can we keep up this heaven ballad! Clothes, |
||
4925 | beads and hawk bells, cannon, harquebus, trumpet and |
||
4926 | banner, ship and sails, royal letters and blessing of the Pope |
||
4927 | --nothing will do it long unless we do it ourselves!" |
||
4928 | |||
4929 | "Agreed!" quoth Luis. "But gods and angels are beginning |
||
4930 | to slip and slide, back there by the ships! We have |
||
4931 | the less temptation here." |
||
4932 | |||
4933 | He began to speak of a sailor and a brown girl upon |
||
4934 | whom he had stumbled in a close wood a little way from |
||
4935 | shore. She thought Tomaso Pasamonte was a god wooing |
||
4936 | her and was half-frightened, half-fain. "And two hours |
||
4937 | later I saw Don Pedro Gutierrez--" |
||
4938 | |||
4939 | "Ay," said Juan Lepe. "The same story! The oldest |
||
4940 | that is!" And as at the word our savages, who had been |
||
4941 | talking together, now at the next resting place put forward |
||
4942 | their boldest, who with great reverence asked if there were |
||
4943 | women in heaven. |
||
4944 | |||
4945 | Through most of this day we struggled with a difficult |
||
4946 | if fantastically beautiful country. Where rock outcropped |
||
4947 | and in the sands of bright rapid streams we looked |
||
4948 | for signs of that gold, so stressed as though it were the |
||
4949 | only salvation! But the rocks were silent, and though in |
||
4950 | the bed of a shrunken streamlet we found some glistening |
||
4951 | particles and scraping them carefully together got a small |
||
4952 | spoonful to wrap in cloth and bestow in our pouch of |
||
4953 | treasures, still were we not sure that it was wholly gold. It |
||
4954 | might be. We worked for an hour for just this pinch. |
||
4955 | |||
4956 | Since yesterday morning our path had been perfectly |
||
4957 | solitary. Then suddenly, when we were, we thought, six |
||
4958 | leagues at least from the ships, the way turning and entering |
||
4959 | a small green dell, we came upon three Indians seated |
||
4960 | resting, their backs to palm trees. We halted, they raised |
||
4961 | their eyes. They stared, they rose in amazement at the sight |
||
4962 | of those gods, Roderigo Jerez, Luis Torres and Juan Lepe. |
||
4963 | They stood like statues with great eyes and parted lips. For |
||
4964 | us, coming silently upon them, we had too our moment of |
||
4965 | astonishment. |
||
4966 | |||
4967 | They were three copper men, naked, fairly tall and well |
||
4968 | to look at. But each had between his lips what seemed a |
||
4969 | brown stick, burning at the far end, dropping a light ash |
||
4970 | and sending up a thin cloud of odorous smoke. These burning |
||
4971 | sticks they dropped as they rose. They had seemed so |
||
4972 | silent, so contented, so happy, sitting there with backs to |
||
4973 | trees, a firebrand in each mouth, I felt a love for them! |
||
4974 | Luis thought the lighted sticks some rite of their religion, |
||
4975 | but after a while when we came to examine them, we found |
||
4976 | them not true stick, but some large, thickish brown leaf |
||
4977 | tightly twisted and pressed together and having a pungent, |
||
4978 | not unpleasing odor. We crumbled one in our hands and |
||
4979 | tasted it. The taste was also pungent, strange, but one |
||
4980 | might grow to like it. They called the stick tobacco, and |
||
4981 | said they always used it thus with fire, drinking in the smoke |
||
4982 | and puffing it out again as they showed us through the |
||
4983 | nostrils. We thought it a great curiosity, and so it was! |
||
4984 | |||
4985 | But to them we were unearthly beings. The men from |
||
4986 | the sea told of us, then as it were introduced Diego Colon, |
||
4987 | who spoke proudly with appropriate gesture, loving always |
||
4988 | his part of herald Mercury--or rather of herald Mercury's |
||
4989 | herald--not assuming to be god himself, but cherishing |
||
4990 | the divine efflux and the importance it rayed upon him! |
||
4991 | |||
4992 | The three Indians quivered with a sense of the great |
||
4993 | adventure! Their town was yonder. They themselves had |
||
4994 | been on the path to such and such a place, but now would |
||
4995 | they turn and go with us, and when we went again to the |
||
4996 | sea they, if it were permitted, would accompany us and |
||
4997 | view for themselves our amazing canoes! All this to our |
||
4998 | companion. They backed with great deference from us. |
||
4999 | |||
5000 | We went with these Indians to their town, evidently the |
||
5001 | town which we sought. And indeed it was larger, fitter, a |
||
5002 | more ordered community than any we had met this side |
||
5003 | Ocean-Sea, though far, far from travelers' tales of Orient |
||
5004 | cities! It was set under trees, palm trees and others, by |
||
5005 | the side of a clear river. The huts were larger than those |
||
5006 | by the sea, and set not at random but in rows with a great |
||
5007 | trodden square in the middle. From town to river where |
||
5008 | they fished and where, under overhanging palms, we found |
||
5009 | many Canoes, ran a way wider than a path, much like a |
||
5010 | narrow road. But there were no wheeled vehicles nor |
||
5011 | draught animals. We were to find that in all these lands |
||
5012 | they on occasion carried their caciques or the sick or hurt |
||
5013 | in litters or palanquins borne on men's shoulders. But for |
||
5014 | carrying, grinding, drawing, they knew naught of the wheel. |
||
5015 | It seemed strange that any part of Asia should not know! |
||
5016 | |||
5017 | In this town we found the cacique, and with him a _butio_ |
||
5018 | or priest. Once, too, I thought, our king and church were |
||
5019 | undeveloped like these. We were looking in these lands |
||
5020 | upon the bud which elsewhere we knew in the flower. That |
||
5021 | to Juan Lepe seemed the difference between them and us. |
||
5022 | |||
5023 | The people swarmed out upon us. When the first admiration |
||
5024 | was somewhat over, when Diego Colon and the two |
||
5025 | seaside men and the Cubans of the burning sticks had made |
||
5026 | explanation, we were swept with them into their public |
||
5027 | square and to a hut much larger than common where we |
||
5028 | found a stately Indian, the cacique, and an ancient wrinkled |
||
5029 | man, the _butio_. These met us with their own assumption |
||
5030 | of something like godship. They had no lack of manner, |
||
5031 | and Luis and I had the Castilian to draw upon. Then came |
||
5032 | presents and Diego Colon interpreting. But as for the |
||
5033 | Admiral's letter, though I showed it, it was not understood. |
||
5034 | |||
5035 | It was gazed upon and touched, considered a heavenly |
||
5036 | rarity like the hawk bells we gave them, but not read nor |
||
5037 | tried to be read. The writing upon it was the natural |
||
5038 | veining of some most strange leaf that grew in heaven, or |
||
5039 | it was the pattern miraculously woven by a miraculous |
||
5040 | workman with thread miraculously finer than their cotton! |
||
5041 | It was strange that they should have no notion at all--not |
||
5042 | even their chieftains and priests--of writing! Any part |
||
5043 | of Asia, however withdrawn, surely should have tradition |
||
5044 | there, if not practice! |
||
5045 | |||
5046 | In this hut or lodge, doored but not windowed, we found |
||
5047 | a kind of table and seats fashioned from blocks of some |
||
5048 | dark wood rudely carved and polished. The cacique would |
||
5049 | have us seated, sat himself beside us, the _butio_ at his hand. |
||
5050 | |||
5051 | There seemed no especial warrior class. We noted that, |
||
5052 | it being one of the things it was ever in order to note. No |
||
5053 | particular band of fighting men stood about that block |
||
5054 | of polished wood, that was essentially throne or chair of |
||
5055 | state. The village owned slender, bone or flint-headed lances, |
||
5056 | but these rested idly in corners. Upon occasion all or any |
||
5057 | might use them, but there was no evidence that those occasions |
||
5058 | came often. There was no body of troops, nor armor, |
||
5059 | no shields, no crossbows, no swords. They had knives, |
||
5060 | rudely made of some hard stone, but it seemed that they |
||
5061 | were made for hunting and felling and dividing. No clothing |
||
5062 | hid from us any frame. The cacique had about his middle |
||
5063 | a girdle of wrought cotton with worked ends and some |
||
5064 | of the women wore as slight a dress, but that was all. They |
||
5065 | were formed well, all of them, lithe and slender, not lacking |
||
5066 | either in sinew and muscle, but it was sinew and muscle of |
||
5067 | the free, graceful, wild world, not brawn of bowman and |
||
5068 | pikeman and swordman and knight with his heavy lance. |
||
5069 | In something they might be like the Moor when one saw |
||
5070 | him naked, but the Moor, too, was perfected in arms, and |
||
5071 | so they were not like. |
||
5072 | |||
5073 | We did not know as yet if ever there were winter in this |
||
5074 | land. It seemed perpetual, serene and perfect summer. Behind |
||
5075 | these huts ran small gardens wherein were set melons |
||
5076 | and a large pepper of which we grew fond, and a nourishing |
||
5077 | root, and other plants. But the soil was rich, rich, and |
||
5078 | they loosened and furrowed it with a sharpened stick. There |
||
5079 | were no great forest beasts to set them sternly hunting. |
||
5080 | What then could give them toil? Not gathering the always |
||
5081 | falling fruit; not cutting from the trees and drying the |
||
5082 | calabashes, great and small, that they used for all manner |
||
5083 | of receptacle; not drawing out with a line of some stouter |
||
5084 | fiber than cotton and with a hook of bone or thorn the |
||
5085 | painted fish from their crystal water! To fell trees for |
||
5086 | canoes, to hollow the canoe, was labor, as was the building |
||
5087 | of their huts, but divided among so many it became light |
||
5088 | labor. In those days we saw no Indian figure bowed with |
||
5089 | toil, and when it came it was not the Indian who imposed |
||
5090 | it. |
||
5091 | |||
5092 | But they swam, they rowed their canoes, they hunted in |
||
5093 | their not arduous fashion, they roved afar in their country |
||
5094 | at peace, and they danced. That last was their fair, their |
||
5095 | games, their tourney, their pilgrimage, their processions to |
||
5096 | church, their attendance at mass, their expression of anything |
||
5097 | else that they felt altogether and at once! It was like |
||
5098 | children's play, renewed forever, and forever with zest. But |
||
5099 | they did not treat it as play. We had been showed dances |
||
5100 | in Concepcion and Isabella, but here in Cuba, in this inland |
||
5101 | town, Jerez and Luis and I were given to see a great and |
||
5102 | formal dance, arranged all in honor of us, gods descended |
||
5103 | for our own reasons to mix with men! They danced in the |
||
5104 | square, but first they made us a feast with _hutias_ and cassava |
||
5105 | and fish and fruit and a drink not unlike mead, exhilarating |
||
5106 | but not bestowing drunkenness. Grapes were all over these |
||
5107 | lands, purple clusters hanging high and low, but they knew |
||
5108 | not wine. |
||
5109 | |||
5110 | Men and women danced, now in separate bands, now |
||
5111 | mingled together. Decorum was kept. We afterwards |
||
5112 | knew that it had been a religious dance. They had war |
||
5113 | dances, hunting dances, dances at the planting of their corn, |
||
5114 | ghost dances and others. This now was a thing to watch, |
||
5115 | like a beautiful masque. They were very graceful, very supple; |
||
5116 | they had their own dignity. |
||
5117 | |||
5118 | We learned much in the three days we spent in this town. |
||
5119 | Men and women for instance! That nakedness of the body, |
||
5120 | that free and public mingling, going about work and adventure |
||
5121 | and play together, worked, thought Juan Lepe no |
||
5122 | harm. Later on in this vast adventure of a new world, |
||
5123 | some of our churchmen were given to asserting that they |
||
5124 | lived like animals, though the animals also are there slandered! |
||
5125 | The women were free and complaisant; there were |
||
5126 | many children about. But matings, I thought, occurred |
||
5127 | only of free and mutual desire, and not more frequently |
||
5128 | than in other countries. The women were not without modesty, |
||
5129 | nor the men without a pale chivalry. At first I thought |
||
5130 | constraint or rule did not enter in, but after a talk with their |
||
5131 | priest through Diego Colon, I gathered that there prevailed |
||
5132 | tribe and kinship restraints. Later we were to find that a |
||
5133 | great network of "thou shalt" and "thou shalt not" ran |
||
5134 | through their total society, wherever or to what members |
||
5135 | it might extend. Common good, or what was supposed to |
||
5136 | be common good, was the master here as it is everywhere! |
||
5137 | The women worked the gardens, the men hunted; both men |
||
5138 | and women fished. Women might be caciques. There were |
||
5139 | women caciques, they said, farther on in their land. And it |
||
5140 | seemed to us that name and family were counted from the |
||
5141 | mother's side. |
||
5142 | |||
5143 | The Admiral had solemnly laid it upon us to discover the |
||
5144 | polity of this new world. If they held fief from fief, then |
||
5145 | at last we must come through however many overlords to |
||
5146 | the seigneur of them all, Grand Khan or Emperor. We |
||
5147 | applied ourselves to cacique and butio, but we found no |
||
5148 | Grand Seigneur. There were other caciques. When the |
||
5149 | Caribs descended they banded together. They had dimly, |
||
5150 | we thought, the idea of a war-lord. But it ended there, when |
||
5151 | the war ended. Tribute: He found they had no idea of |
||
5152 | tribute. Cotton grew everywhere! Cotton, cassava, calabashes, |
||
5153 | all things! When they visited a cacique they took |
||
5154 | him gifts, and at parting he gave them gifts. That was all. |
||
5155 | |||
5156 | Gold? They knew of it. When they found a bit they kept |
||
5157 | it for ornament. The cacique possessed a piece the size |
||
5158 | of a ducat, suspended by a string of cotton. It had been |
||
5159 | given to him by a cacique who lived on the great water. |
||
5160 | Perhaps he took it from the Caribs. But it was in the mountains, too. He indicated the heights beyond. |
||
5161 | Sometimes |
||
5162 | they scraped it from sand under the stream. He seemed indifferent |
||
5163 | to it. But Diego Colon, coming in, said that it |
||
5164 | was much prized in heaven, being used for high magic, and |
||
5165 | that we would give heavenly gifts for it. Resulted from that |
||
5166 | the production in an hour of every shining flake and grain |
||
5167 | and button piece the village owned. We carried from this |
||
5168 | place to the Admiral a small gourd filled with gold. But it |
||
5169 | was not greatly plentiful; that was evident to any thinking |
||
5170 | man! But we had so many who were not thinking men. |
||
5171 | And the Admiral had to appease with his reports gold-thirsty |
||
5172 | great folk in Spain. |
||
5173 | |||
5174 | We spent three days in this village and they were days for |
||
5175 | gods and Indians of happy wonder and learning. They |
||
5176 | would have us describe heaven. Luis and I told them of |
||
5177 | Europe. We pointed to the east. They said that they knew |
||
5178 | that heaven rested there upon the great water. The town |
||
5179 | of the sun was over there. Had we seen the sun's town? Was |
||
5180 | it beside us in heaven, in "Europe"? The sun went down |
||
5181 | under the mountains, and there he found a river and his |
||
5182 | canoe. He rowed all night until he came to his town. Then |
||
5183 | he ate cassava cakes and rested, while the green and gold |
||
5184 | and red Lizard [These were "Lizard" folk. They had a |
||
5185 | Lizard painted on a great post by the cacique's house.] went |
||
5186 | ahead to say that he was coming. Then he rose, right out |
||
5187 | of the great water, and there was day again! But we must |
||
5188 | know about the sun's town; we, the gods! |
||
5189 | |||
5190 | Luis and I could have stayed long while and disentangled |
||
5191 | this place and loved the doing it. |
||
5192 | |||
5193 | But it was to return to the Admiral and the waiting ships. |
||
5194 | |||
5195 | The three tobacco men would go with us to see wonders, |
||
5196 | so we returned nine in number along the path. Before we |
||
5197 | set out we saw that a storm threatened. All six Indians |
||
5198 | were loth to depart until it was over, and the cacique would |
||
5199 | have kept us. But Luis and I did not know how long the |
||
5200 | bad weather might hold and we must get to the ships. It |
||
5201 | was Jerez who told them boastfully that gods did not fear |
||
5202 | storms,--specimen of that Spanish folly of ours that worked |
||
5203 | harm and harm again! |
||
5204 | |||
5205 | We traveled until afternoon agreeably enough, then with |
||
5206 | great swiftness the clouds climbed and thickened. Sun went |
||
5207 | out, air grew dark. The Indians behind us on the path, that |
||
5208 | was so narrow that we must tread one after the other, spoke |
||
5209 | among themselves, then Diego Colon pushed through marvelously |
||
5210 | huge, rich fern to Luis and me. "They say, `will |
||
5211 | not the gods tell the clouds to go away?' " But doubt like |
||
5212 | a gnome sat in the youth's eye. We had had bad weather off |
||
5213 | Isabella, and the gods had had to wait for the sun like |
||
5214 | others. By now Diego Colon had seen many and strange |
||
5215 | miracles, but he had likewise found limitations, quite numerous |
||
5216 | and decisive limitations! He thought that here was |
||
5217 | one, and I explained to him that he thought correctly. Europeans |
||
5218 | could do many things but this was not among them. |
||
5219 | Luis and I watched him tell the Cubans that he, Diego |
||
5220 | Colon, had never said that we three were among the highest |
||
5221 | gods. Even the great, white-headed, chief god yonder in the |
||
5222 | winged canoe was said to be less than some other gods in |
||
5223 | heaven which we called Europe, and over all was a High |
||
5224 | God who could do everything, scatter clouds, stop thunder |
||
5225 | or send thunder, everything! Had we brought our butio |
||
5226 | with us he might perhaps have made great magic and helped |
||
5227 | things. As it was, we must take luck. That seeming rational |
||
5228 | to the Indians, we proceeded, our glory something diminished, |
||
5229 | but still sufficient. |
||
5230 | |||
5231 | The storm climbed and thickened and evidently was to |
||
5232 | become a fury. Wind began to whistle, trees to bend, lightnings |
||
5233 | to play, thunder to sound. It grew. We stood in |
||
5234 | blazing light, thunder almost burst our ears, a tree was riven |
||
5235 | a bow-shot away. Great warm rain began to fall. We |
||
5236 | could hardly stand against the wind. We were going under |
||
5237 | mountainside with a splashing stream below us. Diego |
||
5238 | Colon shouted, as he must to get above wind and thunder. |
||
5239 | "Hurry! hurry! They know place." All began to run. |
||
5240 | After a battle to make way at all, we came to a slope of loose, |
||
5241 | small stones and vine and fern. This we climbed, passed |
||
5242 | behind a jagged mass of rock, and found a cavern. A |
||
5243 | flash lit it for us, then another and another. At mouth |
||
5244 | it might be twenty feet across, was deep and narrowed |
||
5245 | like a funnel. Panting, we threw ourselves on the cave |
||
5246 | floor. |
||
5247 | |||
5248 | The storm prevailed through the rest of this day and far |
||
5249 | into the night. "_Hurricane!_" said the Cubans. "Not great |
||
5250 | one, little one!" But we from Spain thought it a great |
||
5251 | enough hurricane. The rain fell as though it would make |
||
5252 | another flood and in much less than forty days. We must |
||
5253 | be silent, for wind and thunder allowed no other choice. |
||
5254 | Streams of rain came into the cavern, but we found ledges |
||
5255 | curtained by rock. We ate cassava cake and drank from a |
||
5256 | runlet of water. The storm made almost night, then actual |
||
5257 | night arrived. We curled ourselves up, hugging ourselves |
||
5258 | for warmth, and went to sleep. |
||
5259 | |||
5260 | The third day from the town we came to the sea and the |
||
5261 | ships. All seemed well. Our companions had felt the |
||
5262 | storm, had tales to tell of wrenched anchors and the _Pinta's_ |
||
5263 | boat beat almost to pieces, uprooted trees, wind, lightning, |
||
5264 | thunder and rain. But they cut short their recital, wishing |
||
5265 | to know what we had found. |
||
5266 | |||
5267 | Luis and I made report to the Admiral. He sat under a |
||
5268 | huge tree and around gathered the Pinzons, Fray Ignatio, |
||
5269 | Diego de Arana, Roderigo Sanchez and others. We related; |
||
5270 | they questioned, we answered; there was discussion; the |
||
5271 | Admiral summed up. |
||
5272 | |||
5273 | But later I spoke to him alone. We were now on ship, |
||
5274 | making ready for sailing. We would go eastward, around |
||
5275 | this point of Asia, since from what all said it must be |
||
5276 | point, and see what was upon the other side. "They all |
||
5277 | gesture south! They say `Babeque--Babeque! Bohio!' " |
||
5278 | |||
5279 | I asked him, "Why is it that these Indians here seem glad |
||
5280 | for us to go?" |
||
5281 | |||
5282 | He sighed impatiently, drawing one hand through the |
||
5283 | other, with him a recurring gesture. "It is the women! |
||
5284 | Certain of our men--" I saw him look at Gutierrez who |
||
5285 | passed. |
||
5286 | |||
5287 | "Tomaso Passamonte, too," I said. |
||
5288 | |||
5289 | "Yes. And others. It is the old woe! Now they have |
||
5290 | only to kill a man!" |
||
5291 | |||
5292 | He arraigned short-sightedness. I said, "But still we are |
||
5293 | from heaven?" |
||
5294 | |||
5295 | "Still. But some of the gods--just five or six, say-- |
||
5296 | have fearful ways!" He laughed, sorrowfully and angrily. |
||
5297 | "And you think there is little gold, and that we are very |
||
5298 | far from clothed and lettered Asia?" |
||
5299 | |||
5300 | "So far," I answered, "that I see not why we call these |
||
5301 | brown, naked folk Indians." |
||
5302 | |||
5303 | "What else would you call them?" |
||
5304 | |||
5305 | "I do not know that." |
||
5306 | |||
5307 | "Why, then, let us still call them Indians." He drummed |
||
5308 | upon the rail before him, then broke out, "Christ! I think |
||
5309 | we do esteem hard, present, hand-held gold too much!" |
||
5310 | |||
5311 | "I say yes to that!" |
||
5312 | |||
5313 | He said, "We should hold to the joy of Discovery and |
||
5314 | great use hereafter--mounting use!" |
||
5315 | |||
5316 | "Aye." |
||
5317 | |||
5318 | "Here is virgin land, vast and beautiful, with a clime like |
||
5319 | heaven, and room for a hundred colonies such as Greece and |
||
5320 | Rome sent out! Here is a docile, unwarlike people ready to |
||
5321 | be industrious servitors and peasants, for which we do give |
||
5322 | them salvation of their souls! It is all Spain's, the banner |
||
5323 | is planted, the names given! We are too impatient! We |
||
5324 | cannot have it between dawn and sunset! But look into the |
||
5325 | future--there is wealth beyond counting! No great amount |
||
5326 | of gold, but enough to show that there is gold." |
||
5327 | |||
5328 | I followed the working of his mind. It was to smile |
||
5329 | somewhat sorrowfully, seeing his great difficulties. He was |
||
5330 | the born Discoverer mightily loving Discovery, and watching |
||
5331 | the Beloved in her life through time. But he had to |
||
5332 | serve Prince Have-it-now, in the city Greed. I said, "Senor, |
||
5333 | do not put too much splendor in your journal for the King |
||
5334 | and Queen and the Spanish merchants and the Church and |
||
5335 | all the chivalry that the ended war releases! Or, if you |
||
5336 | prophesy, mark it prophecy. It is a great trouble in the |
||
5337 | world that men do not know when one day is talked of or |
||
5338 | when is meant great ranges of days! Otherwise you will |
||
5339 | have all thirsty Spain sailing for Ophir and Golden Chersonesus, |
||
5340 | wealth immediate, gilding Midas where he stands! |
||
5341 | If they find disappointment they will not think of the future; |
||
5342 | they will smite you!" |
||
5343 | |||
5344 | I knew that he was writing in that book too ardently, |
||
5345 | and that he was even now composing letters to great persons |
||
5346 | to be dispatched from what Spanish port he should |
||
5347 | first enter, coming back east from west, over Ocean-Sea, |
||
5348 | from Asia! |
||
5349 | |||
5350 | But he had long, long followed his own advice, stood by |
||
5351 | his own course. The doing so had so served him that it |
||
5352 | was natural he should have confidence. Now he said only, |
||
5353 | "I do the best I can! I have little sea room. One Scylla |
||
5354 | and Charybdis? Nay, a whole brood of them!" |
||
5355 | |||
5356 | I could agree to that. I saw it coming up the ways that |
||
5357 | they would give him less and less sea room. He went on, |
||
5358 | "Merchandise has to be made attractive! The cook dresses |
||
5359 | the dish, the girl puts flowers in her hair. . . . Yet, in the |
||
5360 | end the wares are mighty beyond description! The dish is |
||
5361 | for Pope and King--the girl is a bride for a paladin!" |
||
5362 | |||
5363 | Again he was right afar and over the great span. But |
||
5364 | they would not see in Spain, or not many would see, that |
||
5365 | the whole span must be taken. But I was not one to |
||
5366 | chide him, seeing that I, too, saw afar, and they would not |
||
5367 | see with me either in Spain. |
||
5368 | |||
5369 | |||
5370 | |||
5371 | CHAPTER XX |
||
5372 | |||
5373 | WE sailed for two days east by south. But the |
||
5374 | weather that had been perfection for long and |
||
5375 | long again from Palos, now was changed. Dead |
||
5376 | winds delayed us, the sea ridged, clouds blotted out the |
||
5377 | blue. We held on. There was a great cape which we called |
||
5378 | Cape Cuba. Off this a storm met us. We lived it out and |
||
5379 | made into one of those bottle harbors of which, first and |
||
5380 | last, we were to find God knows how many in Cuba! |
||
5381 | |||
5382 | The Admiral named it Puerto del Principe, and we raised |
||
5383 | on shore here a very great cross. We had done this on |
||
5384 | every considerable island since San Salvador and now twice |
||
5385 | on this coast. There were behind us seven or eight crosses. |
||
5386 | The banner planted was the sign of the Sovereignty of Spain, |
||
5387 | the cross the sign of Holy Church, Sovereign over sovereigns, |
||
5388 | who gave these lands to Spain, as she gave Africa |
||
5389 | and the islands to Portugal. We came to a great number |
||
5390 | of islets, rivers of clear blue sea between. The ships lay |
||
5391 | to and we took boat and went among these. The King's |
||
5392 | Gardens, the Admiral called them, and the calm sea between |
||
5393 | them and mainland the Sea of Our Lady. They were |
||
5394 | thickly wooded, and we thought we found cinnamon, aloes |
||
5395 | and mastic. Two lovely days we had in this wilderness |
||
5396 | of isles and channels where was no man nor woman at all, |
||
5397 | then again we went east and south, the land trending that |
||
5398 | way. Very distant, out of eastern waste, rose what seemed |
||
5399 | a large island. The Admiral said that we should go discover, |
||
5400 | and we changed course toward it, but in three hours' |
||
5401 | time met furious weather. The sea rose, clouds like night |
||
5402 | closed us in. Night came on without a star and a contrary |
||
5403 | wind blew always. When the dawn broke sullenly we were |
||
5404 | beaten back to Cuba, and a great promontory against which |
||
5405 | truly we might have been dashed stood to our north and |
||
5406 | shut out coast of yesterday. Here we hung a day and |
||
5407 | night, and then the wind lulling and the sea running not |
||
5408 | so high, we made again for that island which might be |
||
5409 | Babeque. We had Indians aboard, but the sea and the |
||
5410 | whipping and groaning of our masts and rigging and sails |
||
5411 | and the pitching of the ship terrified them, and terror made |
||
5412 | them dull. They sat with knees drawn up and head buried |
||
5413 | in arms and shivered, and knew not Babeque from anything |
||
5414 | else. |
||
5415 | |||
5416 | Christopherus Columbus could be very obstinate. Wishing |
||
5417 | strongly to gain that island, through all this day he had |
||
5418 | us strive toward it. But the wind was directly ahead and |
||
5419 | strong as ten giants. The master and others made representations, |
||
5420 | and at last he nodded his gray head and ordered |
||
5421 | the _Santa Maria_ put about and the Pinta and the Nina |
||
5422 | signaled. The Nina harkened and turned, but the Pinta. |
||
5423 | at some distance seemed deaf and blind. Night fell while |
||
5424 | still we signaled. We were now for Cuba, and the wind |
||
5425 | directly behind us, but yet as long as we could see, the Pinta |
||
5426 | chose not to turn. We set lights for signals, but her light |
||
5427 | fell farther and farther astern. She was a swifter sailer |
||
5428 | than we; there was no reason for that increasing distance. |
||
5429 | We lay to, the _Nina_ beside us. Ere long we wholly lost |
||
5430 | the Pinta's light. Night passed. When morning broke |
||
5431 | Captain Martin Alonso Pinzon and the Pinta were gone. |
||
5432 | |||
5433 | The sea, though rough, was not too perilous, and never |
||
5434 | a signal of distress had been seen nor heard. |
||
5435 | |||
5436 | "Lost? Is the Pinta lost?" |
||
5437 | |||
5438 | "Lost! No!--But, yes. Willfully lost!" |
||
5439 | |||
5440 | It was Roderigo Sanchez who knew not much of the |
||
5441 | sea who asked, and the Admiral answered. But having |
||
5442 | spoken it that once, he closed his strong lips and coming |
||
5443 | down from deck said he would have breakfast. All that |
||
5444 | day was guessing and talk enough upon the _Santa Maria_; |
||
5445 | silent or slurred talk at last, for toward noon the Admiral |
||
5446 | gave sharp order that the Pinta should be left out of |
||
5447 | conversation. Captain Martin Pinzon was an able seaman. |
||
5448 | Perhaps something (he reminded us of the rudder before |
||
5449 | the Canaries) had gone wrong. Captain Pinzon may have |
||
5450 | thought the island was the nearer land, or he may have |
||
5451 | returned to Cuba, but more to the north than were we. He |
||
5452 | looked for the _Pinta_. again in a reasonable time. In the |
||
5453 | meantime let it alone! |
||
5454 | |||
5455 | So soon as the sea allowed, Vicente Pinzon came in his |
||
5456 | boat to the Santa Maria, but he seemed as perplexed as we. |
||
5457 | He did not know his brother's mind. But Martin Pinzon |
||
5458 | forever and always was a good sea captain and a Castilian |
||
5459 | of his word, knowing what was proper observance to his |
||
5460 | Admiral. If he did this or that, it would be for good reasons. |
||
5461 | So Vicente, and the Admiral was cordial with him, and |
||
5462 | saw him over rail and down side with cheerful words. He |
||
5463 | was cheerful all that day in his speech, cheerful and suave |
||
5464 | and prophesying good in many directions. But I knew the |
||
5465 | trouble behind that front. |
||
5466 | |||
5467 | In some ways the _Pinta_ was the best of our ships. Martin |
||
5468 | Pinzon was a bold and ready man, and those aboard |
||
5469 | with him devoted to his fortunes. He did not lack opinions |
||
5470 | of his own, and often they countered the Admiral's. |
||
5471 | He was ambitious, and the Admiral's rights were so vast |
||
5472 | and inclusive that there seemed not much room to make |
||
5473 | name and fame. Much the same with riches! What |
||
5474 | Martin Pinzon had loaned would come back to him beyond |
||
5475 | doubt, back with high interest and a good deal more. |
||
5476 | But still it would seem to him that room was needed. In |
||
5477 | his mind he had said perhaps many times to the Admiral, |
||
5478 | "Do not claim too much soil! Do not forget that other |
||
5479 | trees want to grow!" |
||
5480 | |||
5481 | Martin Pinzon might have put back to Spain, but who |
||
5482 | knew the man would not think that likely. Far more probable |
||
5483 | that he might be doing discovery of his own. Perhaps |
||
5484 | he would rejoin us later with some splendid thing to his |
||
5485 | credit, claim that Spain could not deny! |
||
5486 | |||
5487 | Cuba coast rose high and near. It is a shore of the fairest |
||
5488 | harbors! We made one of these into which emptied a little |
||
5489 | river. He named haven and river Saint Catherine. In the |
||
5490 | bed of this stream, when we went ashore, we found no little |
||
5491 | gold. He took in his hand grains and flakes and one or |
||
5492 | two pieces large as beans. It was royal monopoly, gold, and |
||
5493 | every man under strict command--to bring to the Admiral |
||
5494 | all that was found. Seamen and companions gathered |
||
5495 | around him, Admiral, Viceroy and Governor, King Croesus |
||
5496 | to be, a tenth of all gold and spoil filling his purse! And |
||
5497 | they, too, surely some way they would be largely paid! The |
||
5498 | dream hovered, then descended upon us, as many a time it |
||
5499 | descended. Great riches and happiness and all clothed in |
||
5500 | silk, and every man as he would be and not as he was, a |
||
5501 | dim magnificence and a sense of trumpets in the air, acclaiming |
||
5502 | us! I remember that day that we all felt this mystic |
||
5503 | power and wealth, the Admiral and all of us. For a short |
||
5504 | time, there by Saint Catherine's River, we were brought into |
||
5505 | harmony. Then it broke and each little self went its way |
||
5506 | again. But for that while eighty men had felt as though |
||
5507 | we were a country and more than a country. The gold |
||
5508 | in the Admiral's hand might have been gold of consciousness. |
||
5509 | |||
5510 | After this day for days we sailed along Cuba strand, |
||
5511 | seeing many a fair haven and entering two or three. There |
||
5512 | were villages, and those dusk, naked folk to whom by now |
||
5513 | we were well used, running to beach or cliff brow, making |
||
5514 | signs, seeming to cry, "Heaven come down, heaven, heaven |
||
5515 | and the gods!" The notion of a sail had never come to |
||
5516 | them, though with their cotton they might have made them. |
||
5517 | They were slow to learn that the wind pushed us, acting |
||
5518 | like a thousand tireless rowers. We were thrillingly new to |
||
5519 | them and altogether magical. To any seeing eye a ship under |
||
5520 | full sail is a beautiful, stately, thrilling thing! To these |
||
5521 | red men there was a perilous joy in the vision. If to us in |
||
5522 | the ships there hung in this voyage something mystic, hidden, |
||
5523 | full of possibility, inch by inch to unroll, throbbing all |
||
5524 | with the future which is the supernatural, be sure these, too, |
||
5525 | who were found and discovered, moved in a cloud of mystery |
||
5526 | torn by strange lightnings! |
||
5527 | |||
5528 | Sometimes we came into haven, dropped anchor and lowered |
||
5529 | sails, whereupon those on the shore again cried out. |
||
5530 | When we took our boats and went to land we met always |
||
5531 | the same reception, found much the same village, carried on |
||
5532 | much the same conversations. Little by little we collected |
||
5533 | gold. By now, within the Admiral's chest, in canvas bags, |
||
5534 | rested not a little treasure for Queen Isabella and King |
||
5535 | Ferdinand. And though it was forbidden, I knew that many |
||
5536 | of our seamen hid gold. All told we found enough to whet |
||
5537 | appetite. But still the Indians said south, and Babeque and |
||
5538 | Bohio! |
||
5539 | |||
5540 | At last we had sailed to the very eastern end of Cuba and |
||
5541 | turned it as we might turn the heel of Italy. A great spur |
||
5542 | that ran into the ocean the Admiral dubbed Alpha and |
||
5543 | Omega, and we planted a cross. |
||
5544 | |||
5545 | It fell to me here to save the Admiral's life. |
||
5546 | |||
5547 | We had upon the _Santa Maria_ a man named Felipe who |
||
5548 | seemed a simple, God-fearing soul, very attentive to Fray |
||
5549 | Ignatio and all the offices of religion. He was rather a silent |
||
5550 | fellow and a slow, poor worker, often in trouble with boatswain |
||
5551 | and master. He said odd things and sometimes wept |
||
5552 | for his soul, and the forecastle laughed at him. This man |
||
5553 | became in a night mad. |
||
5554 | |||
5555 | It was middle night. The _Santa Maria_ swung at anchor |
||
5556 | and the whole world seemed a just-breathing stillness. |
||
5557 | There was the watch, but all else slept. The watch, looking |
||
5558 | at Cuba and the moon on the water, did not observe Felipe |
||
5559 | when he crept from forecastle with a long, sharp two-edged |
||
5560 | knife such as they sell in Toledo. |
||
5561 | |||
5562 | Juan Lepe woke from first sleep and could not recover |
||
5563 | it. He found Bernardo Nunez's small, small cabin stifling, |
||
5564 | and at last he got up, put on garments, and slipped forth |
||
5565 | and through great cabin to outer air. He might have found |
||
5566 | the Admiral there before him, for he slept little and was |
||
5567 | about the ship at all hours, but to-night he did sleep. |
||
5568 | |||
5569 | I spoke to the watch, then set myself down at break of |
||
5570 | poop to breathe the splendor of the night. The moon bathed |
||
5571 | Alpha and Omega, and the two ships, the _Nina_ and the Santa |
||
5572 | Maria. It washed the Pinta but we saw it not, not knowing |
||
5573 | where rode the Pinta and Martin Alonzo Pinzon. So bright, |
||
5574 | so pleasureable, was the night! |
||
5575 | |||
5576 | An hour passed. My body was cooled and refreshed, |
||
5577 | my spirit quiet. Rising, I entered great cabin on my way |
||
5578 | to bed and sleep. I felt that the cabin was not empty, and |
||
5579 | then, there being moonlight enough, I saw the figure by the |
||
5580 | Admiral's door. "Who is it?" I demanded, but the unbolted |
||
5581 | door gave to the man's push, and he disappeared. I |
||
5582 | knew it was not the Admiral and I followed at a bound. The |
||
5583 | cabin had a window and the moonbeams came in. They |
||
5584 | showed Felipe and his knife and the great Genoese asleep. |
||
5585 | The madman laughed and crooned, then lifted that Toledo |
||
5586 | dagger and lunged downward with a sinewy arm. But I |
||
5587 | was upon him. The blow fell, but a foot wide of mark. |
||
5588 | There was a struggle, a shout. The Admiral, opening eyes, |
||
5589 | sprang from bed. |
||
5590 | |||
5591 | He was a powerful man, and I, too, had strength, but |
||
5592 | Felipe fought and struggled like a desert lion. He kept |
||
5593 | crying, "I am the King! I will send him to discover Heaven! |
||
5594 | I will send him to join the prophets!" At last we had him |
||
5595 | down and bound him. By now the noise had brought the |
||
5596 | watch and others. A dozen men came crowding in, in the |
||
5597 | moonlight. We took the madman away and kept him fast, |
||
5598 | and Juan Lepe tried to cure him but could not. In three |
||
5599 | days he died and we buried him at sea. And Fernando, |
||
5600 | creeping to me, asked, "senor, don't you feel at times that |
||
5601 | there is madness over all this ship and this voyage and _him_ |
||
5602 | --the Admiral, I mean?" |
||
5603 | |||
5604 | I answered him that it was a pity there were so few |
||
5605 | madmen, and that Felipe must have been quite sane. |
||
5606 | |||
5607 | "Then what do you think was the matter with Felipe, |
||
5608 | Senor?" |
||
5609 | |||
5610 | I said, "Did it ever occur to you, Fernando, that you had |
||
5611 | too much courage and saw too far?" At which he looked |
||
5612 | frightened, and said that at times he had felt those symptoms. |
||
5613 | |||
5614 | |||
5615 | |||
5616 | CHAPTER XXI |
||
5617 | |||
5618 | MARTIN PINZON did not return to us. That tall, |
||
5619 | blond sea captain was gone we knew not where. The |
||
5620 | _Santa Maria_ and the Nina sailed south along the foot |
||
5621 | of Cuba. But now rose out of ocean on our southeast quarter |
||
5622 | a great island with fair mountain shapes. We asked |
||
5623 | our Indians--we had five aboard beside Diego Colon-- |
||
5624 | what it was. "Bohio! Bohio!" But when we came there, |
||
5625 | its own inhabitants called it Hayti and Quisquaya. |
||
5626 | |||
5627 | The Admiral paced our deck, small as a turret chamber, |
||
5628 | his hands behind him, his mind upon some great chart drawn |
||
5629 | within, not without. At last, having decided, he called Juan |
||
5630 | de la Cosa. "We will go to Bohio." |
||
5631 | |||
5632 | So it was done whereby much was done, the Woman with |
||
5633 | the distaff spinning fast, fast! |
||
5634 | |||
5635 | As this island lifted out of ocean, we who had said of |
||
5636 | Cuba, "It is the fairest!" now said, "No, this is the fairest!" |
||
5637 | It was most beautiful, with mountains and forests and |
||
5638 | vales and plains and rivers. |
||
5639 | |||
5640 | The twelfth day of December we came to anchor in a |
||
5641 | harbor which the Admiral named Concepcion. |
||
5642 | |||
5643 | On this shore the Indians fled from us. We found a |
||
5644 | village, but quite deserted. Not a woman, not a man, not a |
||
5645 | child! Only three or four of those silent dogs, and a great |
||
5646 | red and green parrot that screamed but said nothing. |
||
5647 | There was something in this day, I know not what, |
||
5648 | but it made itself felt. The Admiral, kneeling, kissed the |
||
5649 | soil, and he named the island Hispaniola, and we planted a |
||
5650 | cross. |
||
5651 | |||
5652 | For long we had been beaten about, and all aboard the |
||
5653 | ships were well willing to leave them for a little. We had |
||
5654 | a dozen sick and they craved the shore and the fruit trees. |
||
5655 | Our Indians, too, longed. So we anchored, and mariners |
||
5656 | and all adventurers rested from the sea. A few at a time, |
||
5657 | the villagers returned, and fearfully enough at first. But |
||
5658 | we had harmed nothing, and what greatness and gentleness |
||
5659 | was in us we showed it here. Presently all thought they |
||
5660 | were at home with us, and that heaven bred the finest folk! |
||
5661 | |||
5662 | Our people of Hispaniola, subjects now, since the planting |
||
5663 | of the flag, were taller, handsomer, we thought, than the |
||
5664 | Cubans, and more advanced in the arts. Their houses were |
||
5665 | neat and good, and their gardens weeded and well-stocked. |
||
5666 | The men wore loin cloths, the women a wide cotton girdle or |
||
5667 | little skirt. We found three or four copper knives, but |
||
5668 | again they said that they came from the south. As in Spain |
||
5669 | "west--west" had been his word, so now the Admiral |
||
5670 | brooded upon south. |
||
5671 | |||
5672 | These folk had a very little gold, but they seemed to say |
||
5673 | that theirs was a simple and poor village, and that we should |
||
5674 | find more of all things farther on. So we left Concepcion, |
||
5675 | the cross upon the rock showing a long way through the pure |
||
5676 | air. |
||
5677 | |||
5678 | For two days we coasted, and at the end of this time we |
||
5679 | came to a harbor of great beauty and back from it ran a |
||
5680 | vale like Paradise, so richly sweet it was! Christopherus |
||
5681 | Columbus was quick to find beauty and loved it when found. |
||
5682 | Often and often have I seen his face turn that of a child |
||
5683 | or a youth, filled with wonder. I have seen him kiss a |
||
5684 | flower, lay a caress upon stem of tree, yearn toward palm |
||
5685 | tops against the blue. He was well read in the old poets, |
||
5686 | and he himself was a poet though he wrote no line of verse. |
||
5687 | |||
5688 | We entered here and came to anchor and the sails rattled |
||
5689 | down. "Hispaniola--Hispaniola, and we will call this |
||
5690 | harbor St. Thomas! He was the Apostle to India. And |
||
5691 | now we are his younger brothers come after long folding |
||
5692 | away. Were we more--did we have a fleet--we might |
||
5693 | set a city here and, it being Christmas, call it La Navidad!" |
||
5694 | Out came the canoes to us, out the swimmers, dark and |
||
5695 | graceful figures cleaving the utter blue. Some one passing |
||
5696 | that way overland, hurrying with news, had told these villages |
||
5697 | how peaceful, noble, benevolent, beneficent we were. |
||
5698 | |||
5699 | The canoes were heaped with fruit and cassava bread, and |
||
5700 | they had cotton, not in balls, but woven in pieces. And |
||
5701 | these Indians had about neck or in ear some bits of gold. |
||
5702 | These they changed cheerfully, taking and valuing what |
||
5703 | trifle was given. "Gold. Where do you get your gold? |
||
5704 | Do you know of Cipango or Cathay or India? Have ever |
||
5705 | you heard of Zaiton, or of Quinsai and Cublai Khan?" |
||
5706 | They gave us answers which we could not fully understand, |
||
5707 | and gestured inland and a little to the east. "Cibao! Cibao!" |
||
5708 | They seemed to say that there was all the gold |
||
5709 | there that a reasonable mortal might desire. "Cibao?-- |
||
5710 | Cipango?" said the Admiral. "They might be the same." |
||
5711 | |||
5712 | "Like Cuba and Cublai Khan," thought Juan Lepe. |
||
5713 | |||
5714 | Around a point of shore darted a long canoe with many |
||
5715 | rowers. Other canoes gave way for it, and the Indians already |
||
5716 | upon the _Santa Maria_ exclaimed that it was the |
||
5717 | boat of the cacique, though not the cacique but his brother |
||
5718 | sat in it. Guacanagari was the cacique. His town was |
||
5719 | yonder! They pointed to a misty headland beyond St. |
||
5720 | Thomas's bay. |
||
5721 | |||
5722 | The Indian from the great canoe came aboard, a handsome |
||
5723 | fellow, and he brought presents not like any we had |
||
5724 | seen. There was a width of cotton embroidered thick with |
||
5725 | bits of gleaming shell and bone, but what was most welcome |
||
5726 | was a huge wooden mask with eyes and tongue of gold. |
||
5727 | Fray Ignatio crossed himself. "The devil they worship,-- |
||
5728 | poor lost sheep!" The third gift was a considerable piece |
||
5729 | of that mixed and imperfect gold which afterwards we |
||
5730 | called guanin. And would we go to visit the cacique whose |
||
5731 | town was not so far yonder? |
||
5732 | |||
5733 | It was Christmas Eve. We sailed with a small, small |
||
5734 | wind for the cacique's village, out from harbor of St. |
||
5735 | Thomas, around a headland and along a low, bright green |
||
5736 | shore. So low and fitful was the wind that we moved |
||
5737 | like two great snails. Better to have left the ships and gone, |
||
5738 | so many of us, in our boats with oars, canoes convoying us! |
||
5739 | The distance was not great, but distance is as the power |
||
5740 | of going. "I remember," quoth the Admiral, "a calm, |
||
5741 | going from the Levant to Crete, and our water cask broken |
||
5742 | and not a mouthful for a soul aboard! That was a long, |
||
5743 | long two days while the one shore went no further and the |
||
5744 | other came no nearer. And going once to Porto Santo |
||
5745 | with my wife she fell ill and moaned for the land, and we |
||
5746 | were held as by the sea bottom, and I thought she would die |
||
5747 | who might be saved if she could have the land. And I remember |
||
5748 | going down the African coast with Santanem--" |
||
5749 | |||
5750 | Diego de Arana said, "You have had a full life, senor!" |
||
5751 | |||
5752 | He was cousin, I had been told, to that Dona Beatrix |
||
5753 | whom the Admiral cherished, mother of his youngest son, |
||
5754 | Fernando. The Admiral had affection for him, and Diego |
||
5755 | de Arana lived and died, a good, loyal man. "A full outward |
||
5756 | life," he went on, "and I dare swear, a full inward |
||
5757 | one!" |
||
5758 | |||
5759 | "That is God's truth!" said the Admiral. "You may |
||
5760 | well say that, senor! Inside I have lived with all who have |
||
5761 | lived, and discovered with all who have discovered!" |
||
5762 | |||
5763 | I remember as a dream this last day upon the _Santa Maria_. |
||
5764 | Beltran the cook had scalded his arm. I dressed it each |
||
5765 | day, and dressing it now, half a dozen idling by, watching |
||
5766 | the operation, I heard again a kind of talk that I had heard |
||
5767 | before. Partly because I had shipped as Juan Lepe an |
||
5768 | Andalusian sailor and had had my forecastle days, and |
||
5769 | partly because men rarely fear to speak to a physician, and |
||
5770 | partly because in the great whole there existed liking between |
||
5771 | them and me, they talked and discussed freely enough |
||
5772 | what any other from the other end of ship could have |
||
5773 | come at only by formal questioning. Now many of the |
||
5774 | seamen wanted to know when we were returning to Palos, |
||
5775 | and another number said that they would just as soon never |
||
5776 | return, or at least not for a good while! But they did not |
||
5777 | wish to spend that good while upon the ship. It was a |
||
5778 | good land, and the heathen also good. The heathen might |
||
5779 | all be going to burn in hell, unless Fray Ignatio could get |
||
5780 | them baptized in time, and so numerous were they that |
||
5781 | seemed hardly possible! Almost all might have to go to hell. |
||
5782 | But in the meantime, here on earth, they had their uses, and |
||
5783 | one could even grow fond of them--certainly fond of the |
||
5784 | women. The heathen were eager to work for us, catch |
||
5785 | us coneys, bring us gold, put hammocks for us between |
||
5786 | trees and say "Sleep, senor, sleep!" Here even Tomaso |
||
5787 | Passamonte was "senor" and "Don." And as for the |
||
5788 | women--only the skin is dark--they were warm-hearted! |
||
5789 | Gold and women and never any cold nor hunger nor toil! |
||
5790 | The heathen to toil for you--and they could be taught to |
||
5791 | make wine, with all these grapes dangling everywhere? |
||
5792 | Heathen could do the gathering and pressing, and also the |
||
5793 | gold hunting in rocks and streams. Spain would furnish the |
||
5794 | mind and the habit of command. It were well to stay and |
||
5795 | cultivate Hispaniola! The Admiral and those who wanted |
||
5796 | to might take home the ships. Of course the Admiral would |
||
5797 | come again, and with him ships and many men. No one |
||
5798 | wanted, of course, never to see again Castile and Palos |
||
5799 | and his family! But to stay in Hispaniola a while and |
||
5800 | rest and grow rich,--that was what they wanted. And no |
||
5801 | one could justly call them idle! If they found out all about |
||
5802 | the land and where were the gold and the spices, was there |
||
5803 | not use in that, just as much use as wandering forever on |
||
5804 | the _Santa Maria_? |
||
5805 | |||
5806 | Mother earth was kind, kind, here, and she didn't have a |
||
5807 | rod like mother country and Mother Church! They did not |
||
5808 | say this last, but it was what they meant. |
||
5809 | |||
5810 | "You don't see the rod, that is all," said Juan Lepe. |
||
5811 | |||
5812 | But there had eventually to be colonies, and I knew that |
||
5813 | the Admiral was revolving in his head the leaving in this |
||
5814 | new world certain of our men, seed corn as it were, organs |
||
5815 | also to gather knowledge against his speedy return with |
||
5816 | power of ships and men. For surely Spain would be |
||
5817 | grateful,--surely, surely! But he was not ready yet to set |
||
5818 | sail for Spain. He meant to discover more, discover further, |
||
5819 | come if by any means he could to the actual wealth of great, |
||
5820 | main India; come perhaps to Zaiton, where are more merchants |
||
5821 | than in all the rest of the world, and a hundred |
||
5822 | master ships laden with pepper enter every year; or to |
||
5823 | Quinsai of the marble bridges. No, he was not ready to |
||
5824 | turn prow to Spain, and he was not likely to bleed himself |
||
5825 | of men, now or for many days to come. All these who |
||
5826 | would lie in hammocks ashore must wait awhile, and even |
||
5827 | when they made their colony, that is not the way that colonies |
||
5828 | live and grow. |
||
5829 | |||
5830 | Beltran said, "Some of you would like to do a little |
||
5831 | good, and some are for a sow's life!" |
||
5832 | |||
5833 | It was Christmas Eve, and we had our vespers, and we |
||
5834 | thought of the day at home in Castile and in Italy. Dusk |
||
5835 | drew down. Behind us was the deep, secure water of |
||
5836 | St. Thomas, his harbor. The Admiral had us sound and |
||
5837 | the lead showed no great depth, whereupon we stood a little |
||
5838 | out to avoid shoal or bar. |
||
5839 | |||
5840 | For some nights the Admiral had been wakeful, suffering, |
||
5841 | as Juan Lepe knew, with that gout which at times troubled |
||
5842 | him like a very demon. But this night he slept. Juan de la |
||
5843 | Cosa set the watch. The helmsman was Sancho Ruiz than |
||
5844 | whom none was better, save only that he would take a risk |
||
5845 | when he pleased. All others slept. The day had been long, |
||
5846 | so warm, still and idle, with the wooded shore stealing so |
||
5847 | slowly by. |
||
5848 | |||
5849 | Early in the night Sancho Ruiz was taken with a great |
||
5850 | cramp and a swimming of the head. He called to one of |
||
5851 | the watch to come take the helm for a little, but none answered; |
||
5852 | called again and a ship boy sleeping near, uncurled |
||
5853 | himself, stretched, and came to hand. "It's all safe, and |
||
5854 | the Admiral sleeping and the master sleeping and the watch |
||
5855 | also!" said the boy. Pedro Acevedo it was, a well-enough |
||
5856 | meaning young wretch. |
||
5857 | |||
5858 | Sancho Ruiz put helm in his hand. "Keep her so, while I |
||
5859 | lie down here for a little. My head is moving faster than |
||
5860 | the _Santa Maria_!" |
||
5861 | |||
5862 | He lay down, and the swimming made him close his |
||
5863 | eyes, and closed eyes and the disappearance of his pain, and |
||
5864 | pleasant resting on deck caused him to sleep. Pedro Acevedo |
||
5865 | held the wheel and looked at the moon. Then the |
||
5866 | wind chose to change, blowing still very lightly but bearing |
||
5867 | us now toward shore, and Pedro never noticing this grow |
||
5868 | larger. He was looking at the moon, he afterwards said |
||
5869 | with tears, and thinking of Christ born in Bethlehem. |
||
5870 | |||
5871 | The shore came nearer and nearer. Sancho Ruiz slept. |
||
5872 | Pedro now heard a sound that he knew well enough. Coming |
||
5873 | back to here and now, he looked and saw breakers upon a |
||
5874 | long sand bar. The making tide was at half, and that and |
||
5875 | the changed wind carried us toward the lines of foam. The |
||
5876 | boy cried, "Steersman! Steersman!" Ruiz sat up, holding |
||
5877 | his head in his hands. "Such a roaring in my ears!" |
||
5878 | But "Breakers! Breakers!" cried the boy. "Take the |
||
5879 | helm!" |
||
5880 | |||
5881 | Ruiz sprang to it, but as he touched it the _Santa Maria_ |
||
5882 | grounded. The shock woke most on board, the immediate |
||
5883 | outcry and running feet the rest. |
||
5884 | |||
5885 | The harm was done, and no good now in recriminations! |
||
5886 | It was never, I bear witness, habit of Christopherus Columbus. |
||
5887 | |||
5888 | The Santa Maria listed heavily, the sea pounding against |
||
5889 | her, driving her more and more upon the sand. But order |
||
5890 | arrived with the Admiral. The master grew his lieutenant, |
||
5891 | the mariners his obedient ones. Back he was at thirty, with a |
||
5892 | shipwreck who had seen many and knew how to toil with |
||
5893 | hands and with head. Moreover, the great genius of the |
||
5894 | man shone in darkness. He could encourage; he could |
||
5895 | bring coolness. |
||
5896 | |||
5897 | We tried to warp her off, but it was not to be done. We |
||
5898 | cut away mast to lighten her, but more and more she grew |
||
5899 | fast to the bank, the waves striking all her side, pushing her |
||
5900 | over. Seams had opened, water was coming in. The _Nina_ a |
||
5901 | mile away took our signal and came nearer, lay to, and sent |
||
5902 | her boat. |
||
5903 | |||
5904 | The Santa Maria, it was seen, was dying. Nothing more |
||
5905 | was to be done. Her mariners could only cling to her like |
||
5906 | bees to comb. We got the two boats clear and there was the |
||
5907 | boat of the Nina. Missioned by the Admiral, Juan Lepe |
||
5908 | got somehow into cabin, together with Sancho and Luis |
||
5909 | Torres, and we collected maps and charts, log, journal, box |
||
5910 | with royal letters and the small bags of gold, and the Admiral's |
||
5911 | personal belongings, putting all into a great sack |
||
5912 | and caring for it, until upon the _Nina_ we gave it into his |
||
5913 | hand. Above us rang the cry, "All off!" |
||
5914 | |||
5915 | From Christopherus Columbus to Pedro Acevedo all left |
||
5916 | the Santa Maria and were received by the Nina. Crowded, |
||
5917 | crowded was the Nina! Down voyaged the moon, up came |
||
5918 | with freshness the rose-chapleted dawn. A wreck lay the |
||
5919 | Santa Maria, painted against the east, about her a low thunder |
||
5920 | of breakers. Where was the _Pinta_ no man knew! Perhaps |
||
5921 | halfway back to Spain or perhaps wrecked and drowned |
||
5922 | like the flagship. The Nina, a small, small ship and none too |
||
5923 | seaworthy, carried all of Europe and Discovery. |
||
5924 | |||
5925 | |||
5926 | |||
5927 | CHAPTER XXII |
||
5928 | |||
5929 | IN the small, small cabin of the _Nina_ Christopherus Columbus |
||
5930 | sat for a time with his head bowed in his arms, |
||
5931 | then rose and made up a mission to go to the cacique |
||
5932 | Guacanagari and, relating our misfortune, request aid and |
||
5933 | shelter until we had determined upon our course. There |
||
5934 | went Diego de Arana and Pedro Gutierrez with Luis Torres |
||
5935 | and one or two more, and they took Diego Colon and the |
||
5936 | two St. Thomas Indians. It was now full light, the shore |
||
5937 | and mountains green as emerald, the water its old unearthly |
||
5938 | blue. |
||
5939 | |||
5940 | The _Nina_ swung at anchor just under the land and the |
||
5941 | now receding tide uncovered more and more those sands |
||
5942 | where the Santa Maria lay huddled and dying. The Admiral |
||
5943 | gazed, and the tears ran down his face. He was so great |
||
5944 | that he never thought to hide just emotion. He spoke as |
||
5945 | though to himself. "Many sins have I, many, many! But |
||
5946 | thou wilt not, O God, cast me utterly away because of them! |
||
5947 | I will not doubt Thee, nor my calling!" |
||
5948 | |||
5949 | There was little space about him. The _Nina_ seemed to |
||
5950 | quiver, packed and dark with men. His deep voice went on, |
||
5951 | and they could hear him, but he did not seem to know that |
||
5952 | they were there. "As though upon a raft, here a thousand |
||
5953 | leagues in Ocean-Sea! Yet wilt Thou care for thy Good |
||
5954 | News. I will come to Spain, and I will tell it. Chosen, and |
||
5955 | almost by very name pointed out in Thy Book! The first |
||
5956 | Christian shore that I touch I will walk barefoot and in my |
||
5957 | shirt at the head of twelve to the first shrine. And, O my |
||
5958 | Lord, never more will I forget that that tomb in which |
||
5959 | thou didst rest, still, still is held by the infidel!" He beat |
||
5960 | his breast. "_Mea culpa! mea culpa!_" |
||
5961 | |||
5962 | His voice sank, he looked at the sky, then with a turn |
||
5963 | of the wrist at the wheel he put that by and became again |
||
5964 | the vigilant Admiral of a fleet of one. "She will hold together |
||
5965 | yet a while! When the tide is out, we can get to her |
||
5966 | and empty her. Take all ashore that can be carried or floated |
||
5967 | and may be of use. Up and down--down and up!" |
||
5968 | |||
5969 | The inhabitants of Hispaniola were now about us in |
||
5970 | canoes or swimming. They seemed to cry out in distress |
||
5971 | and sympathy, gazing at the _Santa Maria_ as though it were |
||
5972 | a god dying there. Their own canoes were living things to |
||
5973 | them as is any ship to a mariner, and by analogy our great |
||
5974 | canoe was a Being dying, more of a Being than theirs, because |
||
5975 | it had wings and could open and fold them. And |
||
5976 | then back came our boat with Diego de Arana and the others, |
||
5977 | and they had with them that same brother of the cacique who |
||
5978 | had come to us in St. Thomas Harbor. And had we been |
||
5979 | wrecked off Palos, not Palos could have showed more concern |
||
5980 | or been more ready to help than were these men. |
||
5981 | |||
5982 | We had three boats and the Indian canoes and hands |
||
5983 | enough, white and copper-hued. Now at low tide, we could |
||
5984 | approach and enter the _Santa Maria_. A great breach had |
||
5985 | been made and water was deep in her hold, but we could |
||
5986 | get at much of casks and chests, and could take away sails |
||
5987 | and cordage, even her two cannon. Eventually, as she broke |
||
5988 | up, we might float away to shore much of her timber. When |
||
5989 | I looked from the wreck to the little Nina, I could see, |
||
5990 | limned as it were in air, the Viceroy's first colony, set in |
||
5991 | Hispaniola, beside Guacanagari's town. All Christmas day |
||
5992 | we toiled and the Indians at our side. We found them ready, |
||
5993 | not without skill, gay and biddable. |
||
5994 | |||
5995 | Toward sunset came Guacanagari. All the little shore was |
||
5996 | strewn and heaped with our matters. And here I will say |
||
5997 | that no Indian stole that day though he might have stolen, |
||
5998 | and though our possessions seemed to him great wonders |
||
5999 | and treasure beyond estimation. What was brought from |
||
6000 | the _Santa Maria_ lay in heaps and our men came and went. |
||
6001 | The most of our force was ashore or in the boats; only so |
||
6002 | many on the Nina. The Admiral, just returned to the ship, |
||
6003 | stretched himself upon the bench in her small cabin. Powerful |
||
6004 | was his frame and constitution, and powerfully tried |
||
6005 | all his life with a thousand strains and buffetings! It seemed |
||
6006 | still to hold; he looked a muscular, sinewy, strong and ruddy |
||
6007 | man. But there were signs that a careful eye might find. |
||
6008 | He lay upon the bench in the cabin and I, who was his |
||
6009 | physician, brought him wine and biscuit and made him eat |
||
6010 | and drink who, I knew, had not touched food since the |
||
6011 | evening before; after which I told him to close eyes and |
||
6012 | go away to Genoa and boyhood. He shut them, and I sitting |
||
6013 | near brought my will as best I could to the quieting |
||
6014 | of all heavy and sorrowful waves. |
||
6015 | |||
6016 | But then the cacique came. So small was the _Nina_ that |
||
6017 | we could hear well enough the word of his arrival. The |
||
6018 | Admiral opened his eyes and sat stiffly up. He groaned |
||
6019 | and took his head into his hands, then dropped these and |
||
6020 | with a shake of his shoulders resumed command. So many |
||
6021 | and grievous a sea had dashed over him and retreated and |
||
6022 | he had stood! What he said now was, "The tide of the |
||
6023 | spirit goes out; the tide comes back in. Let it come back a |
||
6024 | spring tide!" |
||
6025 | |||
6026 | Guacanagari entered. This cacique, whose fortunes now |
||
6027 | began to be intertwined with ours, had his likeness, so far |
||
6028 | as went state and custom, to that Cuban chieftain whom Luis |
||
6029 | Torres and I had visited. But this was an easier, less |
||
6030 | strongly fibred person, a big, amiable, indolent man with |
||
6031 | some quality of a great dog who, accepting you and |
||
6032 | becoming your friend, may never be estranged. He was |
||
6033 | brave after his fashion, gifted enough in simple things. In |
||
6034 | Europe he would have been an. easy, well-liked prince or |
||
6035 | duke of no great territory. He kept a simple state, wore |
||
6036 | some slight apparel of cotton and a golden necklet. He |
||
6037 | brought gifts and an unfeigned sympathy for that death |
||
6038 | upon the sand bar. |
||
6039 | |||
6040 | He and the Admiral sat and talked together. "Gods |
||
6041 | from heaven?"--"Christian men and from Europe," and |
||
6042 | we could not make him, at this time, understand that that |
||
6043 | was not the same thing. We began to comprehend that |
||
6044 | "heaven" was a word of many levels, and that they ascribed |
||
6045 | to it everything that they chose to consider good and that |
||
6046 | was manifestly out of the range of their experience. |
||
6047 | |||
6048 | |||
6049 | |||
6050 | |||
6051 | |||
6052 | Back to Full Books |
||
6053 | |||
6054 | |||
6055 | |||
6056 | |||
6057 | |||
6058 | 1492 |
||
6059 | by |
||
6060 | Mary Johnston |
||
6061 | Part 4 out of 7 |
||
6062 | |||
6063 | FullBooks.com homepage |
||
6064 | Index of 1492 |
||
6065 | Previous part (3) |
||
6066 | Next part (5) |
||
6067 | |||
6068 | |||
6069 | |||
6070 | In his turn the Admiral was ready for all that Guacanagari |
||
6071 | could tell him. "Gold?" His eyes were upon the |
||
6072 | Indian's necklet. Removing it, the cacique laid it in the |
||
6073 | god's hand. All Indians now understood that we made |
||
6074 | high magic with gold, getting out of it virtues beyond their |
||
6075 | comprehension. In return the Admiral gave him a small |
||
6076 | brazen gong and hammer. "Where did they get the gold?" |
||
6077 | Again like the Cuban chief this cacique waved his hand to |
||
6078 | the mountains. "Cibao!" and then turning he too pointed |
||
6079 | to the south. "Much gold there," said Diego Colon. "Inland, |
||
6080 | in the mountains," quoth the Admiral, "and evidently, |
||
6081 | in very great quantity, in some land to the south! This is |
||
6082 | not Cipango, but I think that Cipango lies to the south." |
||
6083 | He asked who ruled Hayti that we called Hispaniola. We |
||
6084 | understood that there were a number of caciques, but that |
||
6085 | for a day's journey every way it was Guacanagari's country. |
||
6086 | |||
6087 | "A cacique who ruled them all?" No, there was no such |
||
6088 | thing. |
||
6089 | |||
6090 | "Had ships like ours and clothed men ever before come |
||
6091 | to them?" |
||
6092 | |||
6093 | No, never! But then he seemed to say that there was |
||
6094 | undoubtedly a tradition. Gods had come, and would come |
||
6095 | again, and when they did so great things would follow! |
||
6096 | But no cacique nor priest nor any knew when the gods |
||
6097 | had come. |
||
6098 | |||
6099 | The Admiral made some question of Caribs. Again there |
||
6100 | was gesture southward, though it seemed to us that something |
||
6101 | was said of folk within this great island who were |
||
6102 | at least like Caribs. And where was the most gold and |
||
6103 | the greatest other wealth that they knew of? Again south, |
||
6104 | though this time we thought it rather south by west. The |
||
6105 | Admiral sighed, and spoke of Cuba. Yes, Guacanagari |
||
6106 | knew of Cuba. Had it end far yonder to the westward, or |
||
6107 | no end? Had any one ever come to its end? The cacique |
||
6108 | thought not, or knew not and assumed deliberation. Luis |
||
6109 | and I agreed that we had not met among these Indians |
||
6110 | any true notion of a continent. To them Hayti was vast, |
||
6111 | Cuba was vast, the lands of the Caribs, wherever they were, |
||
6112 | were vast, and vast whatever other islands there might be. |
||
6113 | To them this was the _OEcumene_, the inhabited and inhabitable |
||
6114 | world, Europe--Asia--Africa? Their faces stayed |
||
6115 | blank. Were these divisions of heaven? |
||
6116 | |||
6117 | Guacanagari would entertain and succor us. This canoe |
||
6118 | --oh, the huge marvel!--was too crowded! Yonder lay his |
||
6119 | town. All the houses that we might want were ours, all |
||
6120 | the hammocks, all the food. And he would feast the gods. |
||
6121 | That had been preparing since yesterday, A feast with |
||
6122 | dancing. He hoped the great cacique and his people from |
||
6123 | far nearer heaven than was Guacanagari would live as long |
||
6124 | as might be in his town. Guarico was his town. A big, |
||
6125 | easy, amiable, likeable man, he sat in nakedness only not |
||
6126 | utter, save for that much like a big hidalgo offering sympathy |
||
6127 | and shelter to some fire-ousted or foe-ousted prince! |
||
6128 | As for the part of prince it was not hard for the Admiral |
||
6129 | to play it. He was one naturally. |
||
6130 | |||
6131 | He thanked the cacique to whom, I could see, he had taken |
||
6132 | liking. Seven houses would be enough. To-night some of |
||
6133 | us would sleep upon the beach beside the heaped goods. |
||
6134 | To-morrow we would visit Guacanapri. The big, lazy, |
||
6135 | peaceable man expressed his pleasure, then with a wide and |
||
6136 | dignified gesture dismissing all that, asked to be shown |
||
6137 | marvels. |
||
6138 | |||
6139 | |||
6140 | |||
6141 | CHAPTER XXIII |
||
6142 | |||
6143 | GUACANAGARI'S town was much perhaps as was |
||
6144 | Goth town, Frank town, Saxon town, Latin town, |
||
6145 | sufficient time ago. As for clothed and unclothed, |
||
6146 | that may be to some degree a matter of cold or warm |
||
6147 | weather. We had not seen that ever it was cold in this |
||
6148 | land. |
||
6149 | |||
6150 | Guacanagari feasted us with great dignity and earnestness, |
||
6151 | for he and his people held it a momentous thing our |
||
6152 | coming here, our being here. Utias we had and iguana, |
||
6153 | fish, cassava bread, potato, many a delicious fruit, and |
||
6154 | that mild drink that they made. And we had calabashes, |
||
6155 | trenchers and fingers, stone knives with which certain officers |
||
6156 | of the feast decorously divided the meat, small gourds for |
||
6157 | cups, water for cleansing, napkins of broad leaves. It was |
||
6158 | a great and comely feast. But before the feast, as in Cuba, |
||
6159 | the dance. |
||
6160 | |||
6161 | I should say that three hundred young men and maidens |
||
6162 | danced. They advanced, they retreated, they cowered, they |
||
6163 | pressed forward. They made supplication, arms to heaven |
||
6164 | or forehead to ground, they received, they were grateful, |
||
6165 | they circled fast in ease of mind, they hungered again and |
||
6166 | were filled again, they flowed together, they made a great |
||
6167 | square, chanting proudly! |
||
6168 | |||
6169 | Fray Ignatio beside me glowered, so far as so good a |
||
6170 | man could glower. But Juan Lepe said, "It is doubt and |
||
6171 | difficulty, approach, reconciliation, holy triumph! They |
||
6172 | are acting out long pilgrimages and arrivals at sacred cities |
||
6173 | and hopes for greater cities. It is much the same as in |
||
6174 | Seville or Rome!" Whereupon he looked at me in astonishment, |
||
6175 | and Jayme de Marchena said to Juan Lepe, "Hold |
||
6176 | thy tongue!" |
||
6177 | |||
6178 | Dance and the feast over, it became the Admiral's turn. |
||
6179 | He was set not to seem dejected, not to give any Spaniard |
||
6180 | nor any Indian reason to say, "This Genoese--or this |
||
6181 | god--does not sustain misfortune!" But he sat calm, |
||
6182 | pleased with all; brotherly, fatherly, by that big, easy, |
||
6183 | contented cacique. Now he would furnish the entertainment! |
||
6184 | Among us we had one Diego Minas, a huge man and as |
||
6185 | mighty a bowman as any in Flanders or England. Him |
||
6186 | the Admiral now put forward with his great crossbow and |
||
6187 | long arrows. A stir ran around. "Carib! Carib!" We |
||
6188 | made out that those mysterious Caribs had bows and arrows, |
||
6189 | though not great ones like this. Guacanagari employed |
||
6190 | gestures and words that Luis Torres and I strove |
||
6191 | to understand. We gathered that several times in the |
||
6192 | memory of man the Caribs had come in many canoes, warred |
||
6193 | dreadfully, killed and taken away. More than that, somewhere |
||
6194 | in Hayti or Quisquaya or Hispaniola were certain |
||
6195 | people who knew the weapon. "Caonabo!" He repeated |
||
6196 | the name with respect and disliking. "Caonabo, Caonabo!" |
||
6197 | Perhaps the Caribs had made a settlement. |
||
6198 | |||
6199 | Diego fastened a leaf upon the bark of a tree and from |
||
6200 | a great distance transfixed it with an arrow, then in succession |
||
6201 | sent four others against the trunk, making precisely |
||
6202 | the form of a cross. The Indians cried, "Hai! Hai!" |
||
6203 | But when the four harquebus men set up their iron rests, |
||
6204 | fixed the harquebuses, and firing cut leaves and twigs from |
||
6205 | the same tree, there was a louder crying. And when there |
||
6206 | was dragged forth, charged with powder and fired, one of |
||
6207 | the lombards taken from the _Santa Maria_, wider yet sprang |
||
6208 | the commotion. Pedro Gutierrez and a young cavalier from |
||
6209 | the _Nina_ deigned to show lance play, and Vicente Pinzon |
||
6210 | who had served against the Moors took a great sword and |
||
6211 | with it carved calabashes and severed green boughs. The |
||
6212 | sword was very marvelous to them. We might have danced |
||
6213 | for them for Spain knows how to dance, or we might have |
||
6214 | sung for them, for our mariners sing at sea. But these |
||
6215 | were not the superior things we wished to show them. |
||
6216 | |||
6217 | Guacanagari, big and easy and gentle, said, "Live here, |
||
6218 | you who are so great and good! We will take you into |
||
6219 | the people. We shall be brothers." We understood them |
||
6220 | that the great white heron was their guardian spirit and |
||
6221 | would be ours. I said, "They do not think of it as just |
||
6222 | those stalking, stilly standing birds! It is a name for something |
||
6223 | hovering, brooding, caring for them." |
||
6224 | |||
6225 | The Viceroy spoke with energy. "Tell them of Father, |
||
6226 | Son and Holy Ghost!" |
||
6227 | |||
6228 | Fray Ignatio stood and spoke, gentle and plain. Diego |
||
6229 | Colon made what headway he could. Guacanagari listened, |
||
6230 | attentive. The Franciscan had a certainty that presently |
||
6231 | he might begin to baptize. His face glowed. I heard him |
||
6232 | say to the Admiral, "If it be possible, senor, leave me |
||
6233 | here when you return to Spain! I will convert this chief |
||
6234 | and all his people--by the time you come again there shall |
||
6235 | be a church!" |
||
6236 | |||
6237 | "Let me ponder it yet a while," answered the other. |
||
6238 | |||
6239 | He was thoughtful when he went back to the _Nina_. |
||
6240 | Vicente Pinzon, too, was anxious for light. "This ship |
||
6241 | is crowded to sinking! If we meet wretched weather, or if |
||
6242 | sickness break out, returning, we shall be in bad case!" |
||
6243 | Roderigo Sanchez also had his word. "Is it not very important, |
||
6244 | senor, that we should get the tidings to the Sovereigns? |
||
6245 | And we have now just this one small ship, and so |
||
6246 | far to go, and all manner of dangers!" |
||
6247 | |||
6248 | "Aye, it is important!" said the Admiral. "Let me |
||
6249 | think it out, senor." |
||
6250 | |||
6251 | He had not slept at all, thought Juan Lepe, when next |
||
6252 | morning he came among us. But be looked resolved, hardy |
||
6253 | to accomplish. He had his plan, and he gave it to us in |
||
6254 | his deep voice that always thrilled with much beside the |
||
6255 | momentary utterance. We would build a fort here on shore, |
||
6256 | hard by this village, felling wood for it and using also the |
||
6257 | timbers of the _Santa Maria_. We would mount there her |
||
6258 | two guns and provide an arsenal with powder, shot, harquebuses |
||
6259 | and bows. Build a fort and call it La Navidad, because |
||
6260 | of Christmas day when was the wreck. It should |
||
6261 | have a garrison of certainly thirty men, a man for each |
||
6262 | year of Our Lord's life when He began his mission. So |
||
6263 | many placed in Hispaniola would much lighten the _Nina_, |
||
6264 | which indeed must be lightened in order with safety to recross Ocean-Sea. For yes, we would go back to |
||
6265 | Palos! |
||
6266 | Go, and come again with many and better ships, with hidalgos |
||
6267 | and missionary priests, and very many men! In the |
||
6268 | meantime so many should stay at La Navidad. |
||
6269 | |||
6270 | "In less than a year--much less, I promise it--I the |
||
6271 | Admiral will be here again at La Navidad, when will come |
||
6272 | happy greeting between brothers in the greatest service of |
||
6273 | our own or many ages! Sea and land, God will keep us |
||
6274 | so long as we are His!" |
||
6275 | |||
6276 | All loved Christopherus Columbus that day. None was to |
||
6277 | be forced to stay at La Navidad. It was easy to gain |
||
6278 | thirty; in the end there tarried thirty-eight. |
||
6279 | |||
6280 | The building of the fort became a pleasurable enterprise. |
||
6281 | We broke up with singing the Santa Maria, and |
||
6282 | with her bones built the walls. Guacanagari and his people |
||
6283 | helped. All was hurried. The Admiral and Viceroy, now |
||
6284 | that his mind was made up, would depart as soon as might |
||
6285 | be. |
||
6286 | |||
6287 | We built La Navidad where it might view the sea, upon |
||
6288 | a hillside above a brown river sliding out to ocean. Beyond |
||
6289 | the stream, in the groves, a quarter-league away, stood the |
||
6290 | hundred huts of Guarico. We built a tower and storehouse |
||
6291 | and wall of wood and we digged around all some kind |
||
6292 | of moat, and mounted three lombards. All that we could |
||
6293 | lift from the Santa Maria and what the _Nina_ could spare |
||
6294 | us of arms, conveniences and food went into our arsenal |
||
6295 | and storehouse. We had a bubbling spring within the enclosure. |
||
6296 | When all was done the tower of La Navidad, |
||
6297 | though an infant beside towers of Europe, might suffice |
||
6298 | for the first here of its brood. It was done in a week from |
||
6299 | that shipwreck. |
||
6300 | |||
6301 | Who was to be left at La Navidad? Leave was given to |
||
6302 | volunteer and the mariners' list was soon made up, good |
||
6303 | men and not so good. From the poop there volunteered |
||
6304 | Pedro Gutierrez and Roderigo de Escobedo. The Admiral |
||
6305 | did not block their wish, but he gave the command not to |
||
6306 | Escobedo who wished it, but to Diego de Arana whom |
||
6307 | he named to stay, having persuaded him who would rather |
||
6308 | have returned with the _Nina_. But he could trust Diego de |
||
6309 | Arana, and, with reason, he was not sure of those other hidalgos. |
||
6310 | De Arana stayed and fulfilled his trust, and died a brave |
||
6311 | man. Fray Ignatio would stay. "Bring me back, Senor, a |
||
6312 | goodly bell for the church of La Navidad! A bell and a |
||
6313 | font." |
||
6314 | |||
6315 | Juan Lepe would stay. There needed a physician. But |
||
6316 | also Jayme de Marchena would stay. He thought it out. |
||
6317 | Six months had not abolished the Holy Office nor converted |
||
6318 | to gentleness Don Pedro nor the Dominican. |
||
6319 | |||
6320 | But the Admiral had assigned me to return with the |
||
6321 | _Nina_. I told him in the evening between the sunset and |
||
6322 | the moonrise what was the difficulty. He was a man profoundly |
||
6323 | religious, and also a docile son of the Church. But |
||
6324 | I knew him, and I knew that he would find reasons in |
||
6325 | the Bible for not giving me up. The deep man, the whole |
||
6326 | man, was not in the grasp of bishop or inquisitor or papal |
||
6327 | bull. |
||
6328 | |||
6329 | He agreed. "Aye, it is wiser! I count two months to |
||
6330 | Spain, seeing that we may not have so favorable a voyage. |
||
6331 | Three or maybe four there, for our welcome at court, and |
||
6332 | for the gathering a fleet--easy now to gather for all will |
||
6333 | flock to it, and masters and owners cry, `Take my ship-- |
||
6334 | and mine!' Two months again to recross. Look for me it |
||
6335 | may be in July, it may be in August, it may be in September!" |
||
6336 | |||
6337 | The Viceroy spoke to us, gathered by our fort, under |
||
6338 | the banner of Castile, with behind us on hill brow a cross |
||
6339 | gleaming. Again, all that we had done for the world and |
||
6340 | might further do! Again, we returning on the _Nina_ or |
||
6341 | we remaining at La Navidad were as crusaders, knights |
||
6342 | of the Order of the Purpose of God! "Cherish good-- |
||
6343 | oh, men of the sea and the land, cherish good! Who |
||
6344 | betrays here betrays almost as Judas! The Purpose of God |
||
6345 | is Strength with Wisdom and Charity which only can make |
||
6346 | joy! Therefore be ye here at La Navidad strong, wise and |
||
6347 | charitable!" |
||
6348 | |||
6349 | He said more, and he gave many an explicit direction, |
||
6350 | but that was the gist of all. Strength, wisdom and charity. |
||
6351 | |||
6352 | Likewise he spoke to the Indians and they listened and |
||
6353 | promised and meant good. An affection had sprung |
||
6354 | between Guacanagari and Christopherus Columbus. So different |
||
6355 | they looked! and yet in the breast of each dwelled much |
||
6356 | guilelessness and the ability to wonder and revere. The |
||
6357 | Viceroy saw in this big, docile ruler of Guarico however |
||
6358 | far that might extend, one who would presently be baptized |
||
6359 | and become a Christian chief, man of the Viceroy of Hispaniola, |
||
6360 | as the latter was man of the Sovereigns of Spain. All |
||
6361 | his people would follow Guacanagari. He saw Christendom |
||
6362 | here in the west, and a great feudal society, acknowledging |
||
6363 | Castile for overlord, and Alexander the Sixth as its spiritual |
||
6364 | ruler. |
||
6365 | |||
6366 | Guacanagari may have seen friends in the gods, and |
||
6367 | especially in this their cacique, who with others that they would |
||
6368 | bring, would be drawn into Guarico and made one and whole |
||
6369 | with the people of the heron. But he never saw Guacanagari |
||
6370 | displanted--never saw Europe armed and warlike, |
||
6371 | hungry and thirsty. |
||
6372 | |||
6373 | The _Nina_ and La Navidad bade with tears each the other |
||
6374 | farewell. It was the second of January, fourteen hundred |
||
6375 | and ninety-three. We had mass under the palm trees, by |
||
6376 | the cross, above the fort. Fray Ignatio blessed the going, |
||
6377 | blessed the staying. We embraced, we loved one another, we |
||
6378 | parted. The _Nina_ was so small a ship, even there just |
||
6379 | before us on the blue water! So soon, so soon, the wind |
||
6380 | blowing from the land, she was smaller yet, smaller, smaller, |
||
6381 | a cock boat, a chip, gone! |
||
6382 | |||
6383 | Thirty-eight white men watched her from the hill above |
||
6384 | the fort, and of the thirty-eight Juan Lepe was the only one |
||
6385 | who saw the Admiral come again. |
||
6386 | |||
6387 | |||
6388 | |||
6389 | CHAPTER XXIV |
||
6390 | |||
6391 | THE butio of this town had been absent for some reason |
||
6392 | in the great wood those days of the shipwreck and |
||
6393 | the building of La Navidad. Now he was again here, |
||
6394 | and I consorted with him and chiefly from him learned |
||
6395 | their language. The Admiral had taken Diego Colon to |
||
6396 | Spain, and to Spain was gone too Luis Torres, swearing |
||
6397 | that he would come again. To Spain was gone Sancho, but |
||
6398 | Beltran the cook stayed with us. Pedro and Fernando also. |
||
6399 | |||
6400 | Time passed. With the ending of January the heat increased. |
||
6401 | The butio knew all manner of simples; he was |
||
6402 | doctor and priest together. He had a very simple magic. |
||
6403 | He himself did not expect it to reach the Great Spirit, but |
||
6404 | it might affect the innumerable _zemes_ or under and under- |
||
6405 | under spirits. These barbarians, using other words for |
||
6406 | them, had letter-notion of gnome, sylph, undine and salamander. |
||
6407 | All things lived and took offense or became propitious. |
||
6408 | Effort consisted in making them propitious. If |
||
6409 | the effort was too great one of them killed you. Then you |
||
6410 | went to the shadowy caves. There was a paradise, too, |
||
6411 | beautiful and easy. But the Great Spirit could not be hurt |
||
6412 | and had no wish to hurt any one else, whether _zemes_ or men. |
||
6413 | To live with the Great Spirit, that was really the Heron |
||
6414 | wish, though the little herons could not always see it. |
||
6415 | |||
6416 | This butio--Guarin his name--was a young man with |
||
6417 | eyes that could burn and voice that fell naturally into a |
||
6418 | chant. He took me into the forest with him to look for a |
||
6419 | very rare tree. When it was found I watched him gather |
||
6420 | plants from beneath it and scrape bits off its bark into a |
||
6421 | small calabash. I understood that it was good for fever, |
||
6422 | and later I borrowed from him and found that he had |
||
6423 | grounds for what he said. |
||
6424 | |||
6425 | La Navidad and Guarico neighbored each other. The |
||
6426 | Indians came freely to the fort, but Diego de Arana made |
||
6427 | a good _alcayde_ and he would not have mere crowding within |
||
6428 | our wooden wall. Half of our thirty-eight, permitted at a |
||
6429 | time to wander, could not crowd Guarico. But in himself |
||
6430 | each Spaniard seemed a giant. At first a good giant, profoundly |
||
6431 | interesting. But I was to see pleased interest become |
||
6432 | a painful interest. |
||
6433 | |||
6434 | Women. The first complaint arose about the gods or the |
||
6435 | giants and women. Guacanagari came to La Navidad with |
||
6436 | Guarin and several old men his councilors. Diego de Arana |
||
6437 | received them and there was talk under the great tree within |
||
6438 | our gate. Then all the garrison was drawn up, and in the |
||
6439 | presence of the cacique Arana gave rebuke and command, |
||
6440 | and the two that had done the outrage had prison for |
||
6441 | a week. It was our first plain showing in this world that |
||
6442 | heaven-people or Europeans could differ among themselves |
||
6443 | as to right and wrong, could quarrel, upbraid and punish. |
||
6444 | But here was evidently good and bad. And what might be |
||
6445 | the proportion? As days went by the question gathered in |
||
6446 | this people's bosom. |
||
6447 | |||
6448 | It was not that their women stood aloof from our men. |
||
6449 | Many did not so in the least! But it was to be free will and |
||
6450 | actual fondness, and in measure.--But there were those |
||
6451 | among us who, finding in lonely places, took by force. These |
||
6452 | became hated. |
||
6453 | |||
6454 | Diego de Arana was to collect the gold that was a royal |
||
6455 | monopoly. Trading for gold for one's self was forbidden. |
||
6456 | Assuredly taking it by force--assuredly all robbery of that |
||
6457 | or anything else--was forbidden. But there came a robbery, |
||
6458 | and since it was resisted, murder followed. This |
||
6459 | was a league from Guarico and from La Navidad. The |
||
6460 | slain Indian's companion escaping, told. |
||
6461 | |||
6462 | This time Diego de Arana went to Guarico and Guacanagari. He took with him a rich present, and he |
||
6463 | showed how |
||
6464 | the guilty men were punished. "You do not slay them?" |
||
6465 | asked Guacanagari. Arana shook his head. He thought |
||
6466 | we were too few in this land to be ridding of life the violent |
||
6467 | and lustful. But the Indians seemed to think that he said |
||
6468 | that he could not. They still doubted, I think, our mortality. |
||
6469 | As yet they had seen no mighty stranger bleed or die. |
||
6470 | |||
6471 | Arana would have kept his garrison within the walls. |
||
6472 | But indeed it was not healthful for them there, and at the |
||
6473 | very word of confinement faction rose. There were now |
||
6474 | two parties in La Navidad, the Commandant's party and |
||
6475 | Escobedo's party. |
||
6476 | |||
6477 | The heat increased. It was now March. An illness fell |
||
6478 | among us. I took Guarin into counsel and gave in water the |
||
6479 | bitter inner bark of that tree shredded and beaten fine. Those |
||
6480 | who shook with cold and burned with fever recovered. |
||
6481 | |||
6482 | Fray Ignatio was among those who sickened. He left |
||
6483 | after some days his hammock, but his strength did not come |
||
6484 | back to him. Yet, staff in hand, he went almost daily to |
||
6485 | Guarico. Then, like that! Fray Ignatio died. He died |
||
6486 | --his heart stopped--on the path between Guarico and |
||
6487 | La Navidad. He had been preaching, and then, Guarin told |
||
6488 | me, he put his hand to his side, and said, "I will go home!" |
||
6489 | He started up the path, but at the big tree he dropped. Men |
||
6490 | and women ran to him, but the butio was dead. |
||
6491 | |||
6492 | We buried Fray Ignatio beneath the cross on the hilltop. |
||
6493 | The Indians watched, and now they knew that we could |
||
6494 | die. |
||
6495 | |||
6496 | The heat increased. |
||
6497 | |||
6498 | At first Diego de Arana sent out at intervals exploring |
||
6499 | parties. We were to learn, at least, Guacanagari's country. |
||
6500 | But the heat was great, and so many of those left at La |
||
6501 | Navidad only idle and sensual. They would push on to a |
||
6502 | village--we found in Guacanagari's country many hamlets, |
||
6503 | but no other town like Guarico--and there they would |
||
6504 | stop, with new women, new talk, and the endless plenty |
||
6505 | to eat and sleep in the shade. When, at their own |
||
6506 | sweet will, they returned to La Navidad, the difficulties |
||
6507 | had been too great. They could not get to the high mountains |
||
6508 | where might or might not be the mines. But what |
||
6509 | they did was to spread over the country scandalous news of |
||
6510 | scandalous gods. |
||
6511 | |||
6512 | At last Arana sorted out those who could be trusted |
||
6513 | at least to strive for knowledge and self-control and sent |
||
6514 | these. But that weakened him at La Navidad, draining |
||
6515 | him of pure blood and leaving the infected, and by mid-April he ceased any effort at exploration. It must |
||
6516 | wait |
||
6517 | until the Admiral returned, and he began to be hungry indeed |
||
6518 | for that return. |
||
6519 | |||
6520 | Escobedo and Pedro Gutierrez were not hungry for |
||
6521 | it--not yet. These two became the head and front of ill, |
||
6522 | encouraging every insubordinate, infuriating all who suffered |
||
6523 | penalties, teaching insolence, self-will and license. They |
||
6524 | drew their own feather to them, promising evil knows what |
||
6525 | freedom for rapine. |
||
6526 | |||
6527 | All the silver weather, golden weather, diamond weather |
||
6528 | since we had left Gomera in the Canaries--how many ages |
||
6529 | since!--now was changed. We had thought it would last |
||
6530 | always, but now we entered the long season of great heat |
||
6531 | and daily rain. At first we thought these rains momentary, |
||
6532 | but day after day, week after week, with stifling heat, the |
||
6533 | clouds gathered, broke, and came mighty rain that at last |
||
6534 | ceased to be refreshing, became only wearying and hateful. |
||
6535 | It did not cool us; we lived in a sultry gloom. And the |
||
6536 | garrison of La Navidad became very quarrelsome. La Navidad |
||
6537 | showed the Indians Europeans cursing one another, |
||
6538 | giving blows, only held back by those around from rushing |
||
6539 | at each other, stabbing and cutting. Finally they saw Tomaso |
||
6540 | Passamonte kill one Jacamo. Diego de Arana hung Tomaso |
||
6541 | Passamonte. But what were the Indians to think? Not |
||
6542 | what they thought when first we came from the winged |
||
6543 | canoes to their beaches. |
||
6544 | |||
6545 | The last of April fell the second sickness and it was far |
||
6546 | worse than the first. Eleven men died, and we buried them. |
||
6547 | When it passed we were twenty-five Spaniards in Hispaniola, |
||
6548 | and we liked not the Indians as well as we had done, and |
||
6549 | they liked not us. Oh, the pity--pity--pity, the pity and |
||
6550 | the blame! |
||
6551 | |||
6552 | Guacanagari came to visit the commandant, none with |
||
6553 | him but the butio Guarin, and desiring to speak with |
||
6554 | Arana out of the company. They talked beneath the big |
||
6555 | tree, that being the most comfortable and commodious council |
||
6556 | chamber. Don Diego was imperfect yet in the tongue |
||
6557 | of Guarico, and he called Juan Lepe to help him out. |
||
6558 | |||
6559 | It was a story of Caonabo, cacique of Maguana that ran |
||
6560 | into the great mountains of Cibao, that cacique of whom |
||
6561 | we had already heard as being like Caribs. Caonabo had |
||
6562 | sent quite secretly two of his brothers to Guacanagari. He |
||
6563 | had heard ill of the strangers and thought they were demons, |
||
6564 | not gods! He advised the cacique of Guarico to surprise |
||
6565 | them while they slept and slay them. It was in his experience |
||
6566 | that all who ate and slept could be slain. If his brother |
||
6567 | Guacanagari needed help in the adventure, Caonabo would |
||
6568 | give it. He would even come in person. |
||
6569 | |||
6570 | Diego de Arana said, "What did you answer, O Cacique." |
||
6571 | |||
6572 | Guacanagari spoke at some length of our Great Cacique |
||
6573 | and his longing that he might return. Everything had gone |
||
6574 | well while he was here! "He will return," said Arana. |
||
6575 | "And he has your word." |
||
6576 | |||
6577 | Guacanagari stated that he meant to keep his word. He |
||
6578 | had returned answer to Caonabo that there had been misfortunes |
||
6579 | but that the mighty strangers were truly mighty, |
||
6580 | and almost wholly beneficent. At any rate, he was not |
||
6581 | prepared to slay them, did not wish to slay them. |
||
6582 | |||
6583 | Arana spoke vigorously, pointing out to the cacique all |
||
6584 | the kindliness that had attended our first intercourse. The |
||
6585 | unhappinesses of February, March and April he attributed |
||
6586 | to real demons, not to our own fiend but to small powers |
||
6587 | at large, maleficent and alarmed, heathen powers in short, |
||
6588 | jealous of the introduction of the Holy Catholic religion. |
||
6589 | Guacanagari seemed to understand about these powers. He |
||
6590 | looked relieved. But Guarin who was with him regarded |
||
6591 | the sea and I saw his lip curl. |
||
6592 | |||
6593 | The commandant wished to know if there were any danger |
||
6594 | of Caonabo, alone, descending upon us from the mountains. |
||
6595 | But no! Maguana and Guarico were friends. They |
||
6596 | had not always been so, but now they were friends. De |
||
6597 | Arana looked doubtfully, and I saw him determine to keep |
||
6598 | watch and ward and to hold the men within or near to fort. |
||
6599 | But Guacanagari sat serene. He repeated that there were |
||
6600 | always preliminaries before wars, and that for a long time |
||
6601 | there had only been peace between Guarico and Maguana. |
||
6602 | "Caonabo is Carib," said the young copper priest. The |
||
6603 | cacique answered, "Carib long ago. Not now." |
||
6604 | |||
6605 | At sunset, the rain ceasing for a little, the earth smoking, |
||
6606 | the west a low, vaporous yellow, the swollen river sounding, |
||
6607 | Diego de Arana had summoned by the drum every man in |
||
6608 | La Navidad. He stood beneath our banner and put his |
||
6609 | hand upon the staff and spoke earnestly to those gathered |
||
6610 | before him, in their duty and out of their duty. He told |
||
6611 | of Caonabo, and of his own sense that Guacanagari was |
||
6612 | too confident. He told of Guacanagari's fidelity to the Admiral, |
||
6613 | and he appealed to every Christian there to be at |
||
6614 | least as faithful. We were few and far from Spain, and |
||
6615 | we had perhaps more than we could conceive in trust. "Far |
||
6616 | from Spain, but no farther than we will from the blessed |
||
6617 | saints and the true Christ. Let us put less distance there, |
||
6618 | being few in this land and in danger!" |
||
6619 | |||
6620 | He knew that he had a dozen with him, and looked straight |
||
6621 | at Escobedo. |
||
6622 | |||
6623 | The latter said, "Live in the open and die there, if need |
||
6624 | be! To live in this rat hole, breathing plague, is dying |
||
6625 | already! Caonabo is a fable! These people! Spaniards |
||
6626 | have but to lift voice and they flee!" |
||
6627 | |||
6628 | He received from his following acquiescent sound. Spoke |
||
6629 | Pedro Gutierrez. "Guacanagari wishes to bottle us here; |
||
6630 | that is the whole of it. Why play his game? I never saw |
||
6631 | a safer land! Only La Navidad is not safe!" |
||
6632 | |||
6633 | Those two had half and perhaps more than half of the |
||
6634 | garrison. Arana cried, "Don Roderigo de Escobedo and |
||
6635 | Don Pedro Gutierrez, you serve the Queen ill!" |
||
6636 | |||
6637 | "You, Senor," answered Gutierrez, "serve my Lady Idle |
||
6638 | Fear and my Lord Incapacity!" |
||
6639 | |||
6640 | Whereupon Arana put him in arrest and he lay that night |
||
6641 | in prison. The cloud was black over La Navidad. |
||
6642 | |||
6643 | |||
6644 | |||
6645 | CHAPTER XXV |
||
6646 | |||
6647 | IT did not lighten. Escobedo waited two days, then in |
||
6648 | the dark night, corrupting the watch, broke gaol for |
||
6649 | Pedro Gutierrez and with him and nine men quitted |
||
6650 | La Navidad. Beltran the cook it was who heard and procured |
||
6651 | a great smoking torch, and sent out against them a |
||
6652 | voice like a bull of Bashan's. Arana sprang up, and the |
||
6653 | rest of us who slept. They were eleven men, armed and |
||
6654 | alert. There were shouts, blows, a clutching and a throwing |
||
6655 | off, a detaining and repelling. In the east showed long |
||
6656 | ghost fingers, the rain held away. They were at the gate |
||
6657 | when we ran upon them; they burst it open and went forth, |
||
6658 | leaving one of their own number dead, and two of them |
||
6659 | who stayed with Arana desperately hurt. We followed |
||
6660 | them down the path, through the wood, but they had the |
||
6661 | start. They did not go to Guarico, but they seized the boat |
||
6662 | of the _Santa Maria_ which the Admiral had left with us and |
||
6663 | went up the river. We heard the dash of their oars, then |
||
6664 | the rain came down, with a weeping of every cloud. |
||
6665 | |||
6666 | The dead man they left behind was Fernando. I had seen |
||
6667 | Pedro in the gate, going forth. |
||
6668 | |||
6669 | Fourteen men, two of whom were ill and two wounded, |
||
6670 | stayed at La Navidad. Arana said with passion, "Honest |
||
6671 | men and a garrison at one! There is some gain!" |
||
6672 | |||
6673 | That could not be denied. Gain here, but how about it |
||
6674 | yonder? |
||
6675 | |||
6676 | It was May. And now the rain fell in a great copious |
||
6677 | flood, huge-dropped and warm, and now it was restrained |
||
6678 | for a little, and there shone a sun confused and fierce. Earth |
||
6679 | and forest dripped and streamed and smoked. We were |
||
6680 | Andalusians, but the heat drained us. But we held, we fourteen |
||
6681 | men. Arana did well at La Navidad. We all did |
||
6682 | what we could to live like true not false Castilians, true not |
||
6683 | false Christians. And I name Beltran the cook as hero and |
||
6684 | mighty encourager of hearts. |
||
6685 | |||
6686 | We went back and forth between La Navidad and Guarico, |
||
6687 | for though the Admiral had left us a store of food we got |
||
6688 | from them fruit and maize and cassava. They were all |
||
6689 | friendly again, for the fourteen withheld themselves from |
||
6690 | excess. Nor did we quarrel among ourselves and show |
||
6691 | them European weakness. |
||
6692 | |||
6693 | Guacanagari remained a big, easy, somewhat slothful, |
||
6694 | friendly barbarian, a child in much, but brave enough when |
||
6695 | roused and not without common sense. He had an itch for |
||
6696 | marvels, loved to hear tales of our world that for all one |
||
6697 | could say remained to them witchcraft and cloudland, world |
||
6698 | above their world! What could they, who had no great |
||
6699 | beasts, make of tales of horsemen? What could their huts |
||
6700 | know of palace and tower and cathedral, their swimmers of |
||
6701 | stone bridges, their canoes of a thousand ships greater far |
||
6702 | than the_ Santa Maria_ and the _Nina_? What could Guarico |
||
6703 | know of Seville? In some slight wise they practiced barter, |
||
6704 | but huge markets and fairs to which traveled from all quarters |
||
6705 | and afar merchants and buyers went with the tales of |
||
6706 | horsemen. And so with a thousand things! We were the |
||
6707 | waving oak talking to the acorn. |
||
6708 | |||
6709 | But there were among this folk two or three ready for |
||
6710 | knowledge. Guarin was a learning soul. He foregathered |
||
6711 | with the physician Juan Lepe, and many a talk they had, |
||
6712 | like a master and pupil, in some corner of La Navidad, or |
||
6713 | under a palm-thatched roof, or, when the rain held, by river |
||
6714 | or sounding sea. He had mind and moral sense, though |
||
6715 | not the European mind at best, nor the European moral |
||
6716 | sense at highest. But he was well begun. And he had |
||
6717 | beauty of form and countenance and an eager, deep eye. |
||
6718 | Juan Lepe loved him. |
||
6719 | |||
6720 | It was June. Guacanagari came to La Navidad, and his |
||
6721 | brown face was as serious as a tragedy. "Caonabo?" asked |
||
6722 | Diego de Arana. |
||
6723 | |||
6724 | A fortnight before this the cacique, at Arana's desire, |
||
6725 | had sent three Indians in a canoe up the river, the object |
||
6726 | news if possible of that ten who had departed in that direction. |
||
6727 | Now the Indians were back. They had gone a long |
||
6728 | way until the high mountains were just before them, and |
||
6729 | there they heard news from the last folk who might be |
||
6730 | called Guarico and the first folk who might be called Maguana. |
||
6731 | The mighty strangers had gone on up into the |
||
6732 | mountains and Caonabo had put them to death. |
||
6733 | |||
6734 | "To death!" |
||
6735 | |||
6736 | It appeared that they had seized women and had beaten |
||
6737 | men whom they thought had gold which they would not |
||
6738 | give. They were madmen, Escobedo and Gutierrez and |
||
6739 | all with them! |
||
6740 | |||
6741 | Guacanagari said that Caonabo had invited them to a feast. |
||
6742 | It was spread in three houses, and they were divided so, |
||
6743 | and around each Spaniard was put a ring of Indians. They |
||
6744 | were eating and drinking. Caonabo entered the first house, |
||
6745 | and his coming made the signal. Escobedo and Pedro |
||
6746 | Gutierrez were in this house. They raised a shout, "Undone, |
||
6747 | Spaniards!" But though they were heard in the |
||
6748 | other houses--these houses being nothing more than booths |
||
6749 | --it was to no use. There followed struggle and massacre; |
||
6750 | finally Gutierrez and Escobedo and eight men lay dead. |
||
6751 | But certain Indians were also killed and among them a son |
||
6752 | of Caonabo. |
||
6753 | |||
6754 | It was July. We began to long toward the Admiral's |
||
6755 | return. A man among us went melancholy mad, watching |
||
6756 | the sea, threatening the rain when it came down and |
||
6757 | hid the sea, and the Admiral might go by! At last he threw |
||
6758 | himself into ocean and was drowned. Another man was |
||
6759 | bitten by a serpent, and we could not save him. We were |
||
6760 | twelve Spaniards in La Navidad. We rested friends with |
||
6761 | Guarico, though now they held us to be nothing more than |
||
6762 | demigods. And indeed by now we were ragged! |
||
6763 | |||
6764 | Then, in a night, it came. |
||
6765 | |||
6766 | Guacanagari again appeared. It had reached him from |
||
6767 | up the river that Caonabo was making pact with the cacique |
||
6768 | of Marien and that the two meant to proceed against us. |
||
6769 | Standing, he spoke at length and eloquently. If he rested |
||
6770 | our friend, it might end in his having for foes Maguana |
||
6771 | and Marien. There had been long peace, and Guarico did |
||
6772 | not desire war. Moreover, Caonabo said that it was idle |
||
6773 | to dread Caribs and let in the mighty strangers! He said |
||
6774 | that all pale men, afraid of themselves so that they covered |
||
6775 | themselves up, were filled with evil _zemes_ and were worse |
||
6776 | than a thousand Caribs! But Caonabo was a mocker and a |
||
6777 | hard-of-heart! Different was Guacanagari. He told us |
||
6778 | how different. It all ended in great hope that Caonabo would |
||
6779 | think better of it. |
||
6780 | |||
6781 | We kept watch and ward. Yet we could not be utterly |
||
6782 | cooped within La Navidad. Errands must be done, food |
||
6783 | be gathered. More than that, to seem to Guarico frightened, |
||
6784 | to cry that we must keep day and night behind wall with |
||
6785 | cannon trained, notwithstanding that Caonabo might be |
||
6786 | asleep in the mountains of Cibao, would be but to mine |
||
6787 | our own fame, we who, for all that had passed, still seemed |
||
6788 | to this folk mighty, each of us a host in himself! And as |
||
6789 | nothing came out of the forest, and no more messengers of |
||
6790 | danger, they themselves had ceased to fear, being like children |
||
6791 | in this wise. And we, too, at last; for now it was |
||
6792 | late August, and the weather was better, and surely, surely, |
||
6793 | any day we might see a white point rise from blue ocean, |
||
6794 | --a white point and another and another, like stars after |
||
6795 | long clouded night skies! |
||
6796 | |||
6797 | So we watched the sea. And also there was a man to |
||
6798 | watch the forest. But we did not conceive that the dragon |
||
6799 | would come forth in the daytime, nor that he could come |
||
6800 | at any time without our hearing afar the dragging of his |
||
6801 | body and the whistling of his breath. |
||
6802 | |||
6803 | It was halfway between sunrise and noon. Five of us |
||
6804 | were in the village, seven at La Navidad. The five were |
||
6805 | there for melons and fruit and cassava and tobacco which |
||
6806 | we bought with beads and fishhooks and bits of bright cloth. |
||
6807 | Three of the seven at La Navidad were out of gate, down |
||
6808 | |||
6809 | at the river, washing their clothes. Diego Minas, the archer, |
||
6810 | on top of wall, watched the forest. Walking below, Beltran |
||
6811 | the cook was singing in his big voice a Moorish song |
||
6812 | that they made much of year before last in Seville. I had a |
||
6813 | book of Messer Petrarca's poems. It had been Gutierrez's, |
||
6814 | who left it behind when he broke forth to the mountains. |
||
6815 | |||
6816 | Beltran's voice suddenly ceased. Diego the archer above |
||
6817 | him on wall had cried down, "Hush, will you, a moment!" |
||
6818 | Diego de Arana came up. "What is it?" |
||
6819 | |||
6820 | "I thought," said the archer, "that I heard a strange |
||
6821 | shouting from toward village. Hark ye! There!" |
||
6822 | |||
6823 | We heard it, a confused sound. "Call in the men from |
||
6824 | the river!" Arana ordered. |
||
6825 | |||
6826 | Diego Minas sent his voice down the slope. The three |
||
6827 | below by the river also heard the commotion, distant as |
||
6828 | Guarico. They were standing up, their eyes turned that |
||
6829 | way. Just behind them hung the forest out of which slid, |
||
6830 | dark and smooth, the narrow river. |
||
6831 | |||
6832 | Out of the forest came an arrow and struck to the heart |
||
6833 | Gabriel Baraona. Followed it a wild prolonged cry of many |
||
6834 | voices, peculiar and curdling to the blood, and fifty--a |
||
6835 | hundred--a host of naked men painted black with white |
||
6836 | and red and yellow markings. Guarico did not use bow |
||
6837 | and arrow, but a Carib cacique knew them, and had so |
||
6838 | many, and also lances flint or bone-headed, and clubs with |
||
6839 | stones wedged in them and stone knives. Gabriel Baraona |
||
6840 | fell, whether dead or not we could not tell. Juan Morcillo |
||
6841 | and Gonzalo Fernandez sent a scream for aid up to La |
||
6842 | Navidad. Now they were hidden as some small thing by |
||
6843 | furious bees. Diego de Arana rushed for his sword. "Down |
||
6844 | and cut them out!" |
||
6845 | |||
6846 | Diego Minas fired the big lombard, but for fear of hurting |
||
6847 | our three men sent wide the ball. We looked for terror |
||
6848 | always from the flame, the smoke and great noise, and so |
||
6849 | there was terror here for a moment and a bearing back in |
||
6850 | which Juan and Gonzalo got loose and made a little way up |
||
6851 | path. But a barbarian was here who could not long be |
||
6852 | terrified. Caonabo sent half his horde against Guarico, but |
||
6853 | himself had come to La Navidad. That painted army rallied |
||
6854 | and overtook the fleeing men. |
||
6855 | |||
6856 | Shouting, making his swung sword dazzle in light, Diego |
||
6857 | de Arana raced down path, and Diego Minas and Beltran |
||
6858 | the cook and Juan Lepe with him. Many a time since then, |
||
6859 | in this island, have I seen half a dozen Christians with their |
||
6860 | arms and the superstitious terror that surrounded them put |
||
6861 | to flight twenty times their number. But this was early, |
||
6862 | and the spirit of these naked men not broken, and Caonabo |
||
6863 | faced us. It was he himself who, when three or four had |
||
6864 | been wounded by Arana, suddenly rushed upon the commandant. |
||
6865 | With his stone-headed club he struck the sword |
||
6866 | away, and he plunged his knife into Arana's breast. He |
||
6867 | died, a brave man who had done his best at La Navidad. |
||
6868 | |||
6869 | Juan Morcillo and Gonzalo Fernandez and Diego Minas |
||
6870 | were slain. I saw a lifted club and swerved, but too late. |
||
6871 | |||
6872 | Blackness and neither care nor delight. Then, far off, |
||
6873 | a little beating of surf on shore, very far and nothing to do |
||
6874 | with anything. Then a clue of pain that it seemed I must |
||
6875 | follow or that must follow me, and at first it was a little |
||
6876 | thin thread, but then a cable and all my care was to thin |
||
6877 | it again. It passed into an ache and throb that filled my |
||
6878 | being like the rain clouds the sky. Then suddenly there |
||
6879 | were yet heavy clouds but the sky around and behind. I |
||
6880 | opened my eyes and sat up, but found that my arms were |
||
6881 | bound to my sides. |
||
6882 | |||
6883 | "We aren't dead, and that's some comfort, Doctor, as |
||
6884 | the cock said to the other cock in the market pannier!" |
||
6885 | It was Beltran the cook who spoke and he was bound like |
||
6886 | me. Around us lay the five dead. A score of Indians |
||
6887 | warded us, mighty strangers in bonds, and we heard the |
||
6888 | rest up at the fort where they were searching and pillaging. |
||
6889 | |||
6890 | Guarico, and the men there? |
||
6891 | |||
6892 | We found that out when at last they were done with La |
||
6893 | Navidad and they and we were put on the march. We came |
||
6894 | to where had been Guarico, and truly for long we had smelled |
||
6895 | the burning of it, as we had heard the crying and shouting. |
||
6896 | It was all down, the frail houses. I made out in the loud |
||
6897 | talking that followed the blending of Caonabo's bands what |
||
6898 | had been done and not done. Guacanagari, wounded, was |
||
6899 | fled after fighting a while, he and his brother and the butio |
||
6900 | and all the people. But the mighty strangers found in the |
||
6901 | village, were dead. They had run down to the sea, but |
||
6902 | Caonabo's men had caught them, and after hard work killed |
||
6903 | them. Juan Lepe and Beltran, passing, saw the five bodies. |
||
6904 | |||
6905 | I do not think that Caonabo had less than a thousand |
||
6906 | with him. He had come in force, and the whole as silent |
||
6907 | as a bat or moth. We were to learn over and over again |
||
6908 | that "Indians" could do that, travel very silently, creatures |
||
6909 | of the forest who took by surprise. Well, Guarico was destroyed, |
||
6910 | and Guacanagari and Guarin fled, and in all Hispaniola |
||
6911 | were only two Spaniards, and we saw no sail upon the |
||
6912 | sea, no sail at all! |
||
6913 | |||
6914 | |||
6915 | |||
6916 | CHAPTER XXVI |
||
6917 | |||
6918 | WE turned from the sea. Thick forest came between |
||
6919 | us and it. We were going with Caonabo to the |
||
6920 | mountains. Beltran and I thought that it had been |
||
6921 | in question whether he should kill us at once, or hold us in |
||
6922 | life until we had been shown as trophies in Maguana, and |
||
6923 | that the pride and vanity of the latter course prevailed. After |
||
6924 | two days in this ruined place, during which we saw no |
||
6925 | Guarico Indian, we departed. The raid was over. All their |
||
6926 | war is by raid. They carried everything from the fort |
||
6927 | save the fort itself and the two lombards. In the narrow |
||
6928 | paths that are this world's roads, one man must walk after |
||
6929 | another, and their column seems endless where it winds and |
||
6930 | is lost and appears again. Beltran and I were no longer |
||
6931 | bound. Nor were we treated unkindly, starved nor hurt in |
||
6932 | any way. All that waited until we should reach Caonabo's |
||
6933 | town. |
||
6934 | |||
6935 | Caonabo was a most handsome barbarian, strong and |
||
6936 | fierce and intelligent, more fierce, more intelligent than Guacanagari. |
||
6937 | All had been painted, but the heat of the lowland |
||
6938 | and their great exertion had made the coloring run and |
||
6939 | mix most unseemly. When they left Guarico they plunged |
||
6940 | into the river and washed the whole away, coming out clear |
||
6941 | red-brown, shining and better to look upon. Caonabo |
||
6942 | washed, but then he would renew his marking with the |
||
6943 | paint which he carried with him in a little calabash. |
||
6944 | |||
6945 | A pool, still and reflecting as any polished shield, made his |
||
6946 | mirror. He painted in a terrific pattern what seemed meant |
||
6947 | for lightning and serpent. It was armor and plume and |
||
6948 | banner to him. I thought of our own devices, comforting |
||
6949 | or discomforting kinships! He had black, lustrous hair, no |
||
6950 | beard--they pluck out all body hair save the head thatch |
||
6951 | --high features, a studied look of settled and cold fierceness. |
||
6952 | Such was this Carib in Hispaniola. |
||
6953 | |||
6954 | Presently they put a watch and the rest all lay down and |
||
6955 | slept, Beltran beside me. The day had been clear, and now |
||
6956 | a great moon made silver, silver, the land around. It |
||
6957 | shone upon the Spanish sailor and upon the Carib chief |
||
6958 | and all the naked Manguana men. I thought of Europe, |
||
6959 | and of how all this or its like had been going on hundred |
||
6960 | years by hundred years, while perished Rome and quickened |
||
6961 | our kingdoms, while Charlemagne governed, while the Church |
||
6962 | rose until she towered and covered like the sky, while we |
||
6963 | went crusades and pilgrimages, while Venice and Genoa |
||
6964 | and Lisbon rose and flourished, while letters went on and |
||
6965 | we studied Aristotle, while question arose, and wider knowledge. |
||
6966 | At last Juan Lepe, too, went to sleep. |
||
6967 | |||
6968 | Next day we traveled among and over mountains. Our |
||
6969 | path, so narrow, climbed by rock and tree. Now it overhung |
||
6970 | deep, tree-crammed vales, now it bore through just- |
||
6971 | parted cliffs. Beltran and Juan Lepe had need for all their |
||
6972 | strength of body. |
||
6973 | |||
6974 | The worst was that that old tremor and weakness of one |
||
6975 | leg and side, left after some sea fight, which had made Beltran |
||
6976 | the cook from Beltran the mariner, came back. I saw his |
||
6977 | step begin to halt and drag. This increased. An hour later, |
||
6978 | the path going over tree roots knotted like serpents, he |
||
6979 | stumbled and fell. He picked himself up. "Hard to keep |
||
6980 | deck in this gale!" |
||
6981 | |||
6982 | When he went down there had been an exclamation from |
||
6983 | those Indians nearest us. "Aiya!" It was their word for |
||
6984 | rotten, no good, spoiled, disappointing, crippled or diseased, |
||
6985 | for a misformed child or an old man or woman arrived |
||
6986 | at helplessness. Such, I had learned from Guarin, they |
||
6987 | almost invariably killed. It was why, from the first, we |
||
6988 | hardly saw dwarfed or humped or crippled among them. |
||
6989 | |||
6990 | We had to cross a torrent upon a tree that falling had |
||
6991 | made from side to side a rounded bridge. Again that old |
||
6992 | hurt betrayed him. He slipped, would have fallen into the |
||
6993 | torrent below, but that I, turning, caught him and the Indian |
||
6994 | behind us helped. We managed across. "My ship," said |
||
6995 | Beltran, "is going to pieces on the rocks." |
||
6996 | |||
6997 | The path became ladder steep. Now Beltran delayed all, |
||
6998 | for it was a lame man climbing. I helped him all I could. |
||
6999 | |||
7000 | The sun was near its setting. We were aloft in these |
||
7001 | mountains. Green heads still rose over us, but we were |
||
7002 | aloft, far above the sea. And now we were going through a |
||
7003 | ravine or pass where the walking was better. Here, too, a |
||
7004 | wind reached us and it was cooler. Cool eve of the heights |
||
7005 | drew on. We came to a bubbling well of coldest water and |
||
7006 | drank to our great refreshment. Veritable pine trees, which |
||
7007 | we never saw in the lowlands, towered above and sang. The |
||
7008 | path was easier, but hardly, hardly, could Beltran drag himself |
||
7009 | along it. His arm was over my shoulder. |
||
7010 | |||
7011 | Out of the dark pass we came upon a table almost bare |
||
7012 | of trees and covered with a fine soft grass. The mountains |
||
7013 | of Cibao, five leagues--maybe more--away, hung in emerald |
||
7014 | purple and gold under the sinking sun. The highest |
||
7015 | rocky peaks rose pale gold. Below us and between those |
||
7016 | mountains on which we stood and the golden mountains |
||
7017 | of Cibao, spread that plain, so beautiful, so wide and long, |
||
7018 | so fertile and smiling and vast, that afterwards was |
||
7019 | called the Royal Plain! East and west one might not see |
||
7020 | the end; south only the golden mountains stopped it. And |
||
7021 | rivers shone, one great river and many lesser streams. And |
||
7022 | we saw afar many plumes of smoke from many villages, |
||
7023 | and we made out maize fields, for the plain was populous. |
||
7024 | _Vega Real_! So lovely was it in that bright eve! The very |
||
7025 | pain of the day made it lovelier. |
||
7026 | |||
7027 | The high grassy space ran upon one side to sheer precipice, |
||
7028 | dropping clear two hundred feet. But there was camping |
||
7029 | ground enough--and the sun almost touched the far, |
||
7030 | violet earth. |
||
7031 | |||
7032 | The Indians threw themselves down. When they had |
||
7033 | supper they would eat it, when they had it not they would |
||
7034 | wait for breakfast. But Caonabo with twenty young men |
||
7035 | came to us. He said something, and my arms were caught |
||
7036 | from behind and held. He faced Beltran seated against a |
||
7037 | pine. "Aiya!" he said. His voice was deep and harsh, and |
||
7038 | be made a gesture of repugnance. There was a powerfully |
||
7039 | made Indian beside him, and I saw the last gleam of the |
||
7040 | sun strike the long, sharp, stone knife. "Kill!" said the |
||
7041 | cacique. |
||
7042 | |||
7043 | A dozen flung themselves upon Beltran, but there was no |
||
7044 | need, for he sat quite still with a steady face. He had time |
||
7045 | to cry to Juan Lepe, who cried to him, "That's what I say! |
||
7046 | Good cheer and courage and meet again!" |
||
7047 | |||
7048 | He had no long suffering. The knife was driven quickly |
||
7049 | to his heart. They drew the shell to the edge of the precipice |
||
7050 | and dropped it over. |
||
7051 | |||
7052 | It was early night, it was middle night, it was late night. |
||
7053 | They had set no watch, for where and what was the danger |
||
7054 | here on this mountain top? |
||
7055 | |||
7056 | One side went down in a precipice, one sloping less steeply |
||
7057 | we had climbed from the pine trees and the well, one of a |
||
7058 | like descent we would take to-morrow down to the plain, |
||
7059 | but the fourth was mountain head hanging above us and |
||
7060 | thick wood,--dark, entangled, pathless. And it chanced |
||
7061 | or it was that Juan Lepe lay upon the side toward the peak, |
||
7062 | close to forest. The Indians had no thought to guard me. |
||
7063 | We lay down under the moon, and that bronze host slept, |
||
7064 | naked beautiful statues, in every attitude of rest. |
||
7065 | |||
7066 | The moon shone until there was silver day. Juan Lepe |
||
7067 | was not sleeping. |
||
7068 | |||
7069 | There was no wind, but he watched a branch move. It |
||
7070 | looked like a man's arm, then it moved farther and was a |
||
7071 | full man,--an Indian, noiseless, out clear in the moon, |
||
7072 | from the wood. I knew him. It was the priest Guarin, |
||
7073 | priest and physician, for they are the same here. Palm |
||
7074 | against earth, I half rose. He nodded, made a sign to rise |
||
7075 | wholly and come. I did so. I stood and saw under the |
||
7076 | moon no waking face nor upspringing form. I stepped |
||
7077 | across an Indian, another, a third. Then was clear space, |
||
7078 | the wood, Guarin. There was no sound save only the constant |
||
7079 | sound of this forest by night when a million million |
||
7080 | insects waken. |
||
7081 | |||
7082 | He took my hand and drew me into the brake and wilderness. |
||
7083 | There was no path. I followed him over I know |
||
7084 | not what of twined root and thick ancient soil, a powder |
||
7085 | and flake that gave under foot, to a hidden, rocky shelf |
||
7086 | that broke and came again and broke and came again. Now |
||
7087 | we were a hundred feet above that camp and going over |
||
7088 | mountain brow, going to the north again. Gone were Caonabo |
||
7089 | and his Indians; gone the view of the plain and the |
||
7090 | mountains of Cibao. Again we met low cliff, long stony |
||
7091 | ledges sunk in the forest, invisible from below. I began |
||
7092 | to see that they would not know how to follow. Caonabo |
||
7093 | might know well the mountains of Cibao, but this sierra |
||
7094 | that was straight behind Guarico, Guarico knew. It is a |
||
7095 | blessed habit of their priests to go wandering in the forest, |
||
7096 | making their medicine, learning the country, discovering, |
||
7097 | using certain haunts for meditation. Sometimes they are |
||
7098 | gone from their villages for days and weeks. None indeed |
||
7099 | of these wild peoples fear reasonable solitude. Out of all |
||
7100 | which comes the fact that Guarin knew this mountain. We |
||
7101 | were not far, as flies the bird, from the burned town of |
||
7102 | Guarico, from the sea without sail, from the ruined La |
||
7103 | Navidad. When the dawn broke we saw ocean. |
||
7104 | |||
7105 | He took me straight to a cavern, such another as that in |
||
7106 | which Jerez and Luis Torres and I had harbored in Cuba. |
||
7107 | But this had fine sand for floor, and a row of calabashes, |
||
7108 | and wood laid for fire. |
||
7109 | |||
7110 | Here Juan Lepe dropped, for all his head was swimming |
||
7111 | with weariness. |
||
7112 | |||
7113 | The sun was up, the place glistered. Guarin showed how |
||
7114 | it was hidden. "I found it when I was a boy, and none but |
||
7115 | Guarin hath ever come here until you come, Juan Lepe!" |
||
7116 | He had no fear, it was evident, of Caonabo's coming. "They |
||
7117 | will think your idol helped you away. If they look for you, |
||
7118 | it will be in the cloud. They will say, `See that dark mark |
||
7119 | moving round edge of cloud mountain! That is he!' " |
||
7120 | I asked him, "Where are Guacanagari and the rest?" |
||
7121 | |||
7122 | "Guacanagari had an arrow through his thigh and a |
||
7123 | deep cut upon the head. He was bleeding and in a swoon. |
||
7124 | His brother and the Guarico men and I with them took |
||
7125 | him, and the women took the children, and we went |
||
7126 | away, save a few that were killed, upon the path that we |
||
7127 | used when in my father's time, the Caribs came in canoes. |
||
7128 | After a while we will go down to Guacanagari. But now |
||
7129 | rest!" |
||
7130 | |||
7131 | He looked at me, and then from a little trickling spring |
||
7132 | he took water in a calabash no larger than an orange and |
||
7133 | from another vessel a white dust which he stirred into it, |
||
7134 | and made me drink. I did not know what it was, but I |
||
7135 | went to sleep. |
||
7136 | |||
7137 | But that sleep did not refresh. It was filled with heavy |
||
7138 | and dreadful dreams, and I woke with an aching head and |
||
7139 | a burning skin. Juan Lepe who had nursed the sick down |
||
7140 | there in La Navidad knew feebly what it was. He saw in |
||
7141 | a mist the naked priest, his friend and rescuer, seated upon |
||
7142 | the sandy floor regarding him with a wrinkled brow and |
||
7143 | compressed lips, and then he sank into fever visions uncouth |
||
7144 | and dreadful, or mirage-pleasing with a mirage-ecstasy. |
||
7145 | |||
7146 | Juan Lepe did not die, but he lay ill and like to die for |
||
7147 | two months. It was deep in October, that day at dawn |
||
7148 | when I came quietly, evenly, to myself again, and lay most |
||
7149 | weak, but with seeing eyes. At first I thought I was alone |
||
7150 | in the cavern, but then I saw Guarin where he lay asleep. |
||
7151 | |||
7152 | That day I strengthened, and the next day and the next. |
||
7153 | But I had lain long at the very feet of death, and full |
||
7154 | strength was a tortoise in returning. So good to Juan Lepe |
||
7155 | was Guarin! |
||
7156 | |||
7157 | Now he was with me, and now he went away to that |
||
7158 | village where was Guacanagari. He had done this from |
||
7159 | the first coming here, nursing me, then going down through |
||
7160 | the forest to see that all was well with his wounded cacique |
||
7161 | and the folk whose butio he was. They knew his ways and |
||
7162 | did not try to keep him when he would return to the mountain, |
||
7163 | to "make medicine." So none knew of the cavern or |
||
7164 | that there was one Spaniard left alive in all Hayti. |
||
7165 | |||
7166 | I strengthened. At last I could draw myself out of cave |
||
7167 | and lie, in the now so pleasant weather, upon the ledge |
||
7168 | before it. All the vast heat and moisture was gone by; |
||
7169 | now again was weather of last year when we found San |
||
7170 | Salvador. |
||
7171 | |||
7172 | I could see ocean. No sail, and were he returning, surely |
||
7173 | it should have been before this! He might never return. |
||
7174 | |||
7175 | When Guarin was away I sat or lay or moved about a |
||
7176 | small demesne and still prospered. There were clean rock, |
||
7177 | the water, the marvelous forest. He brought cassava cake, |
||
7178 | fruit, fish from the sea. He brought me for entertainment |
||
7179 | a talking parrot, and there lived in a seam of the rock a |
||
7180 | beautiful lizard with whom I made friends. The air was |
||
7181 | balm, balm! A steady soft wind made cataract sound in |
||
7182 | the forest. Sunrise, noon, sunset, midnight, were great |
||
7183 | glories. |
||
7184 | |||
7185 | It was November; it was mid-November and after. |
||
7186 | |||
7187 | Now I was strong and wandered in the forest, though |
||
7188 | never far from that cliff and cavern. It was settled between |
||
7189 | us that in five days I should go down with Guarin |
||
7190 | to Guacanagari. He proposed that I should be taken formally |
||
7191 | into the tribe. They had a ceremony of adoption, |
||
7192 | and after that Juan Lepe would be Guarico. He would |
||
7193 | live with and teach the Guaricos, becoming butio--he and |
||
7194 | Guarin butios together. I pondered it. If the Admiral |
||
7195 | came not again it was the one thing to do. |
||
7196 | |||
7197 | I remember the very odor and exquisite touch of the |
||
7198 | morning. Guarin was away. I had to myself cave and |
||
7199 | ledge and little waterfall and great trees that now I was |
||
7200 | telling one from another. I had parrot and lizard and spoke |
||
7201 | now to the one and now to the other. I remember the |
||
7202 | butterflies and the humming birds. |
||
7203 | |||
7204 | I looked out to sea and saw a sail! |
||
7205 | |||
7206 | It was afar, a white point. I leaned against the rock for |
||
7207 | I was suddenly weak who the moment before had felt strong. |
||
7208 | The white point swelled. It would be a goodly large ship. |
||
7209 | Over blue rim slipped another flake. A little off I saw a |
||
7210 | third, then a fourth. Juan Lepe rubbed his eyes. Before |
||
7211 | there came no more he had counted seventeen sail. They |
||
7212 | grew; they were so beauteous. Toward the harbor sailed |
||
7213 | a fleet. Now I made out the flagship. |
||
7214 | |||
7215 | O Life, thou wondrous goddess of happenings! |
||
7216 | |||
7217 | An hour I sat on cliff edge and watched. They were |
||
7218 | making in, the lovely white swans. When they were fairly |
||
7219 | near, when in little time the foremost would bring to, down |
||
7220 | sail and drop anchor, Juan Lepe, gathering his belongings |
||
7221 | together, bidding the lizard farewell and taking the parrot |
||
7222 | with him on shoulder, left cavern and cliff and took Guarin's |
||
7223 | path down through the forest. |
||
7224 | |||
7225 | Halfway to level land he met Guarin coming up; the |
||
7226 | two met beneath a tree huge and spreading, curtained with |
||
7227 | a vine, starred with flowers. "He has come!" cried the |
||
7228 | Indian. "They have come!" In his voice was marveling, |
||
7229 | awe, perturbation. |
||
7230 | |||
7231 | The sun in the sky shone, and in the bay hung that wonder |
||
7232 | of return, the many ships for the _Nina_. Juan Lepe and |
||
7233 | Guarin went on down through wood to a narrow silver |
||
7234 | beach, out upon which had cast itself an Indian village. |
||
7235 | |||
7236 | Guacanagari was not here. He waited within his house |
||
7237 | for the Admiral. But his brother, and others of Guarico, |
||
7238 | saw me and there rose a clamor and excitement that for the |
||
7239 | moment took them from the ships. Guarin explained and |
||
7240 | Juan Lepe explained, but still this miraculous day dyed also |
||
7241 | for them my presence here. I had been slain, and had come |
||
7242 | to life to greet the Great Cacique! It grew to a legend. I |
||
7243 | met it so, long afterwards in Hispaniola. |
||
7244 | |||
7245 | |||
7246 | |||
7247 | CHAPTER XXVII |
||
7248 | |||
7249 | ONE by one were incoming, were folding wings, were |
||
7250 | anchoring, Spanish ships. Three were larger each |
||
7251 | than the _Santa Maria_ and the _Pinta_ together; the |
||
7252 | others caravels of varying size. Seventeen in all, a fleet, |
||
7253 | crowded with men, having cannon and banners and music. |
||
7254 | Europe was coming with strength into Asia! The Indians |
||
7255 | on the beach were moved as by an unresting wind. They |
||
7256 | had terror, they had delight, and some a mere stupidity of |
||
7257 | staring. The greatest ship, the first to anchor, carried the |
||
7258 | banner of Castile and Leon, and the Admiral's banner. |
||
7259 | Now a boat put off from her, boats also from the two ships |
||
7260 | next in grandeur. |
||
7261 | |||
7262 | As they came over the blue wave Juan Lepe stepped down |
||
7263 | sand to water edge. Not here, but somewhat to the west, |
||
7264 | before La Navidad would one look for this anchoring. He |
||
7265 | thought rightly that the Admiral came here from La Navidad, |
||
7266 | where he found only ruin, but also some straying Indian |
||
7267 | who could give news. So it was, for presently in the |
||
7268 | foremost boat I made out two Guarico men. They had told |
||
7269 | of Caonabo and of Guacanagari's fortunes, and of every |
||
7270 | Spaniard dead of that illness or slain by Caonabo. They |
||
7271 | would put Juan Lepe among these last, but here was Juan |
||
7272 | Lepe, one only left of that thirty-eight. |
||
7273 | |||
7274 | The boat approached. I saw the bared head, higher than |
||
7275 | any other, the white hair, the blue-gray eyes, the strong |
||
7276 | nose and lips, the whole majestic air of the man, as of a |
||
7277 | great one chosen. Master Christopherus--Don Cristoval |
||
7278 | --_el Almirante_! One of the rowers, and that was Sancho |
||
7279 | with whom I had walked on the Fishertown road, first saw |
||
7280 | me and gave a startled cry. All in the boat turned head. |
||
7281 | I heard the Admiral's voice, "Aye, it is! It is!" |
||
7282 | |||
7283 | Boat touched sand, there was landing. All sprang out. |
||
7284 | The Admiral took me in his arms. "You alone--one |
||
7285 | only?" |
||
7286 | |||
7287 | I answered, "One only. The most died in their duty." |
||
7288 | |||
7289 | He released me. "senors, this is senor Juan Lepe, that |
||
7290 | good physician whom we left. Now tell--tell all--before |
||
7291 | we go among this folk!" |
||
7292 | |||
7293 | By water edge I told, thirty men of Spain around me. |
||
7294 | A woeful story, I made it short. These men listened, and |
||
7295 | when it was done fell a silence. Christopherus Columbus |
||
7296 | broke it. "The wave sucks under and throws out again, |
||
7297 | but we sail the sea, have sailed it and will sail it!--Now |
||
7298 | were these Indians false or fair?" |
||
7299 | |||
7300 | I could tell how fair they had been--could praise Guarico |
||
7301 | and Guacanagari and Guarin. He listened with great satisfaction. |
||
7302 | "I would lay my head for that Indian!" |
||
7303 | |||
7304 | Talk with him could not be prolonged, for we were in |
||
7305 | a scene of the greatest business and commotion. When I |
||
7306 | sought for Guarin he was gone. Nor was Guacanagari yet |
||
7307 | at hand. I looked at the swarming ships and ship boats, |
||
7308 | and the coming and coming upon the beach of more and |
||
7309 | more clothed men, and at the tall green palms and the feathered |
||
7310 | mountains. This host, it seemed to me, was not so |
||
7311 | artlessly amazed as had been we of the _Santa Maria_, the |
||
7312 | _Pinta_ and the _Nina_, when first we came to lands so strange |
||
7313 | to Europe. Presently I made out that they had seen others |
||
7314 | of these islands and shores. Coming from Spain they had |
||
7315 | sailed more southerly than we had done before them. They |
||
7316 | had made a great dip and had come north-by-west to Hispaniola. |
||
7317 | I heard names of islands given by the Admiral, Dominica, |
||
7318 | Marigalante, Guadaloupe, Santa Maria la Antigua, |
||
7319 | San Juan. They had anchored by these, set foot |
||
7320 | upon them, even fought with people who were Caribs, Caribals |
||
7321 | or Cannibals. They had a dozen Caribs, men and |
||
7322 | women, prisoners upon the _Marigalante_ that was the Admiral's |
||
7323 | ship. |
||
7324 | |||
7325 | This group about Juan Lepe, survivor of La Navidad, |
||
7326 | talked like seasoned finders and takers. For the most part |
||
7327 | they were young men and hidalgos, fighters against the |
||
7328 | Moors, released by the final conquest of those paynims, out |
||
7329 | now for further wild adventure and for gold with which to |
||
7330 | return, wealthy and still young, to Spanish country, Spanish |
||
7331 | cities, Spanish women! They had the virtue and the vice |
||
7332 | of their sort, courage, miraculous generosities and as miraculous |
||
7333 | weaknesses. Gold, valor, comradeship--and eyes resting |
||
7334 | appraisingly upon young Guarico women there upon the |
||
7335 | silver beach with Guarico men. |
||
7336 | |||
7337 | I heard one cry "Master Juan Lepe!" and turning found |
||
7338 | Luis Torres. We embraced, we were so glad each to see |
||
7339 | the other. My hidalgos were gone, but before I could |
||
7340 | question Luis or he me, there bore down upon us, coming |
||
7341 | together like birds, half a dozen friars. "We bring twelve |
||
7342 | --number of the Apostles!" said Luis. "Monks and |
||
7343 | priests. Father Bernardo Buil is their head. The Holy |
||
7344 | Father hath appointed him Vicar here. You won't find him |
||
7345 | a Fray Ignatio!" |
||
7346 | |||
7347 | A bull-necked, dark-browed, choleric looking man addressed |
||
7348 | me. His Benedictine dress became him ill. He |
||
7349 | should have been a Captain of Free Lances in whatever |
||
7350 | brisk war was waging. He said, "The survivor, Juan |
||
7351 | Lepe?--We stopped at your La Navidad and found ruin |
||
7352 | and emptiness. There must have been ill management-- |
||
7353 | gross!" |
||
7354 | |||
7355 | "They are all dead," I answered. "None of us manage |
||
7356 | the towers so very well!" |
||
7357 | |||
7358 | He regarded me more attentively. "The physician, Juan |
||
7359 | Lepe. Where did you study?" |
||
7360 | |||
7361 | "In Poitiers and in Paris, Father." |
||
7362 | |||
7363 | "You have," he said, "the height and sinew and something |
||
7364 | of the eye and voice of a notable disappeared heretic, |
||
7365 | Jayme de Marchena, who slipped the Dominicans. I saw |
||
7366 | him once from a doorway. But that the Prior of La Rabida |
||
7367 | himself told me that he had accurate knowledge that |
||
7368 | the man was gone with the Jews to Fez, I could almost think |
||
7369 | --But of course it is not possible, and now I see the differences." |
||
7370 | |||
7371 | I answered him with some indifferent word, and we came |
||
7372 | to the Haytiens, and how many had Fray Ignatio made |
||
7373 | Christian? "I knew him," said the Benedictine. "A good |
||
7374 | man, but weak, weak!" |
||
7375 | |||
7376 | Juan Lepe asked of the Indians the Admiral had taken |
||
7377 | to Spain. "But six reached us alive. We instructed them |
||
7378 | and baptized them. A great event--the Grand Cardinal |
||
7379 | and the King and the Queen attending! Three died during |
||
7380 | the summer, but blessedly, being the first of all their people |
||
7381 | in all time to enter heaven. A great salvation!" |
||
7382 | |||
7383 | He looked at the forest and mountains, the sands, the |
||
7384 | Guaricos, as at a city he was besieging. |
||
7385 | |||
7386 | "Ha!" said Father Buil, and with his missionaries moved |
||
7387 | up the beach. |
||
7388 | |||
7389 | Luis and I began to talk. "No need to tell me that Spain |
||
7390 | gave you welcome!"' |
||
7391 | |||
7392 | "The royalest ever! First we came to Lisbon, driven |
||
7393 | in by storm, and had it there from King John, and then to |
||
7394 | Palos which, so to speak, went mad! Then through Spain |
||
7395 | to Barcelona, where was the court, and all the bells in every |
||
7396 | town ringing and every door and window crowded, and here |
||
7397 | is the Faery Prince on a white charger, his Indians behind |
||
7398 | him and gold and parrots and his sailors! Processions and |
||
7399 | processions--alcalde and alcayde and don and friar and |
||
7400 | priest, and let us stop at the church and kneel before high |
||
7401 | altar, and vow again in seven years to free the Sepulchre! |
||
7402 | He hath walked and ridden, waked and slept, in a great, high |
||
7403 | vision! Most men have visions but he can sustain vision." |
||
7404 | |||
7405 | "Aye, he can!" |
||
7406 | |||
7407 | "So at last into Barcelona, where grandees meet us, and |
||
7408 | so on to the court, and music as though the world had turned |
||
7409 | music! And the King and Queen and great welcome, and, |
||
7410 | `Sit beside us, Don Cristoval Colon!' and `Tell and tell |
||
7411 | again', and `Praise we Most High God!' " |
||
7412 | |||
7413 | "It is something for which to praise! Ends of the earth |
||
7414 | beginning to meet." |
||
7415 | |||
7416 | "Aye! So we write that very night to the Pope to be |
||
7417 | confirmed that the glory and profit under God are to Castile |
||
7418 | and Aragon. But the Queen thought most of the heathen |
||
7419 | brought to Christ. And the Admiral thinks of his sons |
||
7420 | and his brothers and his old father, and of the Holy Sepulchre |
||
7421 | and of the Prophecies, and he has the joy of the |
||
7422 | runner who touches the goal!--I would you could have |
||
7423 | seen the royalty with which he was treated--not one day |
||
7424 | nor week but a whole summer long--the flocking, the bowing |
||
7425 | and capping, the `Do me the honor--', the `I have a |
||
7426 | small petition.' Nothing conquers like conquering!" |
||
7427 | |||
7428 | "He had long patience." |
||
7429 | |||
7430 | "Aye. Well, he is at height now. But he has got with |
||
7431 | him the old disastrous seeds.--Fifteen hundred men, and |
||
7432 | among them quite a plenty like Gutierrez and Escobedo! |
||
7433 | But there are good men, too, and a great lot of romantical |
||
7434 | daredevils. No pressing this time! We might have brought |
||
7435 | five thousand could the ships have held them. `Come to the |
||
7436 | Indies and make your fortune!'--`Aye, that is my desire!' " |
||
7437 | |||
7438 | I said, "I am looking now at a romantical daredevil |
||
7439 | whom I have seen before, though I am sure that he never |
||
7440 | noticed me." |
||
7441 | |||
7442 | "Don Alonso de Ojeda? He is feather in cap, and sometimes |
||
7443 | cap, and even at stress head within the cap! Without |
||
7444 | moving you've beckoned him." |
||
7445 | |||
7446 | There approached a young man of whom I knew something, |
||
7447 | having had him pointed out by Enrique de Cerda in |
||
7448 | Santa Fe. I had before that heard his name and somewhat |
||
7449 | of his exploits. In our day, over all Spain, one might find or |
||
7450 | hear of cavaliers of this brand. War with the Moor had |
||
7451 | lasted somewhat longer than the old famed war with Troy. |
||
7452 | It had modeled youth; young men were old soldiers. When |
||
7453 | there came up a sprite like this one he drank war like wine. |
||
7454 | A slight young man, taut as a rope in a gale, with dark |
||
7455 | eyes and red lips and a swift, decisive step, up he came. |
||
7456 | |||
7457 | "Oh, you are the man who lived out of all your fort? |
||
7458 | How did you manage it?" |
||
7459 | |||
7460 | "I had a friend among these friendly Indians who rescued |
||
7461 | me." |
||
7462 | |||
7463 | "Yes! It is excellent warfare to have friends.--You |
||
7464 | have seen no knight nor men-at-arms, nor heard of such?" |
||
7465 | |||
7466 | "Not under those names." |
||
7467 | |||
7468 | "How far do you think we may be from true houses |
||
7469 | and cities, castles, fortresses?" |
||
7470 | |||
7471 | "I haven't the least idea. By the looks of it, pretty far." |
||
7472 | |||
7473 | "It seems to me that you speak truth," he answered. |
||
7474 | "Well, it isn't what we looked for, but it's something! Room |
||
7475 | yet to dare!" Off he went, half Mercury, half Mars, |
||
7476 | and a sprig of youth to draw the eyes. |
||
7477 | |||
7478 | "Was there nothing ever heard," I asked Luis, "of the |
||
7479 | _Pinta_ and Martin Pinzon?" |
||
7480 | |||
7481 | "He is dead." |
||
7482 | |||
7483 | "You saw the wreck?" |
||
7484 | |||
7485 | "No, not that way, though true it is that he wrecked |
||
7486 | himself! I forget that you know nothing. We met the |
||
7487 | _Pinta_ last January, not a day from here, with Monte Cristi |
||
7488 | there yet in sight. When he came aboard and sat in the |
||
7489 | great cabin I do not know what he said, except that it was |
||
7490 | of separation by that storm, and the feeling that two parties |
||
7491 | discovering would thereby discover the more, and the better |
||
7492 | serve their Majesties. The Admiral made no quarrel with |
||
7493 | him. He had some gold and some news of coasts that we |
||
7494 | had not seen. And he did not seem to think it necessary |
||
7495 | to seem penitent or anything but just naturally Martin |
||
7496 | Pinzon. So on we sailed together, he on the _Pinta_ and the |
||
7497 | Admiral on the _Nina_. But that was a rough voyage home |
||
7498 | over Ocean-Sea! Had we had such weather coming, might |
||
7499 | have been mutiny and throat-cutting and putting back, |
||
7500 | Cathay and India being of no aid to dead men! Six times |
||
7501 | at least we thought we were drowned, and made vows, |
||
7502 | kneeling all together and the Admiral praying for us, Fray |
||
7503 | Ignatio not being there. Then came clear, but beyond |
||
7504 | Canaries a three days', three nights' weather that truly drove |
||
7505 | us apart, the _Pinta_ and the _Nina_. We lost each other in the |
||
7506 | darkness and never found again. We were beaten into the |
||
7507 | Tagus, the _Pinta_ on to Bayonne. Then, mid-March, we came |
||
7508 | to Palos, landed and the wonder began. And in three days |
||
7509 | who should come limping in but the _Pinta_? But she missed |
||
7510 | the triumph, and Martin Pinzon was sick, and there was |
||
7511 | some coldness shown. He went ashore to his own house, |
||
7512 | and his illness growing worse he died there. Well, he had |
||
7513 | qualities." |
||
7514 | |||
7515 | "Aye," I answered, with a vision of the big, bluff, golden-haired man. |
||
7516 | |||
7517 | "Vicente Pinzon is here; his ship the _Cordera_ yonder. |
||
7518 | What's the stir now? The Admiral will go to see Guacanagari?" |
||
7519 | |||
7520 | That, it seemed, was what it was, and presently came |
||
7521 | word that Juan Lepe should go with him. A body of cavaliers |
||
7522 | sumptuously clad, some even wearing shining corselet, |
||
7523 | greaves and helm, was forming about him who was himself |
||
7524 | in a magnificent dress. Besides these were fifty of the |
||
7525 | plainer sort, and there lacked not crossbow, lance and arquebus. |
||
7526 | And there were banners and music. We were going |
||
7527 | like an army to be brotherly with Guacanagari. Father |
||
7528 | Buil was going also, and his twelve gowned men. "Who," |
||
7529 | I asked Luis, "is the man beside the Admiral? He seems |
||
7530 | his kin." |
||
7531 | |||
7532 | "He is. It is his brother, Don Diego. He is a good |
||
7533 | man, able, too, though not able like the Admiral. They |
||
7534 | say the other brother, Bartholomew, who is in England or |
||
7535 | in France, is almost as able. How dizzily turns the wheel |
||
7536 | for some of us! Yesterday plain Diego and Bartholomew, |
||
7537 | a would-be churchman and a shipmaster and chart-maker! |
||
7538 | Now Don Diego--Don Bartholomew! And the two sons |
||
7539 | watching us off from Cadiz! Pages both of them to the |
||
7540 | Prince, and pictures to look at! `Father!' and `Noble |
||
7541 | father! and `Forget not your health, who are our Dependance!' " |
||
7542 | |||
7543 | Waiting for all to start, I yet regarded that huge dazzle |
||
7544 | upon the beach, so many landed, so many coming from |
||
7545 | the ships, the ships themselves so great a drift of sea birds! |
||
7546 | As for those dark folk--what should they think of all |
||
7547 | these breakers-in from heaven? It seemed to me to-day |
||
7548 | that despite their friendliness shown us here from the first, |
||
7549 | despite the miracle and the fed eye and ear and the excitement, |
||
7550 | they knew afar a pale Consternation. |
||
7551 | |||
7552 | At last, to drum and trumpet, we passed from shining |
||
7553 | beach into green forest. I found myself for a moment beside |
||
7554 | Diego Colon--not the Admiral's brother, but the young |
||
7555 | Indian so named. Now he was Christian and clothed, and |
||
7556 | truly the Haitiens stared at him hardly less than at the |
||
7557 | Admiral. I greeted him and he me. He tried to speak in |
||
7558 | Castilian but it was very hard for him, and in a moment we |
||
7559 | slipped into Indian. |
||
7560 | |||
7561 | I asked him, "How did you like Spain?" |
||
7562 | |||
7563 | He looked at me with a remote and childlike eye and began |
||
7564 | to speak of houses and roads and horses and oxen. |
||
7565 | |||
7566 | A message came from the Admiral at head of column. I |
||
7567 | went to him. Men looked at me as I passed them. I was |
||
7568 | ragged now, grizzle-bearded and wan, and they seemed to |
||
7569 | say, "Is it so this strange land does them? But those first |
||
7570 | ones were few and we are many, and it does not lie in our |
||
7571 | fortune! Gold lies in ours, and return in splendor and |
||
7572 | happiness." But some had more thoughtful eyes and truer |
||
7573 | sense of wonder. |
||
7574 | |||
7575 | We found Guacanagari in a new, large, very clean house, |
||
7576 | and found him lying in a great hammock with his leg bound |
||
7577 | with cotton web, around him wives and chief men. He sat |
||
7578 | up to greet the Admiral and with a noble and affecting air |
||
7579 | poured forth speech and laid his hand upon his hidden hurt. |
||
7580 | |||
7581 | Now I knew, because Guarin had told me so, that that |
||
7582 | wound was healed. It had given trouble--the Caribs poisoned |
||
7583 | their darts--but now it was well. But they are |
||
7584 | simpler minded than we, this folk, and I read Guacanagari |
||
7585 | that he must impress the returning gods with his fidelity. |
||
7586 | He had proved it, and while Juan Lepe was by he did not |
||
7587 | need this mummery, but he had thought that he might need. |
||
7588 | So, a big man evidently healthful, he sighed and winced and |
||
7589 | half closed his eyes as though half dying still in that old |
||
7590 | contest when he had stood by the people from the sky. I |
||
7591 | interpreted his speech, the Admiral already understanding, |
||
7592 | but not the surrounding cavaliers. It was a high speech or |
||
7593 | high assurance that he had done his highest best. |
||
7594 | |||
7595 | "Do I not believe that, Guacanagari?" said the Admiral, |
||
7596 | and thinking of Diego de Arana and Fray Ignatio and others |
||
7597 | and of the good hope of La Navidad, tears came into his |
||
7598 | eyes. |
||
7599 | |||
7600 | He sat upon the most honorable block of wood which was |
||
7601 | brought him and talked to Guacanagari. Then at his gesture |
||
7602 | one brought his presents, a mirror, a rich belt, a knife, a pair |
||
7603 | of castanets. Guacanagari, it seemed, since the sighting of |
||
7604 | the ships, had made collection on his part. He gave enough |
||
7605 | gold to make lustful many an eye looking upon that scene. |
||
7606 | |||
7607 | The women brought food and set before the Spaniards |
||
7608 | in the house. I found Guarin and presently we came to |
||
7609 | be standing without the entrance--they had no doors; |
||
7610 | sometimes they had curtains of cotton--looking upon that |
||
7611 | strange gathering in the little middle square of the town. |
||
7612 | So many Spaniards in the palm shadows, and the women |
||
7613 | feeding them, and Alonso de Ojeda's hand upon the arm of |
||
7614 | a slender brown girl with a wreath of flowers around her |
||
7615 | head. Father Buil was within with the Admiral, truculently |
||
7616 | and suspiciously regarding the idolater who now had left |
||
7617 | the hammock and seemed as well of a wound as any there! |
||
7618 | But here without were eight or ten friars, gathered together |
||
7619 | under a palm tree, making refection and talking |
||
7620 | among themselves. One devout brother, sitting apart and |
||
7621 | fasting, told his beads. |
||
7622 | |||
7623 | Said Guarin, "I have been watching him. He is talking |
||
7624 | to his _zeme_.--They are all butios?" |
||
7625 | |||
7626 | "Yes. Most of them are good men." |
||
7627 | |||
7628 | "What is going to happen here to all my people? Something |
||
7629 | is over against me and my people, I feel it! Even |
||
7630 | the cacique has fear." |
||
7631 | |||
7632 | "It is the dark Ignorance and the light Ignorance, the |
||
7633 | clothed Ignorance and the naked Ignorance. I feel it too, |
||
7634 | what you feel. But I feel, O Guarin, that the inner and |
||
7635 | true Man will not and cannot take hurt!" |
||
7636 | |||
7637 | He said, "Do they come for good?" |
||
7638 | |||
7639 | I answered, "There is much good in their coming. Seen |
||
7640 | from the mountain brow, enormous good, I think. In the |
||
7641 | long run I am fain to think that all have their market here, |
||
7642 | you no less than I, Guacanagari no less than the Admiral." |
||
7643 | |||
7644 | "I do not know that," he said. "It seems to me the |
||
7645 | sunny day is dark." |
||
7646 | |||
7647 | I said, "In the main all things work together, and in the |
||
7648 | end is honey." |
||
7649 | |||
7650 | Out they came from palm-roofed house, the Admiral of |
||
7651 | the Ocean-Sea and Viceroy of what Indies he could find |
||
7652 | for Spain and Spain could take, and the Indian king or |
||
7653 | grandee or princeling. Perceiving that what he did was |
||
7654 | appreciated for what it was, Guacanagari had recovered his |
||
7655 | lameness. The cotton was no longer about his thigh; he |
||
7656 | moved straight and lightly,--a big, easy Indian. |
||
7657 | |||
7658 | It was now well on in the afternoon, but he would go with |
||
7659 | the Mighty Stranger, the Great Cacique his friend, to see |
||
7660 | the ships and all the wonders. His was a childlike craving |
||
7661 | for pure novelty and marvel. |
||
7662 | |||
7663 | So we went, all of us, back through vast woodland to |
||
7664 | cerulean water. Water was deep, the _Marigalante_ rode close |
||
7665 | in, and about and beyond her the _Santa Clara_, the _Cordera_, |
||
7666 | the _San Juan_, the _Juana_, another _Nina_, the _Beatrix_ and |
||
7667 | many another fair name. They were beautiful, the ships |
||
7668 | on the gay water and about them the boats and the red |
||
7669 | men's canoes. |
||
7670 | |||
7671 | We went to the _Marigalante_, I with the Admiral. Dancing |
||
7672 | across in the boat there spoke to me Don Diego Colon, |
||
7673 | born Giacomo Colombo, and I found him a sober, able man, |
||
7674 | with a churchly inclination. Here rose the Marigalante, |
||
7675 | and now we were upon it, and it was a greater ship than the |
||
7676 | _Santa Maria_, a goodly ship, with goodly gear aboard and |
||
7677 | goodly Spaniards. Jayme de Marchena felt the tug of |
||
7678 | blood, of home-coming into his country. |
||
7679 | |||
7680 | |||
7681 | |||
7682 | CHAPTER XXVIII |
||
7683 | |||
7684 | FINDING young Sancho upon the _Marigalante_, I kept |
||
7685 | him beside me for information's sake. He, too, had |
||
7686 | his stories. And he asked me how Pedro and Fernando |
||
7687 | died. |
||
7688 | |||
7689 | In this ship were two sets of captives, animals brought |
||
7690 | from Spain and Indians from those fiercer islands to the |
||
7691 | south. The _Monsalvat_ that was a freight ship had many |
||
7692 | animals, said Sancho, cattle and swine and sheep and goats |
||
7693 | and cocks and hens, and thirty horses. But upon the _Marigalante_, |
||
7694 | well-penned, the Admiral had a stallion and two |
||
7695 | mares, a young bull and a couple of heifers, and two dogs |
||
7696 | --bloodhounds. The Caribs were yonder, five men in all. |
||
7697 | |||
7698 | He took me to see them. They were tall, strong, sullen |
||
7699 | and desperate in aspect, hardier, fiercer than Indians of |
||
7700 | these northward lands. But they were Indians, and their |
||
7701 | guttural speech could be made out, at least in substance. |
||
7702 | They asked with a high, contemptuous look when we meant |
||
7703 | to slay and eat them. |
||
7704 | |||
7705 | "They eat men's flesh, every Caribal of them! We saw |
||
7706 | horrid things in Guadaloupe!" |
||
7707 | |||
7708 | Away from these men sat or stood seven women. "They |
||
7709 | were captives," said Sancho. "Caribs had ravished them |
||
7710 | from other islands and they fled in Guadaloupe to us." |
||
7711 | |||
7712 | These women, too, seemed more strongly fibred, courageous, |
||
7713 | high of head than the Hayti women. There was among |
||
7714 | them one to whom the others gave deference, a chieftainess, |
||
7715 | strong and warlike in mien, not smoothly young nor after |
||
7716 | their notions beautiful, but with an air of sagacity and pride. |
||
7717 | A ship boy stood with us. "That is Catalina," he said. |
||
7718 | "Ho, Catalina!" |
||
7719 | |||
7720 | The woman looked at him with disdain and what she |
||
7721 | said was, "Young fool with fool-gods!" |
||
7722 | |||
7723 | "They came to us for refuge," said Sancho. "We think |
||
7724 | they are Amazons. There was an island where they fought |
||
7725 | us like men--great bow-women! Don Alonso de Ojeda |
||
7726 | first called this one Catalina, so now we all call her Catalina. |
||
7727 | At first they liked us, but now that they are safe away from |
||
7728 | Caribs--all but these five and they can't hurt them-- |
||
7729 | they sit and pine! I call it ungrateful, Catalina!" |
||
7730 | |||
7731 | We moved away. There came from the great cabin where |
||
7732 | they had wine and fine sweet cakes the Admiral and Guacanagari, |
||
7733 | with them Don Diego and three or four cavaliers. |
||
7734 | Guarin was not with the cacique, upon the _Marigalante_. |
||
7735 | He would not come. I had a vision of him, in the forest, |
||
7736 | seated motionless, communing with the deepest self to |
||
7737 | which he could reach, seeking light with the other light-seekers. |
||
7738 | |||
7739 | Christopherus Columbus beckoned me and I went the |
||
7740 | round of the ship with him and others and his guest, this |
||
7741 | far-away son of Great India. So, presently, he was taken to |
||
7742 | view the horses and the cattle. Whoever hath seen lions |
||
7743 | brought to a court for show hath seen some shrinking from |
||
7744 | too-close and heard timorous asking if the bars be really |
||
7745 | strong. And the old, wild beasts at Rome for the games. |
||
7746 | If one came by chance upon them in a narrow quarter |
||
7747 | there might be terror. And the bull that we goad to madness |
||
7748 | for a game in Spain--were barriers down would come |
||
7749 | a-scrambling! This cacique had never seen an animal larger |
||
7750 | than a fox or a dog, Yet he stood with steadiness, though |
||
7751 | his glance shot here and there. The stallion was restless |
||
7752 | and fiery-eyed; the bull sent forth a bellow. "Why do they |
||
7753 | come? What will they do here? Will you put them in the |
||
7754 | forest? The people will be afraid to wander!" |
||
7755 | |||
7756 | He looked away to sky and sea and shore. "It grows |
||
7757 | toward night," he said. "I will go back to my town." |
||
7758 | |||
7759 | The Admiral said, "I would first show you the Caribs," |
||
7760 | and took him there where they were bound. The Haytien |
||
7761 | regarded them, but the Caribs were as contemptuously silent |
||
7762 | as might have been Alonso de Ojeda in like circumstances. |
||
7763 | Only as Guacanagari turned away, one spoke in a fierce, |
||
7764 | monotonous voice. "You also, Haytien, one moon!" |
||
7765 | |||
7766 | "You lie! Only Caribs!" Guacanagari said back. |
||
7767 | |||
7768 | The cacique stood before the woman whom they called |
||
7769 | Catalina. She broke into speech. It was cacique to |
||
7770 | cacique. She was from Boriquen--she would return in a |
||
7771 | canoe if she were free! Better drown than live with the |
||
7772 | utterly un-understandable--only that they ate and drank |
||
7773 | and laid hold of women whether these would or would not, |
||
7774 | and were understandable that far! Gods! At first she |
||
7775 | thought them gods; now she doubted. They were magicians. |
||
7776 | If she were free--if she were free--if she were free! |
||
7777 | Home--Boriquen! If not that, at least her own color and |
||
7778 | the understandable!" |
||
7779 | |||
7780 | Guacanagari stood and listened. She spoke so fast--the |
||
7781 | Admiral never became quite perfect in Indian tongues, and |
||
7782 | few upon the _Marigalante_ were so at this time. Juan Lepe |
||
7783 | understood. But just as he was thinking that in duty bound |
||
7784 | he must say to the Admiral, "She is undermining reputation. |
||
7785 | Best move away!" Guacanagari made a violent gesture |
||
7786 | as though he would break a spell. "Where could they |
||
7787 | come from with all that they have except from heaven? |
||
7788 | Who can plan against gods? It is sin to think of it! _El |
||
7789 | Almirante_ will make you happy, Boriquen woman!" |
||
7790 | |||
7791 | We left the women. But Guacanagari himself was not |
||
7792 | happy, as he had been that Christmas-tide when first the |
||
7793 | gods came, when the _Santa Maria_ was wrecked and he gave |
||
7794 | us hospitality. |
||
7795 | |||
7796 | The Admiral did not see that he was unhappy. The Admiral |
||
7797 | saw always a vast main good, and he thought it pearl |
||
7798 | and gold in every fiber. As yet, he saw no rotted string, |
||
7799 | no snarl to be untangled. It was his weakness, and maybe, |
||
7800 | too, his strength. |
||
7801 | |||
7802 | The sunset hung over this roadstead and the shore. The |
||
7803 | mountains glowed in it, the nearer wood fell dark, the beach |
||
7804 | showed milky white, a knot of palms upon a horn of land |
||
7805 | caught full gold and shone as though they were in heaven. |
||
7806 | Over upon the _Cordera_ they were singing. The long cacique-canoe shot out from the shadow of the |
||
7807 | _Marigalante_. |
||
7808 | |||
7809 | Sun dipped, night cupped hands over the world. The long |
||
7810 | day of excitement was over. Mariners slept, adventurers |
||
7811 | gentle and simple, the twelve friars and Father Buil. Seventeen |
||
7812 | ships, nigh fifteen hundred men of Europe, swinging |
||
7813 | with the tide before the land we were to make Spanish. |
||
7814 | |||
7815 | The watch raised a cry. Springing from his bed Juan Lepe |
||
7816 | came on deck to find there confusion, and under the moon |
||
7817 | in the clear water, swimming forms, swimming from us |
||
7818 | in a kind of desperate haste and strength. There was shouting |
||
7819 | to man the boat. One jostling against me cried that |
||
7820 | they were the captive Indians. They had broken bonds, |
||
7821 | lifted hatch, knocked down the watch, leaped over side. |
||
7822 | Another shouted. No, the Caribs were safe. These were |
||
7823 | the women-- |
||
7824 | |||
7825 | The women--seven forms might be made out--were |
||
7826 | not far from land. I felt tingling across to me their hope |
||
7827 | and fear. Out of ship shadow shot after them our boat. |
||
7828 | Strongly rowed, it seemed to gain, but they made speed |
||
7829 | strongly, strongly. The boat got into trouble with the |
||
7830 | shallows. The swimmers now stood and ran, now were |
||
7831 | racers; in a moment they would touch the dry, the shining |
||
7832 | beach. Out of boat sprang men running after them, running |
||
7833 | across low white lines of foam. The women, that |
||
7834 | strong woman cacique ahead, left water, raced across sand |
||
7835 | toward forest. Two men were gaining, they caught at the |
||
7836 | least swift woman. The dark, naked form broke from |
||
7837 | them, leaped like a hurt deer and running at speed passed |
||
7838 | with all into the ebony band that was forest. |
||
7839 | |||
7840 | Alonso de Ojeda burst into a great laugh. "Well done, |
||
7841 | Catalina!" |
||
7842 | |||
7843 | The Admiral's place could ever be told by his head over |
||
7844 | all. Moreover his warm, lifted, powerfully pulsing nature |
||
7845 | was capable of making around him a sphere that tingled |
||
7846 | and drew. One not so much saw him as felt him, here, |
||
7847 | there. Now I stood beside him where he leaned over rail. |
||
7848 | "Gone," he said. "They are gone!" He drew a deep |
||
7849 | breath. I can swear that he, too, felt an inner joy that they |
||
7850 | had escaped clutching. |
||
7851 | |||
7852 | But in the morning he sent ashore a large party under |
||
7853 | his brother, Don Diego. We received another surprise. No |
||
7854 | Indians on the beach, none in the forest, and when they |
||
7855 | came to the village, only houses, a few parrots and the |
||
7856 | gardens, dewy fresh under the sun's first streaming. No |
||
7857 | Indians there, nor man nor woman nor child, not Guacanagari, |
||
7858 | not Guarin, not Catalina and her crew--none! They |
||
7859 | were gone, and we knew not where, Quisquaya being a huge |
||
7860 | country, and the paths yet hidden from us or of doubtful |
||
7861 | treading. But the heaped mountains rose before us, and |
||
7862 | Juan Lepe at least could feel assured that they were gone |
||
7863 | there. They vanished and for long we heard nothing of |
||
7864 | them, not of Guacanagari, nor of Guarin who had saved |
||
7865 | Juan Lepe, not of Catalina, nor any. |
||
7866 | |||
7867 | This neighborhood, La Navidad and the shipwreck of the |
||
7868 | _Santa Maria_, burned Guarico and now this empty village, |
||
7869 | perpetual reminder that in some part our Indian subjects |
||
7870 | liked us not so well as formerly and could not be made |
||
7871 | Christian with a breath, grew no longer to our choice. |
||
7872 | Something of melancholy overhung for the Admiral this part |
||
7873 | of Hispaniola. He was seeking a site for a city, but now |
||
7874 | he liked it not here. The seventeen ships put on sail and, |
||
7875 | a stately flight of birds greater than herons, pursued their |
||
7876 | way, easterly now, along the coast of Hispaniola. |
||
7877 | |||
7878 | Between thirty and forty leagues from the ruin of La |
||
7879 | Navidad opened to us a fair, large harbor where two rivers |
||
7880 | entered the sea. There was a great forest and bright protruding |
||
7881 | rock, and across the south the mountains. When |
||
7882 | we landed and explored we found a small Indian village that |
||
7883 | had only vaguely heard that gods had descended. Forty |
||
7884 | leagues across these forests is a long way. They had heard |
||
7885 | a rumor that the cacique of Guarico liked the mighty |
||
7886 | strangers and Caonabo liked them not, but as yet knew |
||
7887 | little more. The harbor, the land, the two rivers pleased us. |
||
7888 | "Here we will build," quoth the Viceroy, "a city named |
||
7889 | Isabella." |
||
7890 | |||
7891 | |||
7892 | |||
7893 | CHAPTER XXIX |
||
7894 | |||
7895 | CHRISTMASTIDE, a year from the sinking of the |
||
7896 | _Santa Maria_, came to nigh two thousand Christian men |
||
7897 | dwelling in some manner of houses by a river in a |
||
7898 | land that, so short time before, had never heard the word |
||
7899 | "Christmas." Now, in Spain and elsewhere, men and |
||
7900 | women, hearing Christmas bells, might wonder, "What |
||
7901 | are they doing--are they also going to mass--those |
||
7902 | adventurers across the Sea of Darkness? Have they converted |
||
7903 | the Indies? Are they moving happily in the golden, |
||
7904 | spicy lands? Great marvel! Christ now is born there as |
||
7905 | here!" |
||
7906 | |||
7907 | Juan Lepe chanced to be walking in the cool of the evening |
||
7908 | with Don Francisco de Las Casas, a sensible, strong man, |
||
7909 | not unread in the philosophers. He spoke to me of his son, |
||
7910 | a young man whom he loved, who would sooner or later |
||
7911 | come out to him to Hispaniola, if he, the elder, stayed here. |
||
7912 | So soon as this we had begun to speak thus, "Come out to |
||
7913 | Hispaniola." "Come out to Isabella in Hispaniola." What |
||
7914 | a strong wind is life, leaping from continent to continent and |
||
7915 | crying, "Home wherever I can breathe and move!" This |
||
7916 | young man was Bartolome, then at Salamanca, at the University. |
||
7917 | Bartolome de Las Casas, whom Juan Lepe should |
||
7918 | live to know and work with. But this evening I heard the |
||
7919 | father talk, as any father of any promising son. |
||
7920 | |||
7921 | With us, too, was Don Juan Ponce de Leon, who had a |
||
7922 | story out of Mandeville of a well by the city of Polombe in |
||
7923 | Prester John's country. If you drank of the well, though |
||
7924 | you were dying you would never more have sickness, and |
||
7925 | though you were white-bearded you would come young |
||
7926 | again! |
||
7927 | |||
7928 | The palms waved above Isabella that was building behind |
||
7929 | the camp by the river. It was beginning, it was planned |
||
7930 | out; the stone church, the stone house of the Viceroy were |
||
7931 | already breast-high. A Spanish city building, and the bells |
||
7932 | of Europe ringing. |
||
7933 | |||
7934 | Out sprang the noise of a brawl.--There was that in the |
||
7935 | Admiral that would have when it could outward no less |
||
7936 | than inward magnificence. He could go like a Spartan or |
||
7937 | Diogenes the Cynic, but when the chance came--magnificence! |
||
7938 | With him from Spain traveled a Viceroy's household. |
||
7939 | He had no less than thirty personal servants and |
||
7940 | retainers. Hidalgos here at Isabella had also servants, |
||
7941 | but no one more than two or three. It was among these |
||
7942 | folk that first arose our amazing jealousies and envies. Now |
||
7943 | and again the masters must take part. Not the Viceroy |
||
7944 | who in such matters went very stately, but certain of our |
||
7945 | gentlemen. Loud and angry voices rose under the palms, |
||
7946 | under a sky of pale gold. |
||
7947 | |||
7948 | Sent for, I found the Admiral lying on his bed, not yet |
||
7949 | in his stone house but in a rich and large pavilion brought |
||
7950 | out especially for the Viceroy and now pitched upon the |
||
7951 | river bank, under palms. I came to him past numbers out |
||
7952 | of that thirty. Idle here; they certainly were idle here! |
||
7953 | With him I found a secretary, but when he could he preferred |
||
7954 | always to write his own letters, in his small, clear, |
||
7955 | strong hand, and now he was doing this, propped in bed, |
||
7956 | in his brow a knot of pain. He wrote many letters. Long |
||
7957 | afterwards I heard that it had become a saying in Spain, |
||
7958 | "Write of your matters as often as Christopherus Columbus!" |
||
7959 | |||
7960 | I sat waiting for him to finish and he saw my eyes upon |
||
7961 | yet unfolded pages strewing the table taken from the _Marigalante_ |
||
7962 | and set here beside him. "Read if you like," he said. |
||
7963 | "The ships set sail day after to-morrow." |
||
7964 | |||
7965 | I took and read in part his letter to a learned man with |
||
7966 | whom, once or twice, Jayme de Marchena had talked. It |
||
7967 | was a long letter in which the Admiral, thinker to thinker, |
||
7968 | set forth his second voyage and now his city building, and |
||
7969 | at last certain things for the mind not only of Spain but of |
||
7970 | France and Italy and England and Germany. "All lands |
||
7971 | and all men whom so far we have come to," wrote the Admiral, |
||
7972 | "are heathen and idolaters. In the providence of |
||
7973 | God all such are given unto Christendom. Christendom |
||
7974 | must take possession through the acts of Christian princes, |
||
7975 | under the sanction of Holy Church, allowed by the Pope who |
||
7976 | is Christ our King's Viceroy. Seeming hardship bringeth |
||
7977 | great gain! Millions of souls converted, are baptized. Every |
||
7978 | infant feeleth the saving water. Souls that were lost now |
||
7979 | are found. Christ beameth on them! To that, what is it |
||
7980 | that the earthly King of a country be changed?" |
||
7981 | |||
7982 | His quill traveled on over paper. Another sheet came |
||
7983 | into my hand. I read it, then sat pondering. He sighed |
||
7984 | with pain, pushed all aside and presently bade the secretary |
||
7985 | forth. When the man was gone he told me of an agony |
||
7986 | behind his eyes that now stabbed and now laid him in a |
||
7987 | drowsiness. I did what I could for him then waited until |
||
7988 | the access was over. It passed, and he took again his pen. |
||
7989 | |||
7990 | I said, "You advise that there be made a market for |
||
7991 | Carib slaves, balancing thus the negroes the Portuguese are |
||
7992 | bringing in, and providing a fund for our needs--" |
||
7993 | |||
7994 | He said, "They are eaters of men's flesh, intractable and |
||
7995 | abominable, not like the gentler people we find hereabouts! |
||
7996 | It is certain that before long, fleet after fleet coming, our |
||
7997 | two thousand here growing into many thousands, more |
||
7998 | cities than Isabella arising, commerce and life as in Europe |
||
7999 | beginning--Well, these fiercer, Caribal islands will be overrun, |
||
8000 | taken for Spain! What better to do with their people? |
||
8001 | I do not wish to slay them and eat them!" |
||
8002 | |||
8003 | "Slaves--" |
||
8004 | |||
8005 | "How many Moors in Castile and Arragon, slaves and |
||
8006 | none the worse for it, being baptized, being kindly enough |
||
8007 | entreated! And now the Portuguese bring Negroes, and |
||
8008 | are they the worse off, being taken from a deep damnation? |
||
8009 | Long ago, I have read, the English were taken to Rome and |
||
8010 | sold in the market place, and the blessed Gregory, seeing |
||
8011 | them, cried, `Christ shall be preached in their nation!' |
||
8012 | Whereupon he sent Augustine and all England was saved.-- |
||
8013 | Look you, this world is rude and worketh rudely! But it |
||
8014 | climbs in the teeth of its imperfections!" |
||
8015 | |||
8016 | "I do not doubt that," I said. "When it wills to climb." |
||
8017 | |||
8018 | "I do but lay it before the Sovereigns," he answered. |
||
8019 | "I do not know what they will think of it there. But truly |
||
8020 | I know not what else to do with these Asiatics when they |
||
8021 | withstand us! And even in slavery they must gain from |
||
8022 | Christians! What matters masters when they find the True |
||
8023 | Master?" |
||
8024 | |||
8025 | Juan Lepe brooded still while the pen scratched and |
||
8026 | scratched across the page. The noise ceased. I looked up |
||
8027 | to see if he were in pain again, and met gray-blue eyes as |
||
8028 | longing as a child's. "What I would," he said, "is that |
||
8029 | the Lord would give to me forever to sail a great ship, and |
||
8030 | to find, forever to find! The sea is wider than the land, |
||
8031 | and it sends its waves upon all lands. Not Viceroy, but |
||
8032 | the Navigator, the Finder--" |
||
8033 | |||
8034 | Juan Lepe also thought that there streamed his Genius. |
||
8035 | Here he was able, but there played the Fire. But he, like |
||
8036 | many another, had bound himself. Don Cristoval Colon-- |
||
8037 | Viceroy--and eighths and tenths! |
||
8038 | |||
8039 | |||
8040 | |||
8041 | CHAPTER XXX |
||
8042 | |||
8043 | TWELVE of our ships went home to Spain. |
||
8044 | |||
8045 | February wheeled by. March was here, and every |
||
8046 | day the sun sent us more heat. |
||
8047 | |||
8048 | The Indians around us still were friendly--women and |
||
8049 | all. From the first there was straying in the woods with |
||
8050 | Indian women. Doubtless now, in the San Salvador islands, |
||
8051 | in Cuba and in Hispaniola, among those Guaricos fled from |
||
8052 | us to the mountains, would be infants born of Spanish |
||
8053 | fathers. Juan Lepe contemplated that filling in the sea between |
||
8054 | Asia and Europe with the very blood. |
||
8055 | |||
8056 | Sickness broke out. It was not such as that first sickness |
||
8057 | at La Navidad, but here were many more to lie ill. Besides |
||
8058 | Juan Lepe, we now possessed three physicians. They |
||
8059 | were skillful, they labored hard, we all labored. Men died |
||
8060 | of the malady, but no great number. But now among the |
||
8061 | idle of mind and soul and the factious arose the eternal |
||
8062 | murmur. Not heaven but hell, these new lands! Not wealth |
||
8063 | and happy ease, but poverty and miserable toil! Not forever |
||
8064 | new spectacle and greedy wonder, but tiresome river, |
||
8065 | forest and sea, tiresome blue heaven, tiresome delving and |
||
8066 | building, tiresome rules, restrictions, commandments, yeas |
||
8067 | and nays! Parties arose, two main parties, and within each |
||
8068 | lesser differings. |
||
8069 | |||
8070 | |||
8071 | |||
8072 | |||
8073 | |||
8074 | Back to Full Books |
||
8075 | |||
8076 | |||
8077 | |||
8078 | |||
8079 | |||
8080 | |||
8081 | |||
8082 | |||
8083 | |||
8084 | |||
8085 | |||
8086 | |||
8087 | |||
8088 | |||
8089 | |||
8090 | |||
8091 | |||
8092 | |||
8093 | |||
8094 | |||
8095 | |||
8096 | |||
8097 | |||
8098 | |||
8099 | |||
8100 | |||
8101 | |||
8102 | |||
8103 | |||
8104 | |||
8105 | |||
8106 | |||
8107 | |||
8108 | |||
8109 | |||
8110 | |||
8111 |